CN113439912A - Wearable equipment - Google Patents

Abstract

The embodiment of the application provides a wearable device, and this wearable device includes the casing, the input device of mounting hole setting on the casing through the casing, and input device is provided with the passageway that is used for transmitting light including pole portion and the head that links to each other in pole portion, head or the casing. Like this, not only can realize wearable equipment's luminous illumination function, can not increase wearable equipment's volume to a great extent moreover, realize the miniaturized design of equipment, improve user experience on the whole. In some embodiments, the wearable device may be a watch and the input device may be a crown of the watch.

Description

Wearable equipment

The present application claims priority from chinese patent application filed on 27/3/2020, having application number 202010230501.4 and entitled "a wearable device", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Technical Field

The present application relates to the field of electronic devices, and more particularly, to a wearable device.

Background

In the face of the increasing demand experience of users, components for realizing multiple functions such as fingerprint identification, photographing, photo-plethysmography (PPG) detection, gas detection, ambient light detection, body temperature detection, light-emitting illumination and the like can be installed on the electronic equipment.

For a wearable device with a small size, how to install a component capable of integrating multiple functions to improve user experience while the size of the device is not increased to a large extent is a problem to be solved urgently at present.

Disclosure of Invention

The embodiment of the application provides a wearable device, which comprises a shell and an input device arranged on the shell through a mounting hole of the shell, wherein the input device comprises a rod part and a head part which are connected, a part related to fingerprint identification is arranged in the input device, for example, a light-emitting unit is arranged in the rod part or the head part, for example, a light-emitting unit is arranged in the shell, a channel for transmitting light is arranged in the input device, and a user can realize a light-emitting and illuminating function by contacting with the head part of the input device. Like this, not only can realize wearable equipment's luminous illumination function, can not increase wearable equipment's volume to a great extent moreover, realize the miniaturized design of equipment, improve user experience on the whole.

In a first aspect, a wearable device is provided, the wearable device comprising: a housing including a mounting hole; the input equipment comprises a rod part and a head part which are connected, the rod part is arranged on the shell through the mounting hole, the head part is arranged at one end of the rod part, and the head part is positioned on the outer side of the mounting hole; a circuit board disposed within the housing; the processor and the light-emitting unit are both connected with the circuit board, the processor is arranged in the shell and used for controlling the light-emitting unit to emit light signals, and the light-emitting unit is arranged in the rod part or the head part; a channel disposed within the input device and extending from an outer surface of the head to the light emitting unit, the channel for transmitting the light signal emitted by the light emitting unit to an exterior of the head.

The outer surface of the head includes an outer end face of the head and a side face of the head. Wherein the outer end face of the head portion is parallel or approximately parallel to a side face of the housing, the side face of the head portion being a circumferential direction surface of the head portion.

The wearable equipment that this application embodiment provided, this wearable equipment is provided with input device, and input device's pole portion or head are provided with the luminescence unit, and after the user opened input device's illumination mode, the treater can control the luminescence unit and send optical signal, and this optical signal passes through the outside of the interior passageway transmission of input device to the head, accomplishes the illumination of giving out light. Like this, not only can realize wearable equipment's luminous illumination function, can not increase wearable equipment's volume to a great extent moreover, realize the miniaturized design of equipment, improve user experience on the whole. In some embodiments, the wearable device may be a watch and the input device may be a crown of the watch.

Optionally, the wearable device further includes a connector, at least a portion of the connector is disposed in the rod portion, the connector is disposed between the circuit board and the light emitting unit, and two ends of the connector are respectively connected to the circuit board and the light emitting unit.

In this application embodiment, through the connector of connecting luminescence unit and circuit board in the pole portion setting of input device, effectively utilized the space of pole portion, reduced the space that occupies the casing, moreover, can realize the electricity of luminescence unit and treater and be connected, especially to the structure of luminescence unit setting at the head, it is more effective to set up the connector in pole portion, is convenient for realize.

Optionally, the light emitting unit is fixedly connected in the rod part or the head part to drive the light emitting unit to rotate when the input device is rotated, wherein,

the connector comprises a first connecting piece and a second connecting piece, the second connecting piece and the first connecting piece can rotate relatively, the second connecting piece is connected with the light-emitting unit, the first connecting piece is connected with the circuit board, so that when the input device is driven to rotate and the light-emitting unit is driven to rotate, the first connecting piece does not rotate, and the second connecting piece rotates.

Optionally, the light emitting unit is fixedly connected in the rod portion or the head portion to drive the light emitting unit to rotate when the input device is rotated, wherein the connector includes a first connecting piece and a second connecting piece, the second connecting piece and the first connecting piece can rotate relatively, the first connecting piece is connected with the light emitting unit, the second connecting piece is connected with the circuit board, so that when the input device is rotated to drive the light emitting unit to rotate, the second connecting piece does not rotate, and the first connecting piece rotates.

The embodiment of the application provides a wearable device, the luminescence unit is fixed in input device, the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece of connector rotate to be connected, a connecting piece is connected with the circuit board, another connecting piece is connected with the luminescence unit, can make input device drive the luminescence unit rotatory when being rotatory, and can make the connecting piece of being connected with the luminescence unit rotatory, another connecting piece irrotational of being connected with the circuit board, the wearable device of this kind of structure can install luminescence unit and connector behind the input device earlier, also can install luminescence unit and connector behind the installation input device earlier, make wearable device easily install, the flexibility of design is higher.

In some embodiments, the second connection member is disposed in the shaft portion, and includes a plurality of second electrodes disposed at intervals in an axial direction of the shaft portion, the second electrodes being connected to the light emitting unit,

the first connecting piece is arranged in the shell and positioned on one side of the rod part far away from the head part, the first connecting piece comprises a plurality of first electrodes, the first electrodes are connected with the circuit board, the first electrodes are of annular structures, one first electrode of any two first electrodes surrounds the other first electrode, the first electrodes and the second electrodes are in one-to-one correspondence,

When the input device is rotated and drives the light-emitting unit to rotate, the second electrodes can rotate on the corresponding first electrodes to be in contact with the corresponding first electrodes, so that the connection between the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece is maintained.

The wearable equipment that this application embodiment provided, because the pole portion of input device only is provided with the second connecting piece of connector, can be so that wearable equipment does not have too much requirement to the radial dimension of the pole portion of input device, promptly, the radial dimension of pole portion can design less, has reduced the size of mounting hole to a certain extent, has avoided the problem of the structural strength difference because the size of mounting hole is great to cause.

In other embodiments, the first connecting member is disposed in the rod portion and has a gap with the rod portion, and includes a first body and at least one first metal member fixed to the first body, the first body is a cylindrical structure, the first metal member includes a first connecting section and a first contact section connected to each other, one end of the first connecting section is connected to the circuit board, and the first contact section extends into the first body,

the second connecting piece is sleeved in the first body and is rotationally connected with the first connecting piece, the second connecting piece comprises a second body and at least one second metal piece fixed on the second body, the second body is of a cylindrical structure, the second metal piece comprises a second connecting section and a second contact section which are connected, one end of the second connecting section is connected with the light-emitting unit, the second contact section is sleeved on the second body, wherein at least one first metal piece corresponds to at least one second metal piece one to one,

When the input device is rotated and drives the light-emitting unit to rotate, the second connecting piece rotates and the first connecting piece does not rotate, and the second contact section of the second metal piece can be in contact with the first contact section of the corresponding first metal piece so as to keep the connection between the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece.

The wearable equipment that this application embodiment provided, because two connecting pieces majority of connector all set up in pole portion, consequently, can not occupy the space in the casing to, the reliability can be better.

In some embodiments, the wearable device further comprises a sensor for detecting rotation or movement of the input device, the sensor being coupled to the circuit board and extending into the cavity of the second body.

The wearable equipment that this application embodiment provided, the sensor setting that will be used for detecting input device's rotation or removal is in the cavity of the second body of connector, owing to make full use of the space of connector, so, has reduced the space that the sensor occupied the casing, and the volume of reducible wearable equipment to a certain extent realizes wearable equipment's miniaturized design.

Optionally, the light emitting unit and the input device have a gap, the connector is sleeved in the rod portion and has a gap with the rod portion, and when the input device is rotated, the light emitting unit and the connector do not rotate.

The embodiment of the application provides a wearable equipment, luminous element has the clearance contactless with input device, and there is the clearance contactless in the connector of pole portion and pole portion in the endotheca for when input device was rotated luminous element with the connector is all irrotational, because luminous element irrotational, realizes the fingerprint identification function more easily and steadily, and, because the connector irrotational, can guarantee as far as possible that the connector has better reliability.

In a second aspect, there is provided a wearable device comprising: a housing including a mounting hole; the input equipment comprises a rod part and a head part which are connected, the rod part is arranged on the shell through the mounting hole, the head part is arranged at one end of the rod part, and the head part is positioned on the outer side of the mounting hole; a circuit board disposed within the housing; the processor and the light-emitting unit are both connected with the circuit board, the processor is arranged in the shell and used for controlling the light-emitting unit to emit light signals, and the light-emitting unit is arranged in the shell and close to one side of the inner end face of the rod part; and the channel is arranged in the input device and extends from the outer surface of the head part to the inner end surface of the rod part, and the channel is used for transmitting the light signal emitted by the light-emitting unit to the outside of the head part.

The wearable equipment that this application embodiment provided, this wearable equipment is provided with input device, is provided with the luminescence unit in this wearable equipment's the casing, and after the user opened input device's illumination mode, the treater can control the luminescence unit and send light signal, and this light signal passes through the outside of the interior passageway transmission of input device to the head, accomplishes the illumination of giving out light. Like this, not only can realize wearable equipment's luminous illumination function, can not increase wearable equipment's volume to a great extent moreover, realize the miniaturized design of equipment, improve user experience on the whole.

The inner end surface of the rod part is a surface which is far away from the head part and is parallel or approximately parallel to the side surface of the shell.

In a third aspect, a wearable device is provided, and the wearable device includes a processor, an input device, and a telescopic mechanism, where the telescopic mechanism is connected to the processor and the input device, respectively, and when a seventh operation is detected, the processor controls the telescopic mechanism to drive the input device to move along an axial direction of the rod portion.

Illustratively, the seventh operation includes at least one of: an operation of turning on a light emitting mode of the input device; starting the operation of a photographing mode of the input device; the operation of the ambient light detection mode of the input device is turned on.

After the operation that the luminous mode, the mode of shooing or the ambient light detection mode that detect input device opened, can drive input device through this telescopic machanism and remove along the axial direction of pole portion to can make the regional increase of the luminous illumination of this wearable equipment, the shooting effect is better or the precision of ambient light detection is higher.

In a fourth aspect, a control method is provided, where the method is applied to a wearable device, where the wearable device includes an input device and a telescopic mechanism, and the telescopic mechanism is connected to the input device, and the method includes: detecting a seventh operation; and responding to the seventh operation, and controlling the telescopic mechanism to drive the input equipment to move along the axial direction of the input equipment.

In one implementation, the input device is externally threaded, and the retraction mechanism includes: motor, gear and nut, the nut with pole portion cooperation is connected, the outside of nut be provided with gear engagement's tooth, the internal thread of nut with the external screw thread of pole portion cooperatees, the gear with the axle cooperation of motor is connected, respond to the seventh operation, control telescopic machanism drives input equipment follows input equipment's axial direction removes, includes: in response to the seventh operation, controlling the motor to be energized so that the motor rotates the gear, the gear rotates the nut, and the nut moves the input device in an axial direction of the input device.

In a fifth aspect, an angle adjustment method is provided, where the method is applied to a wearable device, where the wearable device includes a housing, an input device, a light-emitting unit, and a channel, where the housing includes a mounting hole, the input device includes a rod portion and a head portion connected to each other, the rod portion is disposed on the housing through the mounting hole, the head portion is disposed at one end of the rod portion, and the head portion is located outside the mounting hole, the light-emitting unit is disposed in the first input device or the light-emitting unit is disposed in the housing on a side close to an inner end surface of the first input device, the channel is disposed in the input device and extends from an outer surface of the head portion to the light-emitting unit, and the channel is configured to transmit a light signal emitted by the light-emitting unit to an outside of the head portion, and the method includes: determining a first angle to be adjusted; and adjusting the angle of the light rays emitted from the input device to the first angle to be adjusted.

In some embodiments, the first input device may be the input device 120 described below.

The first angle to be adjusted can be understood as the angle of the light emitted by the light-emitting unit via the channel in the input device.

The angle of the light emitted from the input device may be understood as the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit via the channel in the input device.

In some embodiments, the angle of the light rays may be a one-dimensional angle.

By way of example, the angle of the light may be understood as the angle of the light in the outer face of the head of the input device.

The angle of the ray can be understood as the angle between the ray and the y-axis, for example. Wherein the y-axis is perpendicular to a thickness direction of the wearable device and perpendicular to an axial direction of a stem of the input device.

In some embodiments, the angle of the light rays may be a two-dimensional angle.

By way of example, the angle of the light may be understood as the angle of the light in the outer face of the head portion of the input device, and the angle of the light with the outer face of the head portion of the input device.

The angle of the light ray can be understood as the angle between the light ray and the y-axis, and the angle between the light ray and the z-axis, for example. Wherein the z-axis is along the thickness direction of the wearable device.

According to the requirements of the user, the angle of the light emitted by the input device can be adjusted, so that the user experience can be improved.

In one implementation, the determining the first angle to be adjusted includes: detecting a fifth operation; responding to the fifth operation, and displaying an angle adjusting interface; detecting a sixth operation; in response to the sixth operation, determining an angle corresponding to the sixth operation as the first angle to be adjusted.

In one implementation, the angle adjustment interface includes an angle adjustment control, and the sixth operation includes an operation of sliding the angle adjustment control.

In one implementation, the sixth operation includes a gesture operation that slides in a first direction.

In one implementation, the determining the first angle to be adjusted includes: acquiring an image of a hand through the channel; determining the shielding angle of the hand according to the image of the hand; and determining the shielding angle of the hand as the first angle to be adjusted.

In an implementable manner, the wearable device further includes a driving device connected to the input device, and the adjusting the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit to the first angle to be adjusted includes: and controlling the driving device to drive the input equipment to rotate so as to adjust the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit to the first angle to be adjusted.

Through the drive arrangement who links to each other with input device in the wearable equipment, can realize input device's rotation to can change the angle of the light that the luminescence unit sent sends through the passageway in the input device, improve user experience.

In a sixth aspect, a display method is provided, where the method is applied to a wearable device, where the wearable device includes a housing, an input device, a light-emitting unit, and a channel, where the housing includes a mounting hole, the input device includes a rod portion and a head portion connected to each other, the rod portion is disposed on the housing through the mounting hole, the head portion is disposed at one end of the rod portion, and the head portion is located outside the mounting hole, the light-emitting unit is disposed in the first input device or the light-emitting unit is disposed in the housing on a side close to an inner end surface of the first input device, the channel is disposed in the input device and extends from an outer surface of the head portion to the light-emitting unit, and the channel is configured to transmit a light signal emitted by the light-emitting unit to an outside of the head portion, and the method includes: determining the color of light to be adjusted, wherein the color of the light to be adjusted is related to the display color of the currently selected menu option, or the color of the light to be adjusted is related to the color of the current theme; adjusting the color of the light signal emitted by the input device to the color of the light to be modulated.

The color of the light to be modulated can be understood as the color of the light signal emitted by the light-emitting unit via the channel in the input device.

The color of the light signal emitted by the input device is adjusted to be related to the display color of the currently selected menu option or to the color of the current subject, so that the user experience can be improved.

In a seventh aspect, a display method is provided, where the method is applied to a wearable device, the wearable device includes a housing, an input device, a light-emitting unit, and a channel, the housing includes a mounting hole, the input device includes a rod portion and a head portion connected to each other, the rod portion is disposed on the housing through the mounting hole, the head portion is disposed at one end of the rod portion, and the head portion is located outside the mounting hole, the light-emitting unit is disposed in the first input device or the light-emitting unit is disposed in the housing on a side close to an inner end surface of the first input device, the channel is disposed in the input device and extends from an outer surface of the head portion to the light-emitting unit, the channel is configured to transmit a light signal emitted by the light-emitting unit to an outside of the head portion, and the color of the light signal emitted by the light-emitting unit is N, the N is greater than or equal to 1, the N is a positive integer, and the method further comprises the following steps: acquiring a display color sequence of N menu options in a current display page; and the light emitting unit emits light signals according to the display color sequence of the N menu options.

The light emitting unit emits light signals according to the display color sequence of the N menu options in the current display page, so that the user experience can be improved.

In an implementation manner, the number of the channels is N, and the N channels correspond to N colors of the light signals emitted by the light emitting unit one by one.

In an implementable manner, the N menu options include a currently selected menu option, and the color of the mth light signal emitted by the light emitting unit is the same as the display color of the currently selected menu option.

In an implementable manner, a surface on the input device on which the mth light signal emitted by the light-emitting unit appears is parallel to a surface on which a display screen of the wearable device is used for displaying.

In one implementable manner, detecting operation of the input device; detecting a display color of an Mth light signal emitted by the light-emitting unit in response to the operation on the input device, wherein the direction of the Mth light signal emitted by the light-emitting unit is parallel to a display screen of the wearable device; and selecting the menu option with the same display color as the Mth optical signal emitted by the light-emitting unit from the display color sequence of the N menu options as the currently selected menu option according to the display color of the Mth optical signal.

In an eighth aspect, a wearable device is provided, which includes an input device and a telescopic mechanism, wherein the telescopic mechanism is connected to the input device; at least one processor and memory; wherein the memory is to store one or more computer programs; the memory stores one or more computer programs that, when executed by the at least one processor, enable the electronic device to implement the method of the fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect.

In a ninth aspect, a wearable device is provided, which includes a housing, an input device, a light emitting unit, and a channel, where the housing includes a mounting hole, the input device includes a rod portion and a head portion connected to each other, the rod portion is disposed on the housing through the mounting hole, the head portion is disposed at one end of the rod portion, the head portion is located outside the mounting hole, the light emitting unit is disposed in the first input device or the light emitting unit is disposed in the housing and near one side of an inner end surface of the first input device, the channel is disposed in the input device and extends from an outer surface of the head portion to the light emitting unit, and the channel is configured to transmit an optical signal emitted by the light emitting unit to an outside of the head portion; at least one processor and memory; wherein the memory is to store one or more computer programs; the memory stores one or more computer programs that, when executed by the at least one processor, enable the electronic device to implement the method of the fifth aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the fifth aspect.

In a tenth aspect, a wearable device is provided, including a housing, an input device, a light emitting unit, and a channel, where the housing includes a mounting hole, the input device includes a rod portion and a head portion connected to each other, the rod portion is disposed on the housing through the mounting hole, the head portion is disposed at one end of the rod portion, the head portion is located outside the mounting hole, the light emitting unit is disposed in the first input device or the light emitting unit is disposed in the housing and near one side of an inner end surface of the first input device, the channel is disposed in the input device and extends from an outer surface of the head portion to the light emitting unit, and the channel is configured to transmit an optical signal emitted by the light emitting unit to an outside of the head portion; at least one processor and memory; wherein the memory is to store one or more computer programs; the memory stores one or more computer programs that, when executed by the at least one processor, enable the electronic device to implement the method of the sixth aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the sixth aspect.

In an eleventh aspect, there is provided a wearable device comprising a housing, an input device, a light emitting unit, and a channel, the shell comprises a mounting hole, the input device comprises a rod part and a head part which are connected, the rod part is arranged on the shell through the mounting hole, the head part is arranged at one end of the rod part, the head part is positioned at the outer side of the mounting hole, the light-emitting unit is arranged in the first input device or is arranged in the shell and is close to one side of the inner end surface of the first input device, the channel is arranged in the input device, and extending from an outer surface of the head to the light emitting unit, the channel for transmitting a light signal emitted from the light emitting unit to an outside of the head, the color of the light signal emitted by the light-emitting unit is N, wherein N is greater than or equal to 1, and N is a positive integer; at least one processor and memory; wherein the memory is to store one or more computer programs; the one or more computer programs stored by the memory, when executed by the at least one processor, enable an electronic device to implement the method of the seventh aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the seventh aspect.

In a twelfth aspect, there is also provided a wearable device including means for performing the method in any one of the possible implementations of the fourth to seventh aspects. These modules/units may be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.

A thirteenth aspect further provides a computer-readable storage medium comprising a computer program which, when run on an electronic device, causes the electronic device to perform the method of any one of the possible implementations of the fourth to seventh aspects or the fourth to seventh aspects.

A fourteenth aspect further provides a program product, which when run on an electronic device, causes the electronic device to perform the method of any one of the possible implementations of the fourth to seventh aspects or the fourth to seventh aspects.

A fifteenth aspect further provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory in an electronic device, and is configured to invoke a computer program stored in the memory and execute the method in any one of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect to the seventh aspect or the fourth aspect to the seventh aspect; "coupled" in the context of this application means that two elements are joined to each other either directly or indirectly.

Drawings

Fig. 1 is a schematic functional block diagram of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 3 is another schematic structural diagram of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device in which a fingerprint sensor provided in an embodiment of the present application is disposed in a head of an input device.

Fig. 5 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device in which a fingerprint sensor provided in an embodiment of the present application is disposed in a head of the input device.

Fig. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 7 is a schematic exploded view of a connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 8 is a schematic assembly view of a connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 9 is a schematic exploded view of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor and a connector provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 10 is a schematic assembly view of the wearable device shown in fig. 9 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 12 is another schematic exploded view of a connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first body of a first connecting member according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a first connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 15 is a schematic structural view of a second body of a second connection member provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 16 is a schematic structural view of a second connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 17 is another schematic assembly view of a connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 18 is another schematic exploded view of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor and a connector provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 19 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 18 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 20 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a localized area of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor and a connector provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 21 is another schematic exploded view of a connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 22 is another schematic exploded view of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor and a connector provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 23 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 22 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 24 is a schematic exploded view of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor, a connector, and a switching device provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 25 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 24 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a switching device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 27 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a localized area of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor, a connector, and a switching device provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 28 and 29 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device in which a fingerprint sensor is provided in a housing according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 30 is a schematic view of a convex lens provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 31 to 34 are another schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device in which a fingerprint sensor provided in an embodiment of the present application is provided in a housing.

Fig. 35 is a schematic view of a concave lens provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 36 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device in which a fingerprint sensor is disposed within a housing provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 37 and 38 are another schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device in which a fingerprint sensor provided in an embodiment of the present application is disposed in a housing.

Fig. 39 is a schematic diagram of a fingerprint area detectable by a fingerprint sensor when a finger touches the head 121 according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 40-43 are a set of graphical user interfaces of a wearable device during head rolling provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 44 is another set of graphical user interfaces of a wearable device during head scrolling with two fingers as provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 45 is a set of graphical user interfaces of a wearable device when a user uses an application involving privacy or identity authentication provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 46 and 47 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application, including an optical sensor and a feature region disposed on a head of the input device.

Fig. 48 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a feature region disposed on a head of an input device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 49 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a localized region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a feature region disposed on a head portion of an input device and an optical fiber disposed in a stem portion provided in an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 50 and 51 are another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a feature region disposed on a head of an input device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 52 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a local region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a feature region disposed within a housing provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 53 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application that includes an optical sensor and a feature region disposed in a housing.

Fig. 54 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a feature region disposed on an inner end surface of a stem portion of an input device as provided by embodiments of the present application.

FIG. 55 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the stem portion of the input device shown in FIG. 54.

Fig. 56 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a localized region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a grating-like structure disposed on an inner end surface of a stem portion of an input device as provided by embodiments of the present application.

FIG. 57 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a stem portion of the input device shown in FIG. 56.

Fig. 58 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a localized area of a wearable device where the optical sensor is not disposed opposite the stem portion of the input device as provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 59 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a localized area of a wearable device including a capacitive sensor and a metal electrode disposed on a stem of an input device as provided by an embodiment of the present application.

FIG. 60 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the stem portion of the input device shown in FIG. 59.

FIG. 61 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a stem portion of an input device as provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 62 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a localized area of a wearable device including a capacitive sensor and a metal electrode disposed on a stem of an input device as provided by embodiments of the present application.

FIG. 63 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a stem portion of the input device shown in FIG. 62.

Fig. 64 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a localized region of a wearable device including a magnetic sensor and a magnetic layer disposed on a stem of an input device as provided by embodiments of the present application.

FIG. 65 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a stem portion of the input device shown in FIG. 64.

FIG. 66 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a stem portion of an input device as provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 67 is a schematic block diagram of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application, including a magnetic sensor and a magnetic layer disposed on a stem portion of an input device.

Fig. 68 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device in which a pressure sensor provided in an embodiment of the present application is provided on a head of the input device.

Fig. 69 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the head portion of the input device shown in fig. 68.

Fig. 70 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device in which a camera provided in an embodiment of the present application is provided on a head of an input device.

Fig. 71 to 74 are another schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device in which a camera provided in an embodiment of the present application is provided on a head of an input device.

Fig. 75 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device in which a photosensitive element of a camera provided in an embodiment of the present application is provided in a housing.

Fig. 76 is a schematic structural view of a wearable device in which a photosensitive element of a camera is provided in a housing according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 77 to 78 are another schematic structural view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 75.

Fig. 79 is a schematic exploded view of a wearable device in which a photosensitive element of a camera is provided in a housing according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 80 and 81 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 79.

Fig. 82 to 88 are another schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device in which a photosensitive element of a camera provided in an embodiment of the present application is provided in a housing.

Fig. 89 is a schematic assembly view of an input device and drive arrangement in cooperation according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 90 is a schematic structural diagram of a partial region of a wearable device including an input device and a driving apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 91 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 90.

FIG. 92 is a set of graphical user interfaces provided by a user to control rotation of an input device by operating a display screen according to embodiments of the present application.

FIG. 93 is another set of graphical user interfaces for a user to control rotation of an input device by operating a display screen as provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 94 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 95 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 96 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 97 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a shaft of a wearable device along a direction B-B according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

Fig. 98 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 99 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 100 is a further exemplary structural diagram of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 101 is a further exemplary structural diagram of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 102 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of an ECG electrode according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 103 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a temperature control device according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 104 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 105 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 106 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 107 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 108 is a further exemplary block diagram of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 109 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 110 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 111 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 112 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 113 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 114 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 115 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 116 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 117 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 118 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 119 is a further exemplary block diagram of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

FIG. 120 is a diagram of a set of graphical user interface variations provided by embodiments of the present application.

FIG. 121 is a schematic diagram of another set of graphical user interface changes provided by embodiments of the present application.

FIG. 122 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 123 is a schematic flow chart of an example of a method for temperature measurement according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 124 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 125 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 126 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 127 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 128 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 129 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an example of an input device of a wearable device along a C-C direction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

Fig. 130 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 131 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an example of an input device of a wearable device along a C-C direction according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 132 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 133 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 134 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 135 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 136 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 137 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local region of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

FIG. 138 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 139 is a schematic diagram illustrating a change of light emitted by an input device of a wearable device according to a position of a finger of a user according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 140 is a diagram illustrating light comparison before and after angle adjustment of light emitted from an input device of a wearable device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

Fig. 141 is a schematic diagram of an example of a graphical user interface of a wearable device according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 142 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes for a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 143 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface variations of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 144 is another illustration of a graphical user interface of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 145 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface variations of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 146 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 147 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes for a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 148 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes for a wearable device provided by embodiments of the present application.

Fig. 149 is a schematic configuration diagram of an example of the locking mechanism according to the embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 150 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface variations of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 151 is a schematic configuration diagram of an example of the telescopic mechanism provided in the embodiment of the present application.

Reference numerals:

a body 101 and a wristband 102.

The mobile phone comprises a processor 110, a sensor module 130, a display screen 140, a camera 150, a memory 160, a power supply module 170, an audio device 193, a wireless communication module 191, a mobile communication module 192, a first circuit board 111, a third circuit board (small board) 113 connected with the first circuit board 111, and a cover 114.

An input device 120, a head 121, a stem 122.

Head 121, outer end surface 121-A of head 121, side surface 121-B of head 121, cover 1211, first region 1213 of head 121, hole 1214 of head 121, inner end surface 121-C of head 121.

The stem portion 122, the gap 120-1 of the stem portion 122, a first opening 1221 in the stem portion 122 in communication with the first passage 1231, a second opening 1222 in the stem portion in communication with the first passage 1231, and an inner end surface 122-A of the stem portion 122.

A first passage 1231 of the stem 122, a second passage 1232 of the head 121, and a fourth passage 1233 of the head 121.

Housing 180, side 180-A of housing 180, mounting hole 181 in housing 180, hole wall 1811 of mounting hole 181, and third passageway 182 in housing 180.

A fingerprint sensor 130C, a recognition rotation sensor 1301, and a second circuit board (small plate) 112 connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C.

A connector 200, a first connector 210, and a second connector 220.

The electrode 211 of the first connector 210, the third body 212, the fastening hole 2121 of the third body 212, the fastener 201; the electrode 221 of the second connector 220, the fourth body 222 of the second connector 220, and the mounting hole 2221 of the fourth body 222.

The first body 241 of the first connecting piece 210, the outer wall 2411 of the first body 241, the first groove 2412 of the first body 241, the opening 2412-1 of the first groove 2412, the first groove section 2412-a, the second groove section 2412-B, the first metal piece 242, the first contact section 2421 of the first metal piece 242, the first connection section 2422 of the first metal piece, the annular section 2422-a of the first connection section 2422, and the extension section 2422-B of the first connection section 2422; the cavity 2501 of the second connection member 220, the second body 251 of the second connection member 220, the through hole 2511 of the second body 251, the second metal member 252, the second contact section 2521 of the second metal member 252, and the second connection section 2522 of the second metal member.

Fixing lever 260 of connector 200, through hole 2601 of fixing lever 260, open slot 2602 of fixing lever 260, outer wall 2603 of fixing lever 260, and metal strip 270 of connector 200.

Lens 310 of the lens group, switching device 400.

A photosensor 511, a capacitive sensor 512, an optical fiber 520 disposed in the rod portion 122, a first polarizer 531, a second polarizer 532, a third polarizer 533, a fourth polarizer 534, and a fifth polarizer 535.

A feature area 1241, a grating-like structure 1242, a grating-like structure hole 1242-1, a second metal electrode 1243, and a magnetic layer 1244.

The camera 600, the photosensitive element 610, the lens 620, the lens base 630, the lens barrel 640, the protrusion 641 on the lens barrel 640, the limiting groove 1224 of the shaft portion 122, and the annular groove 1216 in the head portion 121.

The reflecting device 710, the reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710, the connecting member 720 sleeved in the input device 120, the first portion 721 of the connecting member 720, the second portion 722 of the connecting member 720, the driving device 730, the motor 731, the first gear 732, the second gear 733, the fixing member 740, and the internal thread 701 of the first channel 1231.

The device comprises a PPG sensor 130A, a finger 30, a fifth channel 810, a sixth channel 820, a channel 821 of the sixth channel 820, a channel 822 of the sixth channel 820, an infrared light sending unit 830, an infrared light channel 831, a filter 840, an ECG electrode 850, a convex part 851 of the ECG electrode 850, a plane part 852 of the ECG electrode 850, a temperature control device 860, a refrigerating piece 861 of the temperature control device 860 and an electric heating piece 862 of the temperature control device 860.

The gas sensor 130I, the gas hole 910, the air pump 920, the air tap 921 of the air pump 920, the oleophobic and dustproof film 930, the seventh channel 940 and the first reflecting structure 950.

An ambient light sensor 130F, an eighth channel 1010, a ninth channel 1020, a second reflective structure 1030, and a lens 1040.

The light emitting unit 1100, the tenth channel 1110, the channel 1111 of the tenth channel 1110, the channel 1112 of the tenth channel 1110, the fiber hole 1120, the first fiber hole 1121 of the fiber hole 1120, the second fiber hole 1122 of the fiber hole 1120, the third fiber hole 1123 of the fiber hole 1120, the light guide fiber 1130, the first light guide fiber 1131 of the light guide fiber 1130, the second light guide fiber 1132 of the light guide fiber 1130, the third light guide fiber 1133 of the light guide fiber 1130, the light emitting fiber 1140, the first light emitting fiber 1141 of the light emitting fiber 1140, the second light emitting fiber 1142 of the light emitting fiber 1140, the second light emitting fiber 1143 of the light emitting fiber 1140, the third reflecting structure 1150, the convex lens 1160, the light guide structure 1170, the light transmitting hole 1171, the light guide 1172, the reflecting mirror 1173, the light mixing device 1180, and the light switch 1190.

Deadlocking mechanism 1200, motor 1210, solenoid 1220, brake pad 1230, gear 1240.

Telescoping mechanism 1300, motor 1310, gear 1320, nut 1330.

Detailed Description

The wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application is a portable device which can be integrated to clothes or accessories of a user, has a calculation function, and can be connected with a mobile phone and various terminal devices. Illustratively, the wearable device may be a watch, a smart wristband, a portable music player, a health monitoring device, a computing or gaming device, a smartphone, an accessory, and the like. In some embodiments, the wearable device may be a watch worn around the user's wrist.

The wearable equipment that this application embodiment provided is including for example the crown, the switch, input device's such as button or button equipment, multiplexing wearable equipment goes up existing input device, integrates fingerprint identification, takes a picture, PPG detects, gaseous detection, ambient light detection, body temperature detect, functions such as luminous illumination on input device, when can not increase equipment volume by a great extent, can improve user experience greatly. Furthermore, in other embodiments, rotation or movement of the input device may be identified by a correlation design. Furthermore, in still other embodiments, the telescoping or locking of the input device may be achieved by design related.

Fig. 1 is a schematic functional block diagram of a wearable device provided by embodiments of the present application. Illustratively, the wearable device 100 may be a smart watch or a smart bracelet, or the like. Referring to fig. 1, the wearable device 100 may illustratively include a processor 110, an input device 120, a sensor module 130, a memory 160, and a power module 170. It is to be understood that the components shown in fig. 1 do not constitute a specific limitation of the wearable device 100, and that the wearable device 100 may also include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or a different arrangement of components.

Processor 110 may include one or more processing units, such as: the processor 110 may include an Application Processor (AP), a modem processor, a Graphics Processing Unit (GPU), an Image Signal Processor (ISP), a controller, a memory, a video codec, a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), a baseband processor, and/or a neural-Network Processing Unit (NPU), etc. The different processing units may be separate devices or may be integrated into one or more processors. Among other things, the controller may be a neural center and a command center of the wearable device 100. The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and the timing signal to complete the control of instruction fetching and instruction execution. In other embodiments, a memory may also be provided in processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to reuse the instruction or data, it can be called directly from the memory, avoiding repeated accesses, reducing the latency of the processor 110, and thus increasing the efficiency of the wearable device 100.

The input device 120 is used to provide user input, and may be a mechanical device, and the user contacts the input device 120 to rotate, translate, or tilt the input device 120 to achieve user input, to achieve functions or operations of starting (e.g., turning on or off) the wearable device 100, determining or adjusting a signal (e.g., adjusting the volume), and the like.

It is to be understood that the user input of the embodiment of the present application may be operations of rotating, translating, and tilting the input device 120 by the user, where the operations of translating and tilting the input device 120 by the user may be collectively referred to as the user's movement operation on the input device 120, and thus, the user input of the embodiment of the present application may include a rotation input and a movement input. Illustratively, a user may effect rotation of the input device 120 by sliding or scrolling the input device 120, and a user may effect movement of the input device 120 by pressing the input device 120.

It is understood that the input device 120 may be a single component or a combination of multiple components. In some embodiments, the input device 120 may include buttons that may enable rotational input, and, for example, may also enable movement input such as tilting or panning. In embodiments where wearable device 100 is a smart watch, the buttons may also be referred to as a crown. In other embodiments, the input device 120 may include keys that enable movement inputs such as tilting or pressing, for example, the keys may be an on/off key or a volume key of the wearable device 100. In other embodiments, input device 120 may include buttons and keys.

It is also understood that wearable device 100 may include one or more input devices 120.

In other embodiments, the input device 120 may perform multiple functions. For example, the input device 120 may perform functions of fingerprint recognition, photoplethysmography (PPG) detection, photographing, gas detection, ambient light detection, body temperature detection, lighting, and the like, which will be described in detail below. PPG is also referred to as photoplethysmography, and the two descriptions can be replaced with each other.

Sensor module 130 may include one or more sensors, for example, may include PPG sensor 130A, pressure sensor 130B, fingerprint sensor 130C, capacitance sensor 130D, acceleration sensor 130E, ambient light sensor 130F, proximity light sensor 130G, touch sensor 130H, and so on. It should be understood that fig. 1 is merely an example illustrating several sensors, and in practical applications, the wearable device 100 may further include more or fewer sensors, or replace the enumerated sensors with other sensors having the same or similar functions, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.

In some embodiments, the sensor module 130 may detect user input from the input device 120 and, in response to the user input, implement functions or operations to initiate, determine, adjust signals, and the like.

The PPG sensor 130A may be used to detect the heart rate, i.e. the number of heart beats per unit of time. In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may include a light transmitting unit and a light receiving unit. The optical transmitting unit may irradiate an optical beam into a human body (such as a blood vessel), the optical beam is reflected/refracted in the human body, and the reflected/refracted light is received by the optical receiving unit to obtain an optical signal. Since the light transmittance of blood changes during the fluctuation, the emitted/refracted light changes, and the light signal detected by the PPG sensor 130A also changes. The PPG sensor 130A may convert the optical signal into an electrical signal and determine a heart rate corresponding to the electrical signal. In the embodiment of the present application, the PPG sensor 130A may be disposed in the input device 120 or in the housing 180, and the PPG detection function may be implemented by a light signal detected by the PPG sensor 130A.

The pressure sensor 130B may be used to detect a pressure value between the human body and the wearable device 100. The pressure sensor 130B is used for sensing a pressure signal, and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. The pressure sensor 130B may be a resistive pressure sensor, an inductive pressure sensor, a capacitive pressure sensor, and the like, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. In the embodiment of the present application, a plurality of pressure sensors 130B may be disposed on the input device 120, and the rotation of the input device 120 is identified by the signal difference of adjacent pressure sensors 130B in the plurality of pressure sensors 130B.

And a fingerprint sensor 130C for collecting a fingerprint. The wearable device 100 can utilize the collected fingerprint characteristics to achieve fingerprint unlocking, access an application lock, fingerprint photographing, fingerprint incoming call answering, and the like. The fingerprint sensor 130C is various, and illustratively, the fingerprint sensor 130C may include an optical fingerprint sensor, a semiconductor fingerprint sensor, and an ultrasonic sensor, wherein the semiconductor fingerprint sensor may include a capacitive sensor, a thermal sensor, a pressure sensor, and the like. In the embodiment of the present application, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed in the input device 120 or in the housing 180, and the fingerprint recognition function may be implemented by the light reflected by the input device 120.

Capacitive sensor 130D may be used to detect the capacitance between the two electrodes to perform a particular function.

In some embodiments, the capacitive sensor 130D may be used to detect the capacitance between the human body and the wearable device 100, which may reflect whether the contact between the human body and the wearable device is good, and may be applied to Electrocardiogram (ECG) detection, in which the human body may serve as one electrode. When the capacitance sensor 130D is provided to an electrode on the wearable device, the capacitance sensor 130D may detect a capacitance between the human body and the electrode. When the capacitance detected by the capacitance sensor 105D is too large or too small, it indicates that the human body is in poor contact with the electrodes; when the capacitance detected by the capacitance sensor 130D is moderate, it is indicated that the human body is in good contact with the electrodes. Since whether the contact between the human body and the electrode is good or not affects the electrode to detect the electrical signal, and thus the generation of the ECG, the wearable device 100 may refer to the capacitance detected by the capacitive sensor 130D when generating the ECG.

In other embodiments, the capacitive sensor 130D may generate a varying capacitance with a metal electrode disposed within the input device 120, through which the rotation or movement of the input device 120 is recognized.

The acceleration sensor 130E may be used to detect the magnitude of acceleration of the wearable device 100 in various directions (typically three axes). The wearable device 100 is a wearable device, and when the user wears the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 is driven by the user to move, so that the acceleration sensor 130E detects accelerations in various directions, which can reflect the motion state of the human body.

An ambient light sensor 130F for sensing an ambient light parameter. For example, the ambient light parameter may include an ambient light intensity or a coefficient of ultraviolet rays in the ambient light, or the like. Wearable device 100 may adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen based on the perceived ambient light intensity. The ambient light sensor 130F may also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking a picture. The ambient light sensor 130F may also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 130G to detect whether the wearable device 100 is in a pocket to prevent inadvertent contact. In the embodiment of the present application, the ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed in the input device 120 or in the housing 180, and the ambient light detection function may be implemented by detecting an ambient light parameter in an environment where the wearable device 100 is located through the ambient light sensor 130F.

The proximity light sensor 130G may include, for example, a Light Emitting Diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The wearable device 100 emits infrared light outward through the light emitting diode. The wearable device 100 detects infrared reflected light from nearby objects using a photodiode. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the wearable device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the wearable device 100 may determine that there is no object near the wearable device 100. The wearable device 100 can utilize the proximity light sensor 130G to detect that the user holds the wearable device 100 close to the ear for talking, so as to automatically extinguish the screen for power saving. The proximity light sensor 130G may also be used in a holster mode, a pocket mode that automatically unlocks or locks the screen.

The touch sensor 130H may be disposed on the display screen, and the touch sensor 130H and the display screen form a touch screen, which is also called a "touch screen". The touch sensor 130H is used to detect a touch operation applied thereto or nearby. The touch sensor 130H can communicate the detected touch operation to the processor to determine the touch event type. Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through the display screen. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 130H can be disposed on the surface of the display screen at a different position than the display screen.

And a gas sensor 130I for detecting a gas parameter. For example, the gas parameters may include gas species or gas concentration, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the gas sensor 130I may be disposed in the input device 120 or in the housing 180, and the gas sensor 130I may detect a gas parameter in the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, so as to implement a gas detection function.

The magnetic sensor 130J is a device that converts a change in the magnetic property of the sensor due to an external factor such as a magnetic field, a current, a stress strain, a temperature, or light into an electric signal and detects a corresponding physical quantity in this manner. In the present embodiment, the magnetic sensor 130J may be combined with a magnetic layer in the input device 120, and when the input device 120 is rotated, a changing magnetic flux is generated, and the rotation or movement of the input device 120 is identified by an induced current generated on the magnetic sensor 130J.

Memory 160 may be used to store computer-executable program code, including instructions. Processor 110 executes instructions stored in memory to perform various functional applications and data processing of wearable device 100. The memory 160 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may further include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash memory (UFS), and the like, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

The power module 170 may provide power to various components in the wearable device 100, such as the processor 110, the sensor module 130, and the like. In some embodiments, power module 170 may be a battery or other portable power element. In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may be further connected to a charging device (e.g., via a wireless or wired connection), and the power supply module 170 may receive power input by the charging device to store the power in a battery.

In some embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 1, wearable device 100 also includes display screen 140. The display screen 140 includes a display panel. The display panel may adopt a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode, AMOLED), a flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), a miniature, a Micro-oeld, a quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), and the like. In some embodiments, a touch sensor may be disposed in the display screen to form a touch screen, which is not limited in this application. It is understood that in some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may or may not include the display screen 140, for example, when the wearable device 100 is a bracelet, it may or may not include a display screen, and when the wearable device 100 is a watch, it may include a display screen.

In still other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 1, the wearable device 100 may further include a camera 150 for capturing still images or video, with the object generating an optical image through a lens for projection onto the light-sensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a Charge Coupled Device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The light sensing element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, which is then passed to the ISP where it is converted into a digital image signal. And the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. The DSP converts the digital image signal into image signal in standard RGB, YUV and other formats.

In some embodiments, the camera 150 may be applied in a front-facing shooting scene, which may also be referred to simply as a "front-facing camera". In other embodiments, the camera 150 is rotatable, so that shooting of multi-directional or multi-angle scenes can be achieved, for example, the camera can be applied to a front shooting scene or a rear shooting scene. In other embodiments, the wearable device may include 1 or more cameras 150, which are not limited in this application. Illustratively, the camera 150 has small pixels, small volume and small occupied space, and can be well applied to wearable devices which are small in size and convenient to carry.

In still other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 1, wearable device 100 may further include an audio device 193, and audio device 193 may include a microphone, speaker, or earpiece, among other devices, that may receive or output sound signals.

Loudspeakers, also known as "speakers," are used to convert electrical audio signals into sound signals. The wearable device 100 may listen to music through a speaker or listen to a hands-free conversation.

Earpieces, also called "receivers", are used to convert electrical audio signals into acoustic signals. When wearable device 100 answers a phone call or voice information, the voice can be answered by placing the earpiece close to the ear of the person.

Microphones, also known as "microphones", are used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending voice information, a user can input a voice signal into the microphone by making a sound by approaching the microphone through the mouth of the user. The wearable device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone. In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may be provided with two microphones to achieve noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may further include three, four or more microphones to collect sound signals and reduce noise, and may further identify sound sources and perform directional recording functions.

In addition, the wearable device 100 may have a wireless communication function. In some embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 1, the wearable device 100 may also include a wireless communication module 191, a mobile communication module 192, one or more antennas 1, and one or more antennas 2. The wearable device 100 may implement a wireless communication function through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the wireless communication module 191, and the mobile communication module 192.

In some embodiments, the wireless communication module 191 may provide a solution for wireless communication applied on the wearable device 100 that complies with various types of network communication protocols or communication technologies. Illustratively, the network communication protocol may include Wireless Local Area Networks (WLANs) (e.g., wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), Bluetooth (BT), Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), Frequency Modulation (FM), Near Field Communication (NFC), Infrared (IR), and other communication protocols. For example, the wearable device 100 may establish bluetooth connections with other electronic devices, such as a cell phone, via a bluetooth protocol. In other embodiments, the wireless communication module 191 may be one or more devices that integrate at least one communication processing module.

The wireless communication module 191 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 1, performs frequency modulation and filtering processing on electromagnetic wave signals, and transmits the processed signals to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 191 may also receive a signal to be transmitted from the processor 110, frequency-modulate and amplify the signal, and convert the signal into electromagnetic waves via the antenna 1 to radiate the electromagnetic waves. In some embodiments, the wireless communication module 191 may be coupled with one or more antennas 1 so that the wearable device 100 may communicate with networks and other devices through wireless communication techniques.

In some embodiments, the mobile communication module 192 may provide a solution for wireless communication applied on the wearable device 100 that complies with various types of network communication protocols or communication technologies. Illustratively, the network communication protocol may be various wired or wireless communication protocols, such as ethernet, global system for mobile communications (GSM), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), time division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), voice over Internet protocol (VoIP), a communication protocol supporting a network slice architecture, or any other suitable communication protocol. For example, the wearable device 100 may establish a wireless communication connection with other electronic devices, such as a cell phone, via a WCDMA communication protocol.

In other embodiments, the mobile communication module 192 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, Low Noise Amplifier (LNA), and the like. In other embodiments, at least some of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 192 may be disposed in the processor 110. In other embodiments, at least some of the functional blocks of the mobile communication module 192 may be disposed in the same device as at least some of the blocks of the processor 110.

The mobile communication module 192 may receive the electromagnetic wave from the antenna 2, filter, amplify, etc. the received electromagnetic wave, and transmit the filtered electromagnetic wave to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 192 may also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert the signal into electromagnetic wave through the antenna 2 to radiate the electromagnetic wave. In some embodiments, the mobile communication module 192 may be coupled with one or more antennas 2 so that the wearable device 100 may communicate with networks and other devices through wireless communication techniques.

Fig. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application. In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may be a smart watch or a smart bracelet. Referring to fig. 2, the wearable device 100 includes a main body 101 and 2 wristbands 102 (a partial area of the wristband 102 is shown in fig. 2). The wrist band 102 may be fixedly or movably attached to the main body 101, and the wrist band 102 may be wound around a wrist, an arm, a leg, or other part of the body to fix the wearable device 100 to the body of the user. The body 101 may include a housing 180 and a cover 114, the housing 180 surrounding the cover 114, for example, the housing 180 including a groove disposed at a top end, the cover 114 being received in the groove, an edge of the cover 114 abutting and being fixed on the groove of the housing 180, formed as a surface of the body 101. The interior of the structure formed by the housing 180 and the cover 114 has a receiving space that can receive a combination of one or more components shown in fig. 1 and not shown to perform various functions of the wearable device 100. The body 101 also includes an input device 120, and the cover 114 and housing 180 form a structure that accommodates portions of the input device 120, with exposed portions of the input device 120 being accessible to a user.

The cover 114 serves as a surface of the main body 101 and may serve as a protection plate of the main body 101 to prevent components contained in the housing 180 from being exposed to the outside and damaged. Illustratively, the cover 114 may be transparent. Illustratively, the cover 114 may comprise a crystal, such as a sapphire crystal, or the cover 114 may be formed of glass, plastic, or other material.

In some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140, and the user may interact with the wearable device 100 through the display screen 140. Illustratively, the display screen 140 may receive user input and make corresponding output in response to the user input, e.g., the user may select (or otherwise edit) a graphic on the display screen 140 by touching or pressing the graphic at a location on the graphic, etc.

The input device 120 is attached to the outside of the housing 180 and extends to the inside of the housing 180. In some embodiments, the input device includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122 connected. The shaft portion 122 extends into the housing 180, and the head portion 121 is exposed from the housing 180 as a portion that contacts a user to allow the user to contact the input device to receive user input by rotating, tilting or translating the head portion 121, and the shaft portion 122 can move along with the head portion 121 when the user operates the head portion 121. It is understood that the head 121 may be any shape, for example, the head 121 may be cylindrical. It is to be understood that the rotatable input device 120 may be referred to as a button, and in embodiments where the wearable device 100 is a watch, the rotatable input device 120 may be a crown of the watch, and the input device 120 may be referred to as the crown.

In the embodiment of the present application, in order to further improve the practicability of the wearable device 100, the input device 120 may further have one or more functions, so that the input device 120 having the above functions may have different specific structures in different embodiments, which will be described in detail below.

The housing 180 may be fabricated from a variety of materials including, but not limited to, plastics, metals, alloys, and the like. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole to be fitted with the input device 120 to receive the lever portion 122 of the input device 120. Illustratively, the side 180-a of the housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole extending to the interior of the housing 180, and the mounting hole is generally shaped and sized to fit the shaft portion 122, in other words, the shape and size of the mounting hole can be designed based on the shaft portion 122.

It should be understood that the input device 120 is not limited to the structure shown in fig. 2, and any mechanical component capable of receiving a user input may be used as the input device 120 in the embodiment of the present application.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 3, input device 120 of wearable device 100 may be button 1201, button 1201 may be one example of input device 120, button 1201 may be mounted on side 180-a of housing 180, and button 1201 may be referred to as a crown in embodiments where wearable device 100 is a watch.

In still other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 3, the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 may be a button 1202, the button 1202 may be another example of the input device 120, and the button 1202 may allow a user to press a movement that causes the button 1202 to pan or tilt to effect a movement input by the user.

In one example, the keys 1202 may be mounted on the side 180-A of the housing 180 with a portion of the keys 1202 exposed and another portion extending from the side of the housing 180 toward the interior of the housing 180 (not shown).

In another example, the button 1202 may be disposed on the head 121 of the button 1201, and the rotation input may be realized and the movement input may be realized.

In another example, the keys 1202 may also be provided on the top surface of the main body 101 on which the display screen 140 is mounted.

In other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 3, the input device 120 may include a button 1201 and a key 1202, and in one example, the button 1201 and the key 1202 may be disposed on the same surface of the housing 180, for example, both disposed on the same side of the housing 180, and in another example, the button 1201 and the key 1202 may also be disposed on different surfaces of the housing 180, which is not limited in this embodiment. It is to be understood that the input device 120 may include one or more keys 1202 and may also include one or more buttons 1201.

As described above, the present embodiment aims to integrate functions, such as fingerprint recognition, photographing, PPG detection, gas detection, ambient light detection, body temperature detection, and lighting, on the wearable device 100 by using the input device 120, so as to improve the user experience while not increasing the volume of the wearable device 100 to a great extent. Furthermore, the rotation or movement of the input device can be recognized by designing a characteristic region on the input device 120 or the housing 180, and the expansion or locking of the input device can be realized by related design.

Hereinafter, a structure for realizing each function will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.

Hereinafter, a wearable device that realizes a fingerprint recognition function according to an embodiment of the present application will be described with reference to fig. 4 to 45.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 may be designed to have a fingerprint recognition related component mounted in the input device 120, and the user may contact the input device 120 to perform fingerprint recognition by rotating, pressing, moving and/or tilting the input device 120. The fingerprint sensor 130C is a core component for recognizing a fingerprint, and can recognize the fingerprint based on the collected fingerprint information to determine the identity of the user. The fingerprint sensor 130C may be various types of sensors, and the fingerprint sensor 130C may be, for example, an optical fingerprint sensor, a capacitive fingerprint sensor, or an ultrasonic fingerprint sensor.

In the present embodiment, there are two locations for the fingerprint sensor 130C in the wearable device 100, in some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed in the input device 120, and in other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may also be disposed in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100. Hereinafter, the structural design for realizing fingerprint identification of each of the above embodiments will be described in detail.

In the embodiment where the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed on the input device 120, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed on the head portion 121 or the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120, a finger contacts the head portion 121, and the fingerprint sensor 130C may obtain fingerprint information according to a signal from the head portion 121 for fingerprint recognition.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may perform fingerprint recognition based on the collected fingerprint information, and in other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor may send the collected fingerprint information to the processor 110 for fingerprint recognition by the processor 110.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be stationary regardless of whether the input device 120 is rotated. In other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130 may rotate as the input device 120 rotates.

Fig. 4 and 5 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of the wearable device 100 of the embodiment of the present application. Hereinafter, with reference to fig. 4 and 5, taking the example that the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed on the head 121 of the input device 120, the structure of the wearable device in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed on the head 121 will be described by using different types of fingerprint sensors 130C. It should be understood that the structure of the fingerprint sensor 130C disposed on the shaft portion 122 is similar to the structure of the fingerprint sensor 130C disposed on the shaft portion 122, and will not be described in detail later.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor. The structure shown in fig. 4 can be applied to a scenario where the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor.

Referring to fig. 4, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a cover 114, an input device 120, a fingerprint sensor 130C. The cover 114 is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 and forms a surface of the body 101. in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181, the input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181 to mount the shaft portion 122 on the housing through the mounting hole 181, the head portion 121 extends outward from the housing 180 and accommodates a fingerprint sensor 130C, and the fingerprint sensor 130C can be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180 through a connector to transmit fingerprint information detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C to the processor 110 mounted on the first circuit board, and fingerprint recognition is performed by the processor 110. The head 121 of the input device 120 is further provided with a channel for transmitting light signals, which channel extends from the outer surface of the head 121 to said fingerprint sensor 130C, i.e. one end of the channel is located at the outer surface of the head 121 and the other end is connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C to enable transmission of light signals through the channel. Illustratively, the channel may be a transparent region of the head that is made of a transparent material, e.g., as shown in FIG. 4, the channel may be formed by a transparent cover 1211. For example, the head 121 may be made of a transparent material, and a region of the head 121 between the surface of the head 121 and the fingerprint sensor 130C may form a channel, which is not limited in this embodiment.

The outer surface of the head 121 includes an outer end surface 121-A and a side surface 121-B connected, the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 is approximately parallel to the side surface 180-A of the housing 180, and the side surface 121-B of the head 121 is a circumferential surface of the head 121. In some embodiments, the channel extends from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the fingerprint sensor (e.g., cover 1211 shown in fig. 4); in other embodiments, the channel extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the fingerprint sensor.

In the embodiment where the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor, the optical fingerprint sensor includes a light receiving unit, light emitted from a light emitting unit inside the housing 180 can pass through a channel of the head 121 to reach a finger pressed on an outer surface of the head 121, and light reflected by the finger passes through the channel and is projected to the optical fingerprint sensor, which generates fingerprint information according to the projected light to perform fingerprint recognition. In further embodiments, the light emitting unit may be integrated in the optical fingerprint sensor, i.e. the optical fingerprint sensor may comprise a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit.

In other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may also be a capacitive fingerprint sensor. The structure shown in fig. 5 may be applied to a case where the fingerprint sensor is a capacitive sensor, and in contrast to fig. 4, in the structure shown in fig. 5, the head 121 of the input device 120 may not need to be provided with a channel. The capacitance sensor utilizes an electric field formed by the capacitance sensor and conductive subcutaneous electrolyte, and the pressure difference between the capacitance sensor and the conductive subcutaneous electrolyte is changed differently due to the fluctuation of the fingerprint, so that accurate fingerprint measurement can be realized. When a finger presses the surface of the capacitive sensor, the capacitive sensor generates charge difference according to the wave crests and the wave troughs of the fingerprint, so that fingerprint information is formed, and fingerprint identification is performed.

In other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may also be an ultrasonic sensor. The structure shown in fig. 5 is also applicable to a scenario where the fingerprint sensor is an ultrasonic sensor. The ultrasonic sensor utilizes ultrasonic energy reflected by ultrasonic waves on the surface of a finger, the reflectivity of the valley part and the ridge part of the fingerprint to the ultrasonic energy is different, the reflected ultrasonic waves can be converted into electric signals with different intensities, and finally, a fingerprint image with alternate light and shade is formed, so that accurate fingerprint measurement can be realized. When a finger presses the surface of the ultrasonic sensor, the ultrasonic sensor reflects a signal difference according to the wave crests and the wave troughs of the fingerprint, so that fingerprint information is formed, and fingerprint identification is carried out.

In the above embodiments shown in fig. 4 or fig. 5, the fingerprint sensor 130C may send the fingerprint information to the processor 110, so that the processor 110 performs fingerprint identification according to the fingerprint information, or the fingerprint sensor 130C may transmit the result of fingerprint identification to the processor 110 after completing fingerprint identification according to the fingerprint information, so that the processor 110 provides information to the user through an output device such as the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 according to the result. It is to be appreciated that in this embodiment, the fingerprint sensor 130C communicates data with the processor 110, and with continued reference to fig. 4 or 5, the wearable device 100 further includes a connector 200 disposed at the input device 120, the connector 200 being operable to enable an electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the processor 110, illustratively, at least a portion of the connector 200 may be disposed in the input device 120, e.g., at least a portion of the connector 200 may be disposed in the stem portion 122 of the input device 120, wherein at least a portion of the connector 200 represents part or all of the connector 200.

The processor 110 is mounted on a first circuit board 111 (which may also be referred to as a motherboard) within the body, and an electrical connection between the first circuit board 111 and the fingerprint sensor 130C is achieved through the connector 200 to achieve an electrical connection between the processor 110 and the fingerprint sensor 130C. It should be understood that the processor 110 may be directly mounted on the first circuit board 111, or may be mounted on the first circuit board 111 through other circuit boards, which is not limited herein.

The input device 120 may be rotated about an axial direction (e.g., x-direction) of the shaft 122. since the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed in the input device 120, the fingerprint sensor 130C may rotate with the rotation of the input device 120, or the input device 120 may rotate without the fingerprint sensor 130C rotating, or neither the input device 120 nor the fingerprint sensor 130C may rotate. Hereinafter, the connector 200 for connecting the fingerprint sensor 130C and the processor 110 and the relationship between the connector 200 and the related components will be described by taking two embodiments in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is rotated and not rotated as examples.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may rotate with the rotation of the input device 120, and the connector 200 may include a first connector and a second connector rotatably connected, one of the connectors is connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and the other connector is connected to the first circuit board 111 (or the processor 110), when the input device 120 is rotated, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the connector connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C may be driven to rotate, while the connector connected to the first circuit board 111 does not rotate, and the rotational connection between the first connector and the second connector may realize the electrical connection between the first connector and the second connector to realize the electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the processor 110 disposed on the first circuit board.

With the wearable device 100 having such a structure, the input device 120 may be mounted first, and then the fingerprint sensor 130C and the connector 200 may be mounted, or the fingerprint sensor 130C and the connector 200 may be mounted first, and then the input device 120 may be mounted, so that the wearable device 100 is easy to mount, and the design flexibility is high.

Fig. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a connector 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 6, the connector 200 includes a first connector 210 and a second connector 220 rotatably connected, the first connector 210 is electrically connected to a first circuit board in the main body 101, the second connector 220 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and when the input device 120 is rotated to rotate the fingerprint sensor 130C, the second connector 220 is rotatable and the first connector 220 does not rotate.

Illustratively, the first connecting members 210 are arranged in concentric circles and include a plurality of annular electrodes 211, and one electrode 211 of any two electrodes 211 surrounds the other electrode 211; the second connection member 220 includes a plurality of electrodes 221 distributed in parallel along an axial direction (e.g., x-direction) around the shaft portion of the input device, the plurality of electrodes 221 of the second connection member 220 correspond to the plurality of electrodes 211 of the first connection member 210 one to one, the electrodes 221 of the second connection member 220 contact the corresponding electrodes 211 of the first connection member 210 to achieve electrical connection of the first connection member 210 and the second connection member 220, when the input device 120 is rotated, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the second connecting part 220 of the connector 200 are driven to rotate, the electrodes 221 of the second connecting part 220 rotate on the corresponding electrodes 211 of the first connecting part 210, so that the electrode 221 of the second connecting member 220 and the electrode 211 of the first connecting member 210 can always keep better contact, to realize better electrical connection between the first connecting member and the second connecting member, thus, the electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first circuit board is achieved through the connector 200. Fig. 6 shows 4 electrodes 211 of the first connecting part 210 and 4 electrodes 221 of the second connecting part 220, one electrode 211 corresponding to one electrode 221, and it can be seen that when the electrode 221 rotates, the motion track of the electrode 221 is similar to the shape of the electrode 211, and the electrode 221 and the electrode 211 can be always kept in contact, so that the fingerprint sensor 130C is electrically connected with the processor 110 on the first circuit board.

Hereinafter, the connector 200 and the relationship between the connector 200 and the related components will be described with reference to fig. 7 to 11.

Fig. 7 is a schematic exploded view of the connector 200 provided in the embodiment of the present application, and fig. 8 is a schematic assembly view of the connector 200 provided in the embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 7 and 8, the connector 200 includes a first connector 210 and a second connector 220 connected. The first connector 210 includes a third body 212 and a ring-shaped electrode 211 fixedly connected to the third body 212, and the first connector 210 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180 and fixedly connected to the housing, for example, by fixing the third body 212 to the housing to fix the first connector 210 to the housing, for example, the third body 212 is provided with a fastening hole 2121, and the third body 212 may be fixed to the housing by a fastening member mounted on the fastening hole 2121. The second connecting member 220 may be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, is disposed in the rod portion 122 of the input device 120, and includes a fourth body 222 and an electrode 221 fixedly connected to the fourth body 222, a mounting hole 2221 for mounting the electrode 221 is disposed in the fourth body 222, the electrode 221 may include a metal strip 2211, and two ends of the metal strip 2211 are respectively connected to the electrode 211 and the fingerprint sensor 130C.

In some embodiments, in order to make the contact between the electrode 221 and the electrode 211 more stable, the electrode 221 may further include an elastic member 2212. Illustratively, the elastic member 2212 may be a spring, and both ends of the elastic member 2212 are respectively connected to the metal strip 2211 and the fingerprint sensor 130C, that is, the electrode 221 includes the metal strip 2211 and the elastic member 2212 which are fixedly connected, one end of the metal strip 2211 far away from the elastic member 2212 is connected to the electrode 211, and one end of the elastic member 2212 far away from the metal strip 2211 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C. In embodiments where the electrode 221 of the second connection member 220 includes the metal strip 2211 and the elastic member 2212, the electrode 221 may be referred to as a pogo pin.

Fig. 9 is a schematic exploded view of the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application and having the connector 200 shown in fig. 6 to 8 mounted thereon, fig. 10 is a schematic assembly view of the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application and having the connector 200 shown in fig. 6 to 8 mounted thereon, and fig. 11 is a schematic assembly view of a partial area of the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application and having the connector 200 shown in fig. 6 to 8 mounted thereon. It should be understood that the structures shown in fig. 9 to 11 are merely schematic illustrations, the wearable device 100 may include more or less components, and the positions and connection relationships between the respective components in the wearable device 100 are not limited to the structures shown in the figures.

Referring to fig. 9 to 11, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a first circuit board 111, a connector 200, a fingerprint sensor 130C, an input device 120, illustratively, the fingerprint sensor 130C is fixed to a head 121 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the body 101 further includes a cover 1211 secured to an end of the head 121 for contacting a finger to protect components (e.g., the fingerprint sensor 130C) disposed within the head 121. Illustratively, in embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor, the cover 1211 may be understood as a channel disposed in the head 121 and made of a transparent material, e.g., the cover 1211 may be a transparent glass cover.

In other embodiments, the body 101 further includes a second circuit board 112 (which may be referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and one end of the connector 200 may be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C through the second circuit board 112.

With continued reference to fig. 9 to 11, the first connector 210 of the connector 200 is disposed inside the housing 180 and fixed on the housing 180, and an end of the first connector 210 away from the second connector 220 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111. The second link 220 of the connector 200 is sleeved in and fixedly connected to the rod portion 122 of the input device 120. An end of the second connection member 220 away from the first connection member 210 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and illustratively, an end of the electrode 221 of the second connection member 220 away from the first connection member 210 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, for example, an end of the elastic member 2212 of the electrode 221 of the second connection member 220 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C. One end of the second connection member 220 close to the first connection member 210 is electrically connected to the first connection member 210, specifically, the ring-shaped electrodes of the first connection member 210 are in one-to-one correspondence with the electrodes 221 of the second connection member 220, one ring-shaped electrode of the first connection member 210 is in contact with the corresponding electrode 221 of the second connection member 220, and exemplarily, one ring-shaped electrode of the first connection member 210 is in contact with one end of the metal strip 2221 of the corresponding electrode 221 of the second connection member 220.

When the input device 120 is rotated along the axial direction of the shaft portion 112, the input device 120 drives the fingerprint sensor 130C and the second connection member 220 to rotate, so that the electrode 221 of the second connection member 220 is always in contact with the electrode of the first connection member 210, so as to maintain the electrical connection of the fingerprint sensor 130C with the first circuit board 111.

In this embodiment, the connector 200 includes a second connecting member 220 and a first connecting member 210 rotatably connected, the second connecting member 220 is connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, the first connecting member 210 is connected to the first circuit board 111, the second connecting member 220 is disposed on the rod portion 122, the first connecting member 210 is disposed in the housing 180, and the fingerprint sensor 130C can be electrically connected to the first circuit board 110 during the rotation of the fingerprint sensor 130C. Since the shaft portion 122 may be provided with only the second link 220, the wearable device 100 of this structure may not have an excessive limitation on the radial dimension of the shaft portion 122. However, the first connector 210 disposed in the housing 180 occupies a part of the space of the housing 180, and since the alignment position between the second connector 220 and the first connector 210 is required, the mounting accuracy of the connector 200 is required.

In embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130 is rotated, the present application embodiments also provide another connector. The connector 200 includes two sleeves that are coaxially disposed and can be rotationally connected along a circumferential direction to maintain electrical connection, which are denoted as a first connector (or an outer tube) and a second connector (or an inner tube), the second connector is nested in the first connector, the second connector and the first connector can be always kept in contact to achieve electrical connection, the rotational connection between the second connector and the first connector indicates that one of the second connector and the first connector can be fixedly connected and rotatable with the fingerprint sensor 130C, and the other sleeve can be fixedly connected and non-rotatable with the first circuit board 111 (or a main board) in the housing. When the input device 120 is rotated, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the sleeve electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor may be rotated, and, due to the rotatable connection between the two sleeves, one of the sleeves may always maintain contact with the other sleeve when rotated, so that the electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first circuit board 111 may always be maintained when the fingerprint sensor 130C is rotated.

Hereinafter, the connector and the relationship between the connector and the related components will be described with reference to fig. 12 to 19.

Fig. 12 is a schematic exploded view of a connector 200 according to another embodiment of the present application, fig. 13 is a schematic structural view of a first body according to another embodiment of the present application, fig. 14 is a schematic structural view of a first connector according to another embodiment of the present application, fig. 15 is a schematic structural view of a second body according to another embodiment of the present application, fig. 16 is a schematic structural view of a second connector according to another embodiment of the present application, and fig. 17 is a schematic assembly view of a connector according to another embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 12 to 14, the first connecting element 210 includes a first body 241 and at least one first metal element 242 fixedly connected to the first body 241, a partial area of the first metal element 242 is exposed inside the first body 241 and can be contacted with a metal element on the second connecting element 220 to achieve electrical connection between the first connecting element 210 and the second connecting element 220, and an end of the first metal element 242 extending out of the first body 241 can be electrically connected with a relevant component. For example, one end of the first metal piece 242 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 (or the main board) in the housing 180, and may also be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C. When one end of the first metal piece 242 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, the first connecting member 210 does not rotate, and when one end of the first metal piece 242 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, the first connecting member 210 rotates.

It should be understood that, when the first connecting element 210 includes a plurality of first metal pieces 242, any two first metal pieces 242 may not contact with each other, and may also contact with each other, which is not limited in this embodiment. Illustratively, the number of the first metal pieces 242 may be 4.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 12 and 13, a first groove 2412 corresponding to the first metal piece 242 is disposed on an outer wall 2411 of the first body 241, the first groove 2412 extends from the outer wall 2411 of the first body 241 to an end of the first body 241, and an opening 2412-1 is disposed on the first groove 2412. Referring to fig. 12 and 14, the first metal element 242 is inserted into the first groove 2412 to be clamped on the first body 241, a portion (denoted as a first contact section 2421) of the first metal element 242 at the position of the opening 2412-1 is exposed to the inside of the first body 241 and can be contacted with the annular metal element of the second connector 220, the remaining portion (denoted as a first connection section 2422) of the first metal element 242 extends toward the outside of the first body 241, and one end of the first metal element 242 extending out of the first body 241 can be electrically connected with the first circuit board 111 or the fingerprint sensor 130C.

Illustratively, referring to fig. 13, the first groove 2412 includes a first groove section 2412-a disposed along a circumferential direction of the first body 241 and a second groove section 2412-B disposed along an axial direction of the first body 241, the first groove section 2412-a and the second groove section 2412-B are in communication, correspondingly, referring to fig. 12 and 14, the first connecting section 2422 of the first metal piece 242 includes a connected annular section 2422-a and an extended section 2422-B, the annular section 2422-a is inserted into the first groove section 2412-a, and the extended section 2422-B is inserted into the second groove section 2412-B, and one end of the extended section 2422-B, which protrudes out of the first body 241, is connected with the first circuit board 111 or the fingerprint sensor 130C.

Illustratively, the first metal member 242 is a metal member having elasticity, and when the first metal member 242 is in contact with the annular metal member of the second connection member 220, the annular metal member can be elastically pressed. Thus, during the relative rotation between the first connecting element 210 and the second connecting element 220 in the axial direction, the elastic first metal element 242 has better deformability, and can better contact with the metal element on the second connecting element 220, so as to ensure the electrical connection between the first connecting element 210 and the second connecting element 220.

Illustratively, the first metal piece 242 may be a wire type, for example, the first metal piece 242 may be an elastic metal wire.

Referring to fig. 12, 15 to 17, the second connector 220 includes a second body 251 and at least one second metal piece 252 fixedly connected to the second body 251, where the at least one second metal piece 252 corresponds to the at least one first metal piece 242 of the first connector 210 one to one, specifically, the number of the second metal pieces 252 is the same as the number of the first metal pieces 242 of the first connector 210, and a portion of the second metal piece 252, which is sleeved on the second body 251, may always contact with the first metal pieces 242 to electrically connect the first connector 210 and the second connector 220, and an end of the second metal piece 252, which extends out of the second body 251, may be electrically connected to a related component. For example, one end of the second metal piece 252 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 (or the main board) in the housing 180, and may also be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C. When one end of the second metal member 252 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, the second connection member 220 does not rotate, and when one end of the second metal member 252 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, the second connection member 220 may rotate.

It should be understood that, when the second connection element 220 includes a plurality of second metal elements 252, any two second metal elements 252 may or may not contact each other, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited in any way. Illustratively, the number of the second metal pieces 252 may be 4.

It should also be understood that the second connector 220 and the first connector 210 electrically connect different components. In some embodiments, the second connector 220 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, the first connector 210 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, and the first circuit board 111 is fixed to the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, such that the first connector 210 can be fixed to the housing via the first circuit board 111, and when the input device 120 is rotated, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the second connector 220 are driven to rotate, and the first connector 210 does not rotate. In other embodiments, the second connecting member 220 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, the first connecting member 210 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and when the input device 120 is rotated, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first connecting member 210 are driven to rotate, and the second connecting member 220 does not rotate, for example, in this embodiment, the first connecting member 210 may also be fixed on the rod portion 122 to better fix the first connecting member 210.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 12, the second metal part 252 includes a second contact section 2521 and a second connection section 2522, referring to fig. 15, a through hole 2511 corresponding to the second metal part 252 is disposed on the second body 251, referring to fig. 16, the second contact section 2521 is sleeved on the outer wall of the second body 251, the second connection section 2522 passes through the through hole 2511 and extends into the second body 251 and extends along the axial direction of the second body 251, and an end of the second connection section 2522 extending out of the second body 251 can be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 or the fingerprint sensor 130C. It can be understood that in the embodiment where the second connection element 220 includes a plurality of second metal elements 252, the second connection segments 2522 of the second metal elements 252 are turned inside the second body 251 and extend toward the outside of the inner body 251, and the second connection segments 2522 may be arranged without interfering with each other, especially, it is relatively easy to arrange the second connection segments 2522, and the structure is simple and easy to implement.

In other embodiments, the second body 251 does not need to be provided with a through hole 2511 corresponding to the second metal member 252, for example, the second contact section 2521 of the second metal member 252 is sleeved on the outer wall of the second body 251, the second connection section 2522 is bent and extends towards the outside of the second body 251 on the outer wall of the second body 251 (not shown in the figure), and one end extending out of the second body 251 can be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 or the fingerprint sensor 130C. However, the design of such a structure is relatively complex.

Referring to fig. 17, the second metal part 252 of the second connection element 220 corresponds to the first metal part 252 of the first connection element 210, and when one of the second connection element 220 and the first connection element 210 rotates and the other does not rotate, the first contact section 2421 of the first metal part 242 and the second contact section 2521 of the second metal part 252 can be in constant contact with each other, so as to achieve the electrical connection between the second connection element 220 and the first connection element 210.

For convenience of description, the relationship between the connector and the related components will be described with reference to fig. 18 and 19 by taking the second connector 220 fixedly connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first connector 210 fixedly connected to the first circuit board 111 as examples.

Fig. 18 is a schematic exploded view of the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application and having the connector 200 shown in fig. 12 to 17 mounted thereon, and fig. 19 is a schematic assembly view of a partial region of the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application and having the connector 200 shown in fig. 12 to 17 mounted thereon. It should be understood that the structures shown in fig. 18 and 19 are merely schematic illustrations, more or fewer components may be included in the wearable device 100, and the positions and connection relationships between the respective components in the wearable device 100 are not limited to the structures shown in the figures.

Referring to fig. 18 and 19, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a first circuit board 111, a connector 200, a fingerprint sensor 130C, and an input device 120.

The fingerprint sensor 130C is fixed on the head 121 of the input device 120. In some embodiments, the body 101 further includes a cover 1211 secured to an end of the head 121 for contacting a finger to protect components (e.g., the fingerprint sensor 130C) disposed within the head 121. Illustratively, in embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor, the cover 1211 may be understood as a channel disposed in the head 121 and made of a transparent material, e.g., the cover 1211 may be a transparent glass cover.

In other embodiments, the body 101 further includes a second circuit board 112 (which may be referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and one end of the connector 200 may be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C through the second circuit board 112.

The connector 200 is sleeved in the rod portion 122 of the input device 120, specifically, the first connecting element 210 is sleeved in the rod portion 122, a gap is formed between the first connecting element 210 and the rod portion 122 and is not in contact with the rod portion 122 (not shown), so that the first connecting element 210 is not driven when the input device 120 is rotated, and the second connecting element 220 is sleeved in the first connecting element 210. The plurality of first metal parts 242 (e.g., 4 first metal parts 242) of the first connecting element 210 correspond to the plurality of second metal parts 252 (e.g., 4 second metal parts 252) of the second connecting element 220 one by one, and the first contact section 2421 of the first metal part 242, which is located on the opening 2414-1 of the slot 2412 of the first body 241, contacts with the second contact section 2521, which is sleeved on the second body 251, to realize the electrical connection between the second connecting element 220 and the first connecting element 210. An end of the first connection section 2422 of the first connector 210 extending toward the outside of the first body 241 is electrically connected with the first circuit board 111, and the first circuit board 111 is fixed on the housing 180, so that the first connector 210 can be fixed on the housing 180 by the first circuit board 111, and an end of the second connection section 2522 of the second connector 220 extending toward the outside of the second body 251 is electrically connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C. When the input device 120 is rotated, the input device 120 drives the fingerprint sensor 130C and the second connecting member 220 to rotate, the second connecting member 220 rotates around the axial direction relative to the first connecting member 210, the second metal member 252 of the second connecting member 220 is always in contact with the first metal member 242 of the first connecting member 210, and the electrical connection between the second connecting member 220 and the first connecting member 210 can be maintained, so that the electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first circuit board 111 is maintained.

In some embodiments, the main body 101 further includes a second circuit board 112 (which may be called a small board) electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and an end of the second metal piece 252 of the second connection member 220 protruding out of the second body 251 is electrically connected to the second circuit board 112 so as to be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C through the second circuit board 112.

In other embodiments, the main body 101 further includes a third circuit board 113 (also referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, and an end of the first metal piece 242 of the first connector 210 protruding out of the first body 241 is electrically connected to the third circuit board 113 so as to be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 through the third circuit board 113.

In this embodiment, the connector 200 is disposed on the rod portion 122, and includes a first connector 210 and a second connector 220 that are coaxially disposed and rotatably connected along a circumferential direction to maintain electrical connection, the second connector 220 and the first connector 210 can always keep contact to achieve electrical connection, one of the second connector 220 and the first connector 210 can be electrically connected and rotatable with the fingerprint sensor 130C, the other can be electrically connected and non-rotatable with the first circuit board 111 (or main board) in the housing 180, and the fingerprint sensor 130C can be electrically connected with the first circuit board 111 during rotation of the fingerprint sensor 130C. Since the connectors 200 are all provided at the lever portions 122, space inside the housing 180 is not occupied, and reliability is improved. However, since the connector 200 includes the second connecting member 220 and the first connecting member 210, the radial dimension of the shaft portion 122 is required to be relatively large, and the length of the connector 200 is designed to be relatively long to ensure good contact between the second connecting member 220 and the first connecting member 210, so that the axial dimension of the shaft portion 122 is relatively large.

As a rotatable input device 120, a sensor may be built into the wearable device 100 to recognize the rotation of the input device 120. In some embodiments, a cavity in the second connector 220 may house a sensor (denoted as sensor 1301) for identifying rotation. Illustratively, referring to FIG. 20, one end of the sensor 1301 is fixedly attached to the first circuit board 111, extends toward the second connector 220, and extends into the cavity 2501 of the second connector 220. When the input device 120 is rotated, the sensor 1301 positioned in the cavity 2501 of the second connecting member 220 can recognize the rotation or movement of the input device 120 through the related feature points, and the specific manner and structure for recognizing the rotation or movement can be referred to the related description below.

In the embodiment of the present application, the fingerprint sensor 130C can be combined with other components to form a fingerprint module commonly used for fingerprint identification. Illustratively, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be combined with the second circuit board 112 to form a fingerprint module. It will be appreciated that the above-described exemplary structure of the fingerprint module including the fingerprint sensor is merely illustrative, and that more or fewer components may be included in the case where the fingerprint sensor is included in the fingerprint module. The explanation of the fingerprint module is not described herein, and will not be described further.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C does not rotate whether or not the input device 120 is rotated, particularly if the fingerprint sensor 130C does not rotate during rotation of the input device 120. The connector 200 serves as a bridge connecting the first circuit board 111 (or a main board or a processor) and the fingerprint sensor 130C, and in the case where neither the first circuit board 111 nor the fingerprint sensor 130C rotates, the connector 200 does not rotate. With the wearable device 100 of this configuration, since the fingerprint sensor 130C does not rotate, it is easier to perform the fingerprint recognition function, and since the connector 200 does not rotate, it is possible to ensure that the connector 200 has good reliability as much as possible.

Fig. 21 is a schematic exploded view of a connector 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application, fig. 22 is a schematic exploded view of a wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application and having the connector 200 shown in fig. 21 mounted thereon, and fig. 23 is a schematic assembly view of a partial region of the wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application and having the connector 200 shown in fig. 21 mounted thereon.

Referring to fig. 21, the connector 200 illustratively includes a fixing rod 260 and a plurality of metal strips 270 inserted and fixed in the fixing rod 260, and the fixing rod 260 is provided with a through hole 2601 through which the metal strips 270 are inserted. The end of the metal strip 270 away from the fingerprint sensor can be electrically connected with the first circuit board, and the end of the metal strip 270 close to the fingerprint sensor is used for electrically connecting with the fingerprint sensor. In some embodiments, the metal strip 270 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board and the fingerprint sensor by connecting two ends of the metal strip 270 to the first circuit board and the fingerprint sensor respectively through a via soldering or a patch soldering. In other embodiments, the metal strip 270 may be referred to as a metal pin, and the metal pin may be split, that is, a portion of the metal pin is a pin, and another portion of the metal pin is a socket, wherein the pin and the socket may be connected to the fingerprint sensor and the first circuit board, respectively.

Referring to fig. 22 and 23, the main body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a first circuit board 111, a connector 200, a fingerprint sensor 130C, and an input device 120.

The fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed at the head 121 of the input device 120 with a gap 120-1 between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the inner wall of the head 121 and without contact so that the fingerprint sensor 130C does not rotate when the input device 120 rotates. The connector 200 is sleeved in the rod part 122 of the input device 120, a gap 120-1 is formed between the fixing rod 260 of the connector 200 and the rod part 122 and is not in contact with the fixing rod, so that when the input device rotates, the connector 200 does not rotate, one end, far away from the fingerprint sensor 130C, of the metal strip 270 of the connector 200 is electrically connected with the first circuit board 111, the first circuit board 191 is fixed on the shell 180 of the wearable device, therefore, the connector 200 can be fixed on the shell through the first circuit board 111, and one end, close to the fingerprint sensor 130C, of the metal strip 270 is electrically connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C. In this way, the electrical connection of the fingerprint sensor 130C to the first circuit board 111 is achieved through the connector 200. When the input device 120 is rotated, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the connector 200 may not be rotated because the fingerprint sensor 130C and a component fixedly connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C (e.g., the second circuit board 112 hereinafter) have a gap 120-1 and do not contact the head portion 121 and a gap 120-1 and do not contact between the connector 200 and the lever portion 122.

In some embodiments, the body 101 further includes a cover 1211 secured to an end of the head 121 for contacting a finger to protect components (e.g., the fingerprint sensor 130C) disposed within the head 121. Illustratively, in embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor, the cover 1211 may be understood as a channel disposed in the head 121 and made of a transparent material, e.g., the cover 1211 may be a transparent glass cover. It will be appreciated that in embodiments where the head 121 is secured to the cover 1211, there is a gap 120-1 between the fingerprint sensor 130C and both the head 121 and the cover 1211.

In other embodiments, the body 101 further includes a second circuit board 112 (which may be referred to as a small plate) electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and an end of the metal strip 270 near the fingerprint sensor 130C is electrically connected to the second circuit board 112 to electrically connect to the fingerprint sensor 130C through the second circuit board 112.

In other embodiments, the main body 101 further includes a third circuit board 113 (also referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, and an end of the metal strip 270 away from the fingerprint sensor 130C is electrically connected to the third circuit board 113 to be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 through the third circuit board 113.

As a rotatable input device 120, a sensor may be built into the wearable device 100 to recognize the rotation of the input device 120. In some embodiments, a sensor (denoted as sensor 1301) for recognizing rotation may be received in the fixing lever 260.

Illustratively, referring to fig. 21, the fixing lever 260 is provided therein with an open groove 2602 penetrating in the axial direction and opening on an outer wall 2603 of the fixing lever 260, referring to fig. 22 and 23, one end of the sensor 1301 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, illustratively, one end of the sensor 1301 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 through the third circuit board 113, and the sensor 1301 extends toward the direction approaching the fixing lever 260 and protrudes into the open groove 2602 on the fixing lever 260. In this way, when the input device 120 is rotated, the sensor 1301 positioned in the opening groove 2602 of the fixing lever 260 can recognize the rotation of the input device 120 through the related feature points, and the specific manner and structure of recognizing the rotation can be referred to the related description below.

It should be understood that the embodiment of the fingerprint sensor 130C shown in fig. 1-23 disposed on the head 121 is illustrative only. In other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may also be disposed within the shaft portion 122 (not shown), with the channel extending from the outer surface of the head portion 121 to the fingerprint sensor 130C. In an example, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be connected to the processor 110 through the connector 200, at least a portion of the connector 200 is disposed within the shaft portion 122, and the connector 200 is located between the processor 110 (or the first circuit board 111) and the fingerprint sensor 130C, and the connection relationship between the connector 200 and the processor 110 and the fingerprint sensor 130C may refer to the connection relationship shown in fig. 11, 19 and 23, except that the fingerprint sensor 130C in fig. 11, 19 and 23 is disposed within the shaft portion 122. In another example, the fingerprint sensor 130C may not need to be connected to the processor 110 through the connector 200, for example, referring to fig. 19, if the end of the rod portion 122 away from the head portion 121 is provided with a third circuit board (small board) 113 fixed on the housing 180, and the fingerprint sensor 130 is disposed in the rod portion 122 and fixed on the third circuit board 113, then the fingerprint sensor 130C may be connected to the first circuit board 111 through the third circuit board 113 to achieve the connection with the processor 110.

In the embodiment where the input device 120 is a key or a button having a pressing function and the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed on the head portion 121 of the input device 120, in order to enable a translational or tilting movement input of the input device 120 while enabling fingerprint recognition, a switch device may be disposed between the circuit board and the lever portion 122 of the input device 120, and a metal dome may be disposed in the switch device to make the switch device elastic, so that when the input device 120 is pressed, the lever portion 122 contacts the switch device and presses the switch device to implement a switching function.

For convenience of description, the structure of the connector 200 corresponding to fig. 12 to 20 is taken as an example, and the relationship between the switching device and other components in the embodiment in which the input device 120 is a key or a button having a pressing function and the fingerprint sensor 130C is provided in the head portion 121 of the input device 120 will be described. It is to be understood that the switching device of the embodiments of the present application is equally applicable to structures shown in other figures or not shown.

Referring to fig. 24 and 25, a switching device 400 is disposed between the first circuit board 111 and the shaft portion 122, and the switching device 400 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, for example, in an embodiment in which the wearable device 100 includes the third circuit board 113, the switching device 400 may be directly mounted on the third circuit board 113. Due to the connector 200 provided in the shaft portion 122, the switch device 400 is disposed adjacent to an inner end surface of the shaft portion 122, which is an end surface of the shaft portion 122 away from the head portion 121, and which is an area in contact with the switch device 400 so as to press the input device 120 for enabling a user's movement input. Referring to fig. 25 (comparable to fig. 20), the switching device 400 is directly mounted on the third circuit board 113 and faces the inner end surface of the lever portion 122, and when the input device 120 is pressed, the inner end surface of the lever portion 122 comes into contact with the switching device 400, pressing the switching device 400 to implement a switching function.

It should be understood that the switching device 400 may have any configuration as long as it is in contact with the inner end surface of the rod portion 122.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 26 and 27, the switching device 400 may be generally ring-shaped with a hollow region for avoiding the connector 200, and the inner end surface of the shaft portion 122 is in large-area contact with the switching device 400 when the input device 120 is pressed. In this way, the input device 120 is relatively uniformly stressed, so that the stability of the pressing operation of the input device 120 can be improved, the hand feeling is easy to control, the feeling of local stress is not easy to generate, and the user experience can be greatly improved. It is understood that the ring structure of the switching device 400 may be a closed ring structure as shown in fig. 26, or may be a semi-closed ring structure (not shown), and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way.

In other embodiments, the switch device 400 may also be in a bar shape, the switch device 400 is disposed adjacent to the inner end surface of the rod portion 122, the wearable device may be provided with a plurality of switch devices 400, and the switch devices 400 are disposed at intervals along the inner end surface of the rod portion 122 (not shown in the drawings), and for example, the plurality of switch devices 400 may be symmetrically and uniformly disposed, so that the force applied to the input device 120 is relatively uniform. For example, the plurality of switching devices 400 may include two switching devices 400, and the two switching devices 400 are symmetrically disposed. For another example, the plurality of switching devices 400 are looped around the inner end surface of the rod portion 122 in a ring-shaped configuration.

The structure in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is provided on the input device 120 is described in detail above, and the structure in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is provided in the housing 180 is described in detail below.

In an embodiment where the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed in the housing 180, a finger touches the head 121 of the input device 120, and the fingerprint sensor 130C can obtain fingerprint information according to a signal from the head 121 for fingerprint recognition.

As described above, the fingerprint sensor 130C of the embodiment of the present application may be an optical fingerprint sensor. In this embodiment, a channel for transmitting light is formed on the input device 120, the channel penetrates through the input device 120 to transmit light between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the head 121, and a lens group may be disposed in the input device 120 to better transmit light reflected from a finger to the fingerprint sensor 130C. It is understood that the lens group includes one or more lenses, and the transparent group may be disposed on the head portion 121 or the shaft portion 122, or disposed on the head portion 121 and the shaft portion 122.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 28, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a cover 114, an input device 120, a fingerprint sensor 130C. The cover 114 is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 and forms a surface of the body 101. in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181, the input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the head portion 121 extends out of the housing 180, and the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181.

With continued reference to FIG. 28, the input device 120 is formed with a channel for transmitting light that extends from the outer surface of the head portion 121 to the inner end surface 122-A of the stem portion 122 to transmit light between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the head portion 121, wherein the inner end surface 122-A of the stem portion 122 is the end surface remote from the head portion 121 that is perpendicular to the axial direction (e.g., x-direction) of the stem portion 122, and the outer surface of the head portion 121 includes the outer end surface 121-A and the side surface 121-B of the head portion 121. In some embodiments, with reference to fig. 28, the stem portion 122 is provided with a first passage 1231 that extends through the stem portion 12 in the axial direction of the stem portion 122, the head portion 121 is made of a transparent material and can transmit light, and the transparent head portion 121 and the first passage 1231 of the stem portion 122 form a passage for transmitting light between the surface of the head portion 121 and the fingerprint sensor 130C. The first passage 1231 may be a cavity penetrating the rod portion 122 along the axial direction of the rod portion 122, or may be a transparent structure formed by filling a transparent material in the cavity, which is not limited in this embodiment.

With continued reference to fig. 28, a lens assembly is disposed in the first passage 1231 of the shaft portion 122, the lens assembly including one or more lenses 310, one lens 310 being shown in fig. 28 for converging light reflected by a finger, the reflected light being transmitted to the fingerprint sensor 130C to form fingerprint information for fingerprint recognition.

For better transmission of light, the first passage 1231 provided at the rod portion 122 is exemplarily disposed opposite to the fingerprint sensor 130C.

In some embodiments, the focal length of the lens 310 may be less than the separation between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the lens 310, forming a light path as shown in fig. 28. In other embodiments, the focal length of the lens 310 is greater than the separation between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the lens 310, forming a light path as shown in FIG. 29. When the lens group includes a plurality of lenses 310, the focal lengths of any two lenses 310 may be the same or different.

The lens 310 may be a convex lens.

Referring to fig. 30, the lens 310 may be a single-sided convex lens (e.g., (a) and (b) in fig. 30), or may be a double-sided convex lens (e.g., (c) in fig. 30) or a rectangular convex lens (e.g., (d) in fig. 30), which is not limited in this embodiment.

The surface of the lens 310 may be a spherical surface or an aspherical surface, and curvatures of the biconvex lens or the rectangular convex lens may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application. When the lens group includes a plurality of lenses 310, the shape of any two lenses 310 may be the same or different.

The channels in the input device 120 of the embodiment of the present application may have other structures than those shown in fig. 28.

Referring to fig. 31, a transparent cover 1211 is provided on the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121, a second passage 1232 is provided on the head 121, a first passage 1231 is provided on the rod portion 122, one end of the second passage 1232 communicates with the first passage 1231, and the other end communicates with the cover 1211, so that the transparent cover 1211, the second passage 1232, and the first passage 1231 form a passage for transmitting light between the surface of the head 121 and the fingerprint sensor 130C. The first passage 1231 may be a cavity penetrating through the rod portion 122 along an axial direction (e.g., x direction) of the rod portion 122, or may be a transparent structure formed by filling a transparent material in the cavity, and similarly, the second passage 1232 may also be a cavity formed in the head portion 121, or may also be a transparent structure formed by filling a transparent material in the cavity. It is to be understood that this embodiment may be well applied to a structure in which the head 121 is made of a non-transparent material.

In the wearable device provided by the above embodiment, the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed in the housing 180, and can be electrically connected to the main board simply, and there is no need to electrically connect the main board and the fingerprint sensor 130C through a connector or the like in the input device 120, so that reliability of fingerprint identification can be achieved, and especially reliability of fingerprint identification can be achieved when the input device 120 is rotated. The input device 120 is provided with a channel for transmitting light, and the first channel in the rod portion 122 is provided with a lens group capable of converging light, so that the space of the rod portion 122 is effectively utilized under the condition that fingerprints can be identified, the size of the wearable device cannot be increased to a great extent, and the miniaturized design of the wearable device can be realized. In addition, by providing the lens group at the shaft portion 122, the head portion 121 is easily replaced, increasing expandability of the wearable device.

Other possible designs of the lens assembly in the input device 120 are explained below. Fig. 32 and 33 show a structure in which the transparent group is located on the head portion 121, and fig. 34 and 35 show a structure in which the lens group is located on the head portion 121 and the shaft portion 122.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 32, fig. 32 is comparable to fig. 28, the biggest difference between fig. 32 and fig. 28 being that a lens group is disposed at the head 121. The head 121 is made of a transparent material, a second channel 1232 is disposed in the head 121 and is communicated with the first channel 1231 in the rod 122, and a lens assembly is disposed in the second channel 1232 and includes one or more lenses 310 (one lens 310 is shown in fig. 32) for converging light reflected from a finger, and the reflected light is transmitted to the fingerprint sensor 130C to form fingerprint information for fingerprint detection. Other descriptions of the lens assembly can refer to the description related to fig. 28 and fig. 29, and are not repeated. The first passage 1231 may be a cavity formed in the rod portion 122, or may be a transparent structure formed by filling a transparent material in the cavity, and similarly, the second passage 1232 may be a cavity formed in the head portion 121, or may be a transparent structure formed by filling a transparent material in the cavity, but in order to install the transparent group, a vacant area for installing the lens group needs to be reserved in the transparent structure.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 33, fig. 33 is comparable to fig. 31, the biggest difference between fig. 33 and fig. 31 is that the lens group is disposed on the head 121. A transparent cover 1211 is disposed on an outer end surface 121-a of the head portion 121, a second channel 1232 is disposed on the head portion 121, a first channel 1231 is disposed on the rod portion 122, and one end of the second channel 1232 is communicated with the first channel 1232, and the other end is communicated with the cover 1211. Wherein, a lens set is disposed in the second channel 1232 of the head 121, and the lens set includes one or more lenses 310 (one lens 310 is shown in fig. 33) for converging the light reflected from the finger, and the reflected light is transmitted to the fingerprint sensor 130C to form fingerprint information for fingerprint detection. For other descriptions of the first channel 1231, the second channel 1232, and the lens assembly, reference may be made to the description of fig. 31, and further description is omitted.

The wearable device provided by the above embodiment can not only realize a miniaturized device of the wearable device and improve the stability of the rotation of the input device, but also simplify the design difficulty and cost of the lens group compared to a structure in which the lens group is disposed in the rod portion 122 by disposing the lens group in the head portion 121 having a large size, since the size of the head portion 121 in the radial direction is larger than the size of the rod portion 122 in the radial direction.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 34, fig. 34 is to be compared with fig. 28, and fig. 34 differs from fig. 28 most greatly in that lens groups are disposed on the head portion 121 and the shaft portion 122. The head portion 121 is made of a transparent material, a second passage 1232 is provided in the head portion 121 to communicate with the first passage 1231 in the rod portion 122, a portion of the lens group is provided in the first passage 1231, and another portion of the lens group is provided in the second passage 1232. In which one or more lenses 310 are disposed in the first channel 1231, the lenses 310 in the first channel 1231 are convex lenses, the one or more lenses 310 are disposed in the second channel 1232, and the lenses 310 in the second channel 1232 are concave lenses, for example, fig. 34 shows one lens 310 of the first channel 1231 and one lens 310 of the second channel 1232. The description of the first passage 1231 and the second passage 1232 may refer to the description of fig. 32, and will not be repeated.

Illustratively, the lens 310 of the first channel 1231 is a convex lens, the lens 310 of the second channel 1232 is a concave lens for collecting a greater range of light reflected by the finger, and the combination of the convex and concave lenses collectively serves to converge the light reflected by the finger. The description of the convex lens can refer to the description related to fig. 30, and will not be repeated. Referring to fig. 35, the concave lens may be a single-sided concave lens (as shown in (a) or (b) of fig. 35), and the concave lens may also be a double-sided concave lens (as shown in (c) of fig. 35), and when the concave lens is a double-sided concave lens, the curvatures of the two concave surfaces may be the same or may not be the same. In addition, when the lens group includes a plurality of concave lenses, the focal lengths of any two concave lenses may be the same or different.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 36, fig. 36 is comparable to fig. 31, the biggest difference between fig. 36 and fig. 31 being that the lens group is disposed on the head portion 121 and the shaft portion 122. A transparent cover 1211 is disposed on an outer end surface 121-a of the head portion 121, a second channel 1232 is disposed on the head portion 121, a first channel 1231 is disposed on the rod portion 122, and one end of the second channel 1232 is communicated with the first channel 1232, and the other end is communicated with the cover 1211. One portion of the lenses 310 of the lens group is disposed in the first passage 1231 and another portion of the lenses 310 of the lens group is disposed in the second passage 1232. In which one or more lenses 310 are disposed in the first passage 1231, the lenses 310 of the first passage 1231 are convex lenses, the one or more lenses 310 are disposed in the second passage 1232, and the lenses 310 of the second passage 1232 are concave lenses, for example, fig. 36 shows one convex lens and one concave lens. The description of the first channel 1231 and the second channel 1232 may refer to the description related to fig. 32, and the description of the lens group may refer to the description related to fig. 34 and fig. 35, which are not repeated.

The wearable device provided by the above embodiment not only can realize miniaturization of the wearable device and improve the stability of the rotation of the input device, but also can further improve the light rays penetrating through the input device by arranging the lens group on the rod part 122 and the head part 121, and under the condition of maximally utilizing the space of the input device, the concave lens arranged on the head part 121 can improve the light energy so as to improve the efficiency of fingerprint identification.

The lateral wall of the passageway of this application embodiment can adopt extinction material or diffuse reflection material to the light of absorption reflection to lateral wall makes parallel light pass through the passageway as far as possible, reduces the influence of other miscellaneous light to fingerprint identification's efficiency.

In the embodiment in which the first passage 1231 is provided in the rod portion 122, for example, a light absorbing material or a diffuse reflecting material may be used for the sidewall forming the first passage 1231. In the embodiment in which the second channel 1232 is disposed in the head 121, the sidewall forming the second channel 1232 is made of light absorbing material or diffuse reflecting material, for example. In the embodiment in which the cap 1211 is disposed within the head 121, the sidewall of the cap 1211 is illustratively made of a light absorbing material or a diffuse reflecting material. In an embodiment in which the head 121 is made of a transparent material, a light absorbing material or a diffuse reflecting material may be used for an inner wall of the head 121 in a circumferential direction.

As mentioned above, in the embodiment of the present application, the fingerprint sensor 130C can be combined with other components to form a fingerprint module commonly used for fingerprint identification. Exemplarily, in an embodiment in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor and the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed in the housing 180, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the lens group may form a fingerprint module; further, in an embodiment where the optical fingerprint sensor does not include a light emitting unit, the fingerprint sensor 130C, the lens set, and the light emitting unit may form a fingerprint module.

In the embodiments corresponding to fig. 28 to 36, the lens group is disposed in the input device, it should be understood that the input device may not need to be disposed with a lens, and only needs to form a channel for transmitting light in the input device, and the channel refers to the structural arrangement shown in fig. 28 to 36, and is not described again.

Fig. 28 to 36 show an embodiment of transmitting light from an end in the axial direction of the head portion 121 (or, from an end face 121-a of the head portion 121). It is understood that the light may also be transmitted through the circumferential end of the head 121 (or, alternatively, from the side 121-B of the head 121).

Illustratively, taking the fingerprint sensor 130C as an example disposed in the housing 180, referring to fig. 37 and 38, the lens group includes one or more lenses 310, a first channel 1231 disposed in the rod portion 122 of the input device 120, the head portion 121 includes a transparent cover 1211, the cover 1211 is in a ring structure, the cover 1211 is disposed at an end of the head portion 121 in the circumferential direction, surrounds the head portion 121 in the circumferential direction, and is fixedly connected to the housing of the head portion 121, and the cover 1211 exemplarily surrounds the head portion 121 in the circumferential direction. The cavity in the annular structure of the cover 1211 is formed as a second channel 1232, and a reflecting device 710 is fixedly disposed in the second channel 1232, so that light can enter the lens 310 through the reflecting device 710. The reflection device 710 has a reflection surface 711, and the second passage 1232 is in communication with the first passage 1231, so that the light reaches the reflection device 710 through the cover 1211 and the second passage 1232, and is reflected by the reflection surface 711 of the reflection device 710, and the reflected light enters the lens 310 through the first passage 1231 to reach the fingerprint sensor 130C for fingerprint recognition by the fingerprint sensor 130C. It is understood that the reflecting device 710 can receive light rays with a certain angle to realize light entering within the angle range, and for example, as shown in fig. 37 and 38, the reflecting device 710 can receive light rays with an angle of 360 degrees.

While the light is transmitted through the outer end of the circumferential direction of the head 121, the user may press a finger on the end of the circumferential direction of the head 121 (e.g., on the cap 1211 of the head 121), for example, the user may slide or roll on the end of the circumferential direction of the head 121 for fingerprint recognition. The end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction may be the end of the transparent head 121, and may also include the end of the transparent cover 1211.

In an embodiment in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical sensor and the light transmits the light through the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction (as shown in fig. 37 and 38), a finger contacts the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction, and during rolling of the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction, the light reflected by the finger enters the input device 120 through the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction to reach the fingerprint sensor 130C. In the case where the area of the channel for transmitting light in the head 121 (for example, the area of the cover 1211 or the area of the surface in the circumferential direction of the transparent head 121) is larger than the area of the region where the finger once contacts the head 121, when the finger is pressed against the end in the circumferential direction of the head 121, the fingerprint sensor 130C can detect not only fingerprint information of the region where the finger contacts (referred to as the contact region), but also fingerprint information of a nearby region connected to the contact region, in other words, fingerprint information of a plurality of regions including the contact region, in which it can be understood that the nearby region connected to the contact region belongs to the region of the channel in the circumferential direction.

The single-touch of the finger on the head 121 in the embodiment of the present application means that the finger touches the head 121 at a certain time without rolling the head 121, and the single-touch of the head 121 has only one touch area. Similarly, multiple finger contacts on the head 121 indicates that the finger contacts the head 121 at multiple times during the scrolling of the head 121, and multiple contact areas occur at multiple times.

In some scenarios, the area of the outer surface of the head 121 of the input device 120 is small (for example, the input device 120 is a crown), so that the area of the finger in contact with the head 121 may be small, which is not favorable for fingerprint identification, and therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, fingerprint identification may be performed based on fingerprint information detected a plurality of times by using fingerprint information of a plurality of consecutive regions detected by the finger in each contact with the head 121 during the rolling of the end of the finger in the circumferential direction of the head 121.

In the embodiment of the present application, the area where the fingerprint sensor 130C can detect fingerprint information when a finger touches the head 121 once is referred to as a fingerprint area, and the fingerprint area includes a touch area and one or more areas connected to the touch area.

In one example, the fingerprint area detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C includes a contact area and an area connected to the contact area, which may be an area on either side of the contact area.

In another example, the fingerprint area detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C includes a contact area and two areas connected to the contact area, the two areas being divided to be located on both sides of the contact.

Fig. 39 is a schematic view of a plurality of regions detectable when a finger touches the head 121 according to the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, referring to fig. 39, the circumferential end of the head 121 is provided with a transparent cover 1211 surrounding the head 121, forming an end including the cover 1211, the cover 1211 can be understood as a part of the channel of the head 121, the cover 1211 surrounds the head 121 by one turn, meaning that the finger 10 can roll by one turn (360 degrees) on the head 121, if it is assumed that the fingerprint identification process requires the finger 10 to roll by one turn on the head 121 for fingerprint identification, then one turn of the cover 1211 is an area that the finger 10 can contact the cover 1211 in total during the fingerprint identification process.

When the finger 10 is rolled while contacting the cover 1211, at a certain time, the region S1 is a contact region in the head 121 that the finger 10 actually contacts, the region S0 and the region S2 are either or both regions that the finger 10 does not contact but the fingerprint sensor 130C can detect, and the region S0 and the region S2 are regions connected to S1. In an example, the fingerprint regions that the fingerprint sensor 130C may detect include the contact region S1 and either one of the region S0 or the region S2. In another example, the fingerprint regions that may be detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C include a contact region S1, a region S0, and a region S2.

In this embodiment of the application, during the rolling process of the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction, the finger may contact different areas of the head 121 for multiple times, and the fingerprint sensor 130C may detect fingerprint information of multiple areas during each contact process, so in some embodiments, the fingerprint information of multiple areas obtained by continuously contacting the head 121 for multiple times with the finger may be fused, and the fingerprint may be identified based on the fused fingerprint information.

Hereinafter, a method of performing fingerprint recognition on fingerprint information passing through a plurality of areas will be described by taking as an example that the head 121 and a finger shown in fig. 39 perform one-time scrolling on the head 121. Further, assuming that the finger 10 is slid and rolled from bottom to top, the fingerprint sensor 130C may detect fingerprint information of the contact area and two areas connected to the contact area when the finger 10 contacts the head 121 a single time,

1. the finger 10 contacts the cover 1211 at a first time (denoted as time T0), and the fingerprint area detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C at time T0 is denoted as fingerprint area S-T0, the fingerprint area S-T0 including contact areas S1-T0, and areas S0-T0 and S2-T0 on both sides connected to the contact areas S1-T0. The fingerprint sensor 130C obtains fingerprint information based on the fingerprint region S-T0, and illustratively, the fingerprint information includes a graph feature sequence I-T0 for representing fingerprint features, the graph feature sequence I-T0 includes a graph feature sequence I-S0-T0, a graph feature sequence I-S1-T0 and a graph feature sequence I-S2-T0, wherein the graph feature sequence I-S0-T0 is used for representing the fingerprint information of the region S0-T0, the graph feature sequence I-S1-T0 is used for representing the fingerprint information of the region S1-T0, and the graph feature sequence I-S2-T0 is used for representing the fingerprint information of the region S2-T0.

For example, the fingerprint sensor 130C may distinguish the boundary of the region S0 and the region S1 and the boundary of the region S2 and the region S1 according to the light intensity. Based on the boundaries of S0 and S1 and the boundaries of S2 and S1, fingerprint information of each region can be better obtained.

2. The finger 10 contacts the cover 1211 at a second time (denoted as time T1) and marks the fingerprint area detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C at time T1 as fingerprint area S-T1, the fingerprint area S-T1 including contact areas S1-T1, and areas S0-T1 and S2-T1 on both sides connected to the contact areas S1-T1. The fingerprint sensor 130C obtains fingerprint information based on the fingerprint region S-T1, and illustratively, the fingerprint information includes a graph feature sequence I-T1 for representing fingerprint features, the graph feature sequence I-T1 includes a graph feature sequence I-S0-T1, a graph feature sequence I-S1-T1 and a graph feature sequence I-S2-T1, wherein I-S0-T1 is used for representing the fingerprint information of the region S0-T1, I-S1-T1 is used for representing the fingerprint information of the region S1-T1, and I-S2-T1 is used for representing the fingerprint information of the region S2-T1.

3. The wearable device 100 (e.g., a sensor for recognizing rotation) detects the angular velocity ω of the rotation of the input device 120, calculates the intersection area of the fingerprint area S-T0 detected at the first time T0 and the fingerprint area S-T1 detected at the second time T1 according to the radius R of the head 121 and the time difference T1-T0 between the first time T0 and the second time T1, and fuses the fingerprint information of the intersection area, illustratively, de-coincidence de-noising the fingerprint information, resulting in new fingerprint information. Assuming that the regions S0-T0 at the first time T0 overlap with the regions S0-T0 at the second time T0, then the pattern feature sequence I-S0-T0 corresponding to the regions S0-T0 overlaps with the pattern feature sequence I-S0-T0 corresponding to the regions S0-T0, the new fingerprint information formed after the fingerprint information is de-overlapped and de-noised is defined, the pattern feature sequence in the new fingerprint information is defined as I-T0T 0, and the I-T0T 0 includes I-S0-T0, I-S0-T0+ I-S0-T0.

4. According to the steps 1-3, the fingerprint information of the third time and the fourth time … at the Nth time is continuously obtained, and after the user finishes one complete rolling, a new fingerprint information is finally obtained. The complete scrolling means that the head 121 needs to be scrolled by a preset angle during the fingerprint recognition process.

5. And comparing the finally obtained fingerprint information with the prestored fingerprint information to perform fingerprint identification. Illustratively, if the similarity of the two pieces of fingerprint information satisfies the preset condition, the fingerprint identification is successful, and if the similarity of the two pieces of fingerprint information does not satisfy the preset condition, the fingerprint identification is unsuccessful.

In the process of prestoring the fingerprint information of the user, the steps 1-4 can be executed, a rolling process is completed, the fingerprint information is obtained, in order to improve the reliability of the fingerprint information, the steps 1-4 can be repeatedly executed twice, the fingerprint information is also obtained, the fingerprint information obtained twice is compared, and after the similarity of the fingerprint information obtained twice meets the preset condition, the fingerprint information is recorded into the wearable equipment, so that the recording and prestoring of the fingerprint information are realized.

In the prior art, the fingerprint is acquired and identified in a fixed area in contact with the finger. When the fingers of the user roll or slide in the area, the sensor does not know how the fingers of the user roll or slide, only can rely on default rules (from top to bottom or from left to right), or utilizes image recognition splicing, the acquisition efficiency is not high, and the recognition efficiency is not high. In the embodiment of the present application, when the finger contacts the head once, the fingerprint sensor may detect the fingerprint information of the contact area and the non-contact area simultaneously, and process the fingerprint information obtained by the previous contact and the fingerprint information obtained by the next contact to perform fingerprint identification, so that the operation rule of the finger may not be determined, and the fingerprint collection area may be increased to improve the fingerprint identification efficiency, which is particularly suitable for the structure of the input device 120 with a small size.

Hereinafter, a Graphical User Interface (GUI) of the finger in the process of scrolling the head 121 according to the embodiment of the present application will be described by taking fig. 40 to 45 as an example.

Fig. 40 to 43 provide a set of GUI variation diagrams of wearable device 100 when a user performs single-finger scrolling to enter a fingerprint in the embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 40 to 43 (a), the GUI is that the wearable device 100 is in a screen-off or screen-lock state.

When the user presses a single finger on the side 121-B of the head 121 to detect an area of a fingerprint by the fingerprint sensor 130C, the fingerprint sensor 130C provided in the input device 120 is triggered to capture fingerprint information of the user. The fingerprint information of the user can be transmitted to the fingerprint sensor 130C through the cover 1211, the second channel 1232, and the first channel 1232 in sequence. At this time, the wearable device 100 is in a bright screen state, and the wearable device 100 may further display a fingerprint entry progress bar and related prompt information 1 about fingerprint entry on the display interface, where the fingerprint entry progress bar is used to indicate the progress of the user's single-finger fingerprint entry, specifically see (b) in fig. 40, (b) in fig. 41, (b) in fig. 42, and (b) in fig. 43.

For example, as shown in fig. 40 (b), fig. 41 (b), fig. 42 (b), fig. 43 (b), the prompt message 1 includes "fingerprint entry" and "rolling the crown until the watch vibrates".

The shape, size or display color of the fingerprint input progress bar is not limited. For example, the user may set or default the shape, size, or display color of the fingerprint entry progress bar that has been set.

Illustratively, the fingerprint entry progress bar may be presented in the form of a fingerprint icon. For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 40, the fingerprint entry progress bar is a fingerprint icon 1.

Illustratively, the fingerprint entry progress bar may be presented in the form of a closed graph. For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 41, the fingerprint entry progress bar is a rounded rectangle 2.

Illustratively, the fingerprint entry progress bar may be presented in the form of a screen interface of the wearable device 100. For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 42, the fingerprint entry progress bar is the screen interface 3 of the wearable device 100.

Illustratively, the fingerprint entry progress bar may be in the form of a light emitting device provided on the periphery of the main body 101 of the wearable device 100. The light emitting device 4 may include one light emitting unit or a plurality of light emitting units. For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 43, the fingerprint entry progress bar is a light emitting band 4 provided on the periphery of the main body 101.

The user can scroll the input device 120 with a single finger according to the prompt message 1 to complete the fingerprint input. In the process of the user single-finger rolling the input device 120, besides displaying the prompt information 1 on the display interface of the wearable device 100, the fingerprint entry progress bar on the display interface of the wearable device 100 may be in positive correlation with the number of the single-finger fingerprint areas entered by the user.

The fingerprint input progress bar is not limited in the form of showing the positive correlation change.

Illustratively, the change of the fingerprint entry progress bar is realized by a filling effect of the fingerprint icon. For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 40, the wearable device 100 may fill a corresponding area in the corresponding fingerprint icon 1 according to the area of the single-finger fingerprint entered by the user, thereby embodying the progress of the user's single-finger fingerprint entry by how many filled areas of the fingerprint icon 1.

The filling color of the fingerprint icon is not limited in the application. For example, the user may set or default the fill color of the fingerprint icon that has been set. For example, the filling color of the fingerprint icon may be the same as the display color of the fingerprint icon, or the filling color of the fingerprint icon may be different from the display color of the fingerprint icon.

Illustratively, the change of the fingerprint entry progress bar is realized by a filling effect of a circular rectangle. For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 41, the wearable device 100 may fill a corresponding area in the corresponding circular rectangle 2 according to the area of the single-finger fingerprint entered by the user, thereby embodying the progress of the user's single-finger fingerprint entry by how many filled areas of the circular rectangle 2.

The present application does not limit the filling color of the circular rectangle. For example, the user may set or default the fill color of the circular rectangle that has been set. For example, the filling color of the circular rectangle may be the same as the display color of the circular rectangle, or the filling color of the circular rectangle may be different from the display color of the circular rectangle.

Illustratively, the change in the fingerprint entry progress bar is implemented as a fill effect of the screen interface of the wearable device 100. For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 42, the wearable device 100 may fill a corresponding area in the screen interface 3 of the corresponding wearable device 100 according to the area of the single-finger fingerprint entered by the user, thereby embodying the progress of the entry of the single-finger fingerprint of the user by how many filled areas of the screen interface 3 of the wearable device 100.

The filling color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100 is not limited in the present application. For example, the user may set or default the fill color of the screen interface of wearable device 100 that has been set. For example, the filling color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100 may be the same as the display color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100, or the filling color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100 may be different from the display color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100.

Illustratively, the change of the fingerprint entry progress bar is implemented in an area where the lighting strip 4 provided on the periphery of the main body 101 is lighted. For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 43, the wearable device 100 may control the corresponding light-emitting unit to emit light according to the area of the single-finger fingerprint entered by the user, and transmit the light into the light-emitting band 4 provided on the periphery of the main body 101, so as to represent the progress of the single-finger fingerprint entry by how many areas of the light-emitting band 4 provided on the periphery of the main body 101 are lit.

The color of the illuminated region of the light-emitting strip 4 may be one or more.

The color in which the light-emitting strip 4 is lit is not limited in the present application. For example, the user may set or default the color in which the light emitting strip 4 is lit. For example, the lighting color of the lighting strip 4 may be the same as the display color of the boundary of the lighting strip 4, or the lighting color of the lighting strip 4 may be different from the display color of the boundary of the lighting strip 4.

In an implementation manner, during the process of the user single-finger scrolling the input device 120, the wearable device 100 may prompt the user on the display interface to enter the trend of the progress bar by fingerprint.

For example, as shown in (c) in fig. 41, an arrow 5 may also be displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100, where the arrow 5 is used to prompt the user to go from top to bottom through the fingerprint entry progress bar.

When the user finishes inputting a single finger fingerprint, the wearable device 100 may prompt the user to display a full fingerprint input progress bar and related prompt information 2 about the completion of fingerprint input on the display interface by vibration. Specifically, see fig. 40 (d), 41 (d), 42 (d), and 4 (d).

For example, as shown in fig. 40 (d), fig. 41 (d), fig. 42 (d), and fig. 43 (d), the prompt information 1 includes "fingerprint entry" and "fingerprint entry completion".

For example, as shown in (d) in fig. 40, a fingerprint icon 1 that has been completely filled is displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100.

For another example, as shown in (d) in fig. 41, a circular rectangle 2 that has been completely filled is displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100.

For another example, as shown in (d) in fig. 42, a screen interface that has been completely filled is displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100.

For another example, as shown in fig. 43 (d), the light-emitting bands 4 that have all been lit up are displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100.

The fingerprint inputting process can also be a fingerprint inputting process in fingerprint identification. After the user single-finger fingerprint entry is completed, the wearable device 100 needs to identify the entered user fingerprint, and can automatically jump to the interface after the wearable device 100 is unlocked when the user fingerprint is successfully identified. For example, as shown in fig. 40 (e), 41 (e), 42 (e), and 43 (e), the unlocked interface of the wearable device 100 is shown.

The process of identifying the fingerprint entered by the wearable device 100 may specifically be that the wearable device 100 matches the fingerprint entered by the user with a fingerprint template of the owner stored in the wearable device 100, and under the condition that the fingerprint entered by the wearable device 100 is successfully matched with the fingerprint template of the owner stored in the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 may be considered to be successful in identifying the fingerprint of the user.

The difference from fig. 40 to 43 is that fig. 44 is a set of GUI change schematic diagrams of the wearable device 100 when a user double-finger rolls to enter a fingerprint provided by the embodiment of the present application.

Referring to (a) in fig. 44, the GUI is that the wearable device 100 is in a screen-off or screen-lock state.

When the user rotates the input device 120 with both fingers and presses the area where the fingerprint sensor 130C detects a fingerprint on the side 121-B of the head 121, the fingerprint sensor 130C provided in the input device 120 is triggered to capture the user's fingerprint information. At this time, the wearable device 100 is in a bright screen state, and the wearable device 100 may further display a double-finger fingerprint entry progress bar and related reminding information 3 about double-finger fingerprint entry on the display interface, where the double-finger fingerprint entry progress bar is used to indicate a progress of the user double-finger fingerprint entry.

The double-finger fingerprint entry progress bar may include two fingerprint entry progress bars.

The application is not limited to the form of two fingerprint entry progress bars.

For example, the two-finger fingerprint entry progress bar may include two fingerprint icons as shown in (b) of fig. 40, one fingerprint icon for indicating progress of fingerprint entry for one of the user's two fingers, and the other fingerprint icon for indicating progress of fingerprint entry for the other of the user's two fingers.

For example, the two-finger fingerprint entry progress bar may include two circular rectangles as shown in (b) of fig. 41, one circular rectangle for indicating progress of fingerprint entry of one of the user's two fingers, and the other circular rectangle for indicating progress of fingerprint entry of the other of the user's two fingers.

Illustratively, the two fingerprint input progress bars include two fingerprint input progress bars, and the added area covers the screen interface of the whole wearable device 100.

For example, the two fingerprint entry progress bars may be distributed left and right to fill the screen interface of the wearable device 100. For example, as illustrated in (b) of fig. 44, the two-finger fingerprint entry progress bar includes two fingerprint entry progress bars on the left and right, which occupy the screen interface of the wearable device 100. Wherein, one fingerprint input progress bar is the fingerprint input progress bar of the user finger 1, and the other fingerprint input progress bar is the fingerprint input progress bar of the user finger 2.

For example, the two fingerprint entry progress bars may be distributed up and down to fill the screen interface of the wearable device 100.

As shown in fig. 44 (b), the prompt message 3 includes "fingerprint entry" and "double finger roll crown until the watch vibrates".

The user can complete the fingerprint input by means of the prompt 3 and the double finger rolling input device 120. In the process of the user's double-finger scrolling input device 120, besides displaying the prompt information 3 on the display interface of the wearable device 100, the double-finger entry progress bar on the display interface of the wearable device 100 may be positively correlated with the number of the double-finger fingerprint areas entered by the user.

The fingerprint input progress bar is not limited in the form of showing the positive correlation change.

Illustratively, the change of each fingerprint entry progress bar is realized by the filling effect of the fingerprint entry progress bar.

The filling effect of the two fingerprint entering progress bars can be the same or different, and the application does not limit the filling effect.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 44, the wearable device 100 may fill corresponding areas in the fingerprint entry progress bars corresponding to the corresponding finger 1 and the finger 2 according to areas of the two-finger fingerprint entered by the user, so as to embody the progress of the user's two-finger fingerprint entry by how many filled areas of each of the two-finger fingerprint entry progress bars of the wearable device 100.

After the user completes the double-finger fingerprint entry, the wearable device 100 may prompt the user to display a full double-finger fingerprint entry progress bar and related prompt information 2 about the completion of the fingerprint entry on the display interface by vibration. For example, as shown in (d) in fig. 44, the prompt information 3 includes "fingerprint entry" and "fingerprint entry completion".

The fingerprint inputting process can also be a fingerprint inputting process in fingerprint identification. After the user double-finger fingerprint entry is completed, the wearable device 100 needs to identify the entered user fingerprint, and can automatically jump to the interface after the wearable device 100 is unlocked when the user fingerprint is successfully identified. For example, as shown in (e) in fig. 44, the interface after unlocking the wearable device 100.

For the parts not described in fig. 44, reference may be made to the corresponding descriptions in fig. 40 to fig. 43, which are not described again here.

When the user needs to open the content on the wearable device 100 related to privacy, the wearable device 100 may verify the identity of the user by collecting the user's fingerprint through the input device 120.

The content related to privacy may be set by the user or may be a default of the system of the wearable device 100.

Illustratively, the content related to privacy may be folders, applications, pictures, documents, and the like.

In the following, fig. 45 is taken as an example to describe a set of GUI change diagrams of the wearable device 100 when the user uses an application related to privacy authority or identity authentication on the wearable device 100.

Referring to (a) in fig. 45, when the user uses a wallet application on the wearable device 100 that involves privacy authority or authentication, the wearable device 100 may remind the user to perform authentication.

For example, wearable device 100 may display prompt message 4 on the display interface to remind the user to authenticate. For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 45, the prompt information 3 includes "security authentication" and "entering a fingerprint to enter a cryptographic application", and the like.

In one implementation, the wearable device 100 may also alert the user how to perform authentication.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 45, wearable device 100 may display a schematic diagram of how the user performs authentication on the display interface. The schematic diagram of how the user performs the authentication may be that the user touches the outer end face 121-a of the input device 120 with one finger, and simultaneously, the user clicks the corresponding application menu with another finger.

The user can complete authentication according to the prompt message 4. For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 45, the user touches the outer end face 121-a of the input device 120 with the index finger, and at the same time, the user clicks the wallet menu with the thumb.

In the case that the wearable device 100 passes the authentication of the user, an application interface related to privacy authority or authentication is displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100. For example, as shown in (d) in fig. 45, a wallet application interface is displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100.

It should be understood that the structures of the components and the connection relations among the components in the electronic devices shown in fig. 1 to 45 are only schematic illustrations, and any alternative structures of the components that function the same as each component are within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.

In the above, the wearable device implementing the fingerprint identification function according to the embodiment of the present application is described with reference to fig. 4 to 45. Hereinafter, a structure of the wearable device of the embodiment of the present application for recognizing rotation or movement of the input device will be described with reference to fig. 46 to 69.

In the present embodiment, the input device 120 is used to provide user input, and a sensing element may be disposed in the wearable device 100, and the sensing element may detect a motion state, such as rotation or movement, of the input device 120 to recognize the user input in response to the user input.

The sensing element of the embodiments of the present application may include one or more sensors, which may be various types of sensors, for example, an optical sensor, a capacitive sensor, a magnetic sensor, a pressure sensor, or the like.

Hereinafter, embodiments in which the user input is recognized by the sensing element will be described in detail, taking various types of sensors included in the sensing element as an example. Fig. 46 to 58 are schematic structural views of a wearable device in which a sensing element includes an optical sensor, fig. 59 to 63 are schematic structural views of a wearable device in which a sensing element includes a capacitive sensor, fig. 64 to 67 are schematic structural views of a wearable device in which a sensing element includes a magnetic sensor, and fig. 68 to 69 are schematic structural views of a wearable device in which a sensing element includes a pressure sensor.

The sensing element may include an optical sensor 511, and correspondingly, a feature region that can be used as a mark is disposed on the wearable device 100, and for example, the feature region may be disposed on the input device 120 or the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, which will be described in detail later. When the input device 120 moves, the optical sensor 511 may be caused to detect the light reflected by the feature area to obtain the feature information, and then the movement information of the input device 120 may be determined by the processor to determine the input of the user.

When the input device 120 is rotated, the motion information of the input device 120 includes that the motion state of the input device 120 is a rotation state and rotation information related to the rotation, wherein the rotation information may include information such as a rotation direction and a rotation angle of the input device 120.

When the input device 120 is pressed, the input device 120 moves, and the motion information of the input device 120 includes that the motion state of the input device 120 is a moving state and motion information related to the movement, wherein the motion information may include a moving displacement and a moving direction of the input device 120, and the moving direction may include moving toward the housing 180 or moving away from the housing 180.

In embodiments of the present application, a feature region may be a microstructure that is patterned, colored, or otherwise marked, and a feature region may also be understood to be a microstructure that includes a plurality of dots.

In some embodiments, the feature region comprises a feature texture, which may be a microstructure formed by one or more of scallops, grooves, dimples, protrusions, bumps, scratches, irregularities, or the like.

In one example, the feature texture within the feature region varies regularly. For example, the feature texture is a hole, the feature region includes a plurality of holes, and the depths of the plurality of holes are sequentially increased or decreased.

In other embodiments, the feature areas may be colored microstructures.

In one example, the color of the feature region changes regularly. For example, the feature area is colored by two colors, which are spaced apart.

As described above, the input device 120 may implement rotation or movement, and for convenience of description, embodiments for recognizing a motion state of the rotation or movement of the input device 120 are described below, respectively.

First, an embodiment for recognizing the rotation of the input device 120 will be explained.

In the corresponding embodiment of fig. 46-49, a feature region is provided in the head portion 121 opposite the first passage 1231 in the stem portion 122.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 46, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a cover 114, an input device 120, an optical sensor 511. The cover 114 is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 and forms a surface of the body 101. in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181, the input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the head portion 121 extends out of the housing 180, and the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181.

With continued reference to fig. 46, a first passage 1231 is provided in the shaft portion 122 to penetrate the shaft portion 122 in the axial direction of the shaft portion 122 for transmitting light, and the optical sensor 511 is provided in the housing 180 at a side of the end of the shaft portion 122, for example, the optical sensor 511 is provided opposite to an end of the first passage 1231 to better transmit light through the first passage 1231. A feature area 1241 is disposed on an area of the head 121 opposite to the other end of the first passage 1231, light may be transmitted between the feature area 1241 and the first passage 1231 to transmit light reflected from the feature area 1241 to the optical sensor 511 through the first passage 1231, and a rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation are determined by feature information obtained by the optical sensor 511 to recognize a user input.

With continued reference to FIG. 46, head 121 includes a first region 1213 in communication with first passage 1231, with a feature region 1241 disposed on first region 1213. In this embodiment, the first region 1213 of the head 121 is the region of the head 121 opposite the first passage 1231.

When the input device 120 is rotated, light from the light emitting unit passes through the first passage 1231 of the shaft portion 122 to the feature area 1241 of the first region 1213 of the head portion 121, the feature area 1241 reflects the light, and the reflected light passes through the first passage 1231 of the shaft portion 122 again to the optical sensor 511 to obtain feature information, so that a processor connected to the optical sensor 511 can process the feature information obtained at a plurality of periods to determine a rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation to recognize a user input.

It should be understood that the light-emitting unit may be a light-emitting unit integrated in the optical sensor 511, or may be a unit capable of emitting light independently from the optical sensor 511, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way. For convenience of description, the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the example that the light emitting unit is integrated in the optical sensor 511.

In one example, the characteristic information may be a random gray scale pattern formed on the light sensor 511 by the light reflected by the characteristic region 1241 onto the light sensor 511, and the processor 110 may determine the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation by processing the gray scale pattern to recognize the user input. For example, the processor may determine the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation by comparing coordinate points of the gray maps obtained a plurality of times and processing the plurality of gray maps.

In another example, the feature information may be the time of the light reflected back by the feature area 1241, and the processor 110 determines the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation by performing an analysis process on the obtained time to recognize the user input. For example, the processor determines the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation by processing the obtained time difference between the plurality of times.

In the present embodiment, the feature area 1241 may be provided at any position of the first area 1213 of the head 121, as shown in fig. 47, and the feature area 1241 is provided at the center position of the first area 1213. Of course, the feature area 1241 may be disposed at any position other than the central position in the first area 1213, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way.

In an example, the feature areas 1241 include feature textures, which can be microstructures formed from one or more of scallops, grooves, dimples, protrusions, bumps, scratches, irregularities, and the like.

For example, feature area 1241 includes a feature texture.

For another example, the feature area 1241 includes a plurality of feature textures of the same type, the feature textures are located at different positions of the feature area 1241, and the feature textures are regularly changed. For example, the feature texture is a hole, the feature region includes a plurality of holes, and the depths of the plurality of holes are sequentially increased or decreased. Thus, compared with the structure in which one feature texture is provided in the feature area 1241, the feature area 1241 having a plurality of feature textures of the same type is provided on the head 121, the feature textures in the feature area 1241 change regularly, and the calculation difficulty of the processor 110 can be greatly reduced by analyzing the feature information generated by the feature area 1241 in which the feature textures change regularly.

In another example, the feature areas 1241 may be colored microstructures.

For example, the feature area 1241 is colored one color.

For another example, the feature area 1241 is colored in a plurality of colors, and the plurality of colors regularly changes. For example, the feature areas 1241 are colored in two colors, which are spaced apart. In this way, compared to a structure in which the feature area 1241 is colored in one color, the feature area 1241 colored in plural colors is provided on the head portion 121, the plural colors change regularly, and the calculation difficulty can be greatly reduced by analyzing the feature information generated by the feature area 1241 colored in the plural colors that change regularly.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 48, a hole 1214 is provided in the first region 1213 of the head 121 and a feature area 1241 is provided in the bottom wall of the hole 1214. Further, the hole 1214 may be filled with a transparent material. In this embodiment, the bottom wall of the hole 1214 of the head portion 121 is the area of the head portion 121 disposed opposite the first passage 1231.

When the input device 120 is rotated, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit in the optical sensor 511) passes through the first passage 1231 of the shaft portion 122 and through the hole 1214 to reach the feature area 1241 on the bottom wall of the hole 1214, the feature area 1241 reflects the light, and the reflected light passes through the hole 1214 and the first passage 1231 of the shaft portion 122 again to reach the optical sensor 511 to obtain feature information, so that the processor 110 connected to the optical sensor 511 can process the feature information obtained at a plurality of times to determine the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation to recognize the user input.

For specific description of the feature information and the feature area 1241, reference may be made to the above description, and details are not repeated.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 49, the difference from fig. 46 is that the optical fiber 520 is disposed in the first channel 1231 of the shaft 122, the optical fiber 520 is at a first angle to the axial direction of the shaft 122, one end of the optical fiber 520 is disposed opposite the optical sensor 511, and the other end of the optical fiber 520 can be disposed opposite the feature area 1241 when the input device 120 is rotated to a certain angle. Here, the feature area 1241 is spaced apart from the center of the first area 1213, specifically, the center of the feature area 1241 is spaced apart from the center of the first area 1213, that is, the feature area 1241 is located at a position other than the center position of the first area 1231.

In one example, the input device 120 rotates and the fiber 520 does not rotate. In this example, the optical fiber 520 may be fixedly connected with the housing 180 and not in contact with the lever portion 122 so that the optical fiber 520 does not rotate when the input device 120 is rotated. Illustratively, the optical fiber 520 may be disposed on the shaft portion 122 by using the connector 200 shown in fig. 17, for example, the optical fiber 520 may be disposed in the cavity of the second connector 220, an end of the second connector 220 away from the head portion 121 may be directly or indirectly fixedly connected to the housing 180, and the first connector 210 is sleeved on the second connector 220 and fixedly connected to the shaft portion 122 or the head portion 121, so that the optical fiber 520 may not rotate when the input device 120 is rotated. Here, that one end of the second connector 220 is indirectly fixedly connected to the housing 180 means that one end of the second connector 220 is fixedly connected to the housing 180 through another component (e.g., a circuit board).

When the input device 120 is rotated such that the feature area 1241 is opposite the other end of the optical fiber 520, light reflected from the feature area 1241 may be reflected by the optical fiber 520 onto the optical sensor 511 to form feature information for imaging onto the optical sensor 511, and the feature area 1241 may not be imaged onto the optical sensor 511 when the feature area 1241 is misaligned with the other end of the optical fiber 520. That is, in this embodiment, the feature areas 1241 are imaged intermittently on the optical sensor 511 through the optical fiber 520, so that the rotational state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation can be determined using the pattern of the plurality of times the feature areas 1241 are imaged on the optical sensor 511 and the imaging speed to recognize the user input.

Illustratively, the cross-sectional area of the optical fiber 520 may be greater than the area of the feature region 1241. The feature area 1241 may be aligned with the optical fiber 520 within a certain angle range when the input device 120 is rotated one turn, so that the feature area 1241 may be imaged on the optical sensor 511 multiple times through the optical fiber 520, and the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation are determined through the pattern and the imaging speed of the multiple imaging to recognize the user input, which may improve the calculation speed better to improve the user experience.

Illustratively, a plurality of feature areas 1241 may be disposed on the first area 1231 of the head 121, so that when the input device 120 is rotated for one circle, the plurality of feature areas 1241 may align with the optical fiber 520 for a plurality of times, a plurality of imaging patterns and imaging speeds may be obtained on the optical sensor 511 at intervals, and the calculation accuracy may be improved to improve the recognition accuracy.

It will be appreciated that the alignment of the feature area 1241 with the optical fibre 520 means that, in a plane parallel to the direction of rotation, there is at least partial coincidence between the projection of the cross-section of the feature area 1241 and the projection of the cross-section of the optical fibre 520, at least partial coincidence meaning that the projections of both are partially or fully coincident.

It should be understood that in embodiments where optical fiber 520 is disposed in first passage 1231, feature area 1241 may also be disposed on the bottom wall of aperture 1214 as shown in fig. 47, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited in any way.

In another example, the fiber 520 may rotate as the input device 120 rotates. In this example, optical fiber 520 may be secured within first passage 1231 with optical fiber 520 disposed opposite feature area 1241. Illustratively, the first passage 1231 of the shaft 122 is filled with a filler, and the optical fiber 520 is wrapped with the filler to secure the optical fiber 520 to the shaft 122.

During the rotation of the input device 120, the optical fiber 520 also rotates, the light reflected from the characteristic region 1241 may be reflected on the optical sensor 511 through the optical fiber 520 without interruption to form characteristic information on the optical sensor 511, and the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation are determined according to the characteristic information to recognize the user input.

For example, the characteristic information may be the time of the light reflected by the characteristic region 1241, and the processor 110 determines the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation by performing an analysis process on the time difference between the obtained plurality of times to recognize the user input.

For example, the characteristic information may be a random gray scale pattern formed on the light sensor 511 by the light reflected from the characteristic region 1241 onto the light sensor 511. However, since the optical fiber 520 rotates with the rotation of the input device 120 and the characteristic region 1241 is imaged on the optical sensor 511 through the optical fiber 520, the imaging trajectory of the characteristic region 1241 on the optical sensor 511 is a ring shape, that is, the trajectory of the gray scale formed by the characteristic region 1241 on the optical sensor 511 is a ring shape, and the angle of the ring shape is the same as the rotation angle of the input device 120, so the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation can be determined according to the imaging trajectory of the ring shape. Therefore, the calculation difficulty can be greatly reduced, and the identification efficiency is improved.

In the embodiment corresponding to fig. 50 and 51, a feature area 1241 is provided on the inner end face of the head 121 opposite the shell 180.

In some embodiments, referring to FIG. 50, the head 121 includes an inner end surface 121-C adjacent to the shell 180 and opposite the shell 180, the inner end surface 121-C having a feature area 1241 disposed thereon, and correspondingly, a portion of the shell 180 adjacent to the inner end surface 121-C having a third channel 182 for transmitting light. When the input device 120 is rotated to a certain angle, one end of the third channel 182 may be disposed opposite to the characteristic region 1241, and one side of the other end of the third channel 182 is disposed with the optical sensor 511, and illustratively, the optical sensor 511 is disposed opposite to one end of the third channel 182 to better transmit light through the third channel 1182. Light can be transmitted between the optical sensor 511, the third channel 182, and the feature area 1241. For the description of the feature area 1241, reference may be made to the above description, which is not repeated herein

In this embodiment, the imaging of the feature area 1241 at the optical sensor 511 is similar to the imaging of the feature area 1241 at the optical sensor 511 by the optical fiber 520 that does not rotate with the rotation of the input device 120 as shown in fig. 49, and when the input device 120 is rotated, the feature area 1241 is spatially aligned with the third channel 182 and the feature area 1241 is spatially imaged on the optical sensor 511.

Specifically, when the input device 120 is rotated to align the feature area 1241 with the third channel 182, light reflected by the feature area 1241 may be reflected by the third channel 182 on the optical sensor 511 to form feature information for imaging on the optical sensor 511, and the feature area 1241 may not be imaged on the optical sensor 511 when the feature area 1241 is misaligned with the third channel 182. That is, in this embodiment, the feature area 1241 is intermittently imaged on the optical sensor 511 through the third channel 182, so that the motion information of the input device 120 can be determined using the pattern of multiple imaging of the feature area 1241 on the optical sensor 511 and the imaging speed to recognize the user input.

It will be appreciated that the alignment of the feature area 1241 with the third channel 182 means that, in a plane parallel to the direction of rotation, there is at least partial coincidence of the projection of the cross-section of the feature area 1241 with the projection of the cross-section of the third channel 182, at least partial coincidence meaning that the projections of both are partially or fully coincident.

It should be noted that, the inner end surface 121-C may also be provided with a hole, and a feature area 1241 is provided on the bottom wall of the hole, which is not limited in this embodiment.

In this embodiment, the feature area 1241 is provided on the inner end surface 121-C of the head 121, and the third passage 182 is provided on the housing 180 opposite to the feature area 1241, which is relatively simple in structure and low in cost.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 51, a characteristic region 1241 is disposed on the inner end surface 121-C of the head portion 121, a first channel 1231 for transmitting light is disposed in the rod portion 122, a first opening 1221 and a first polarizer 531 are disposed at an end of the rod portion 122 close to the head portion 121, the first opening 1221 is disposed opposite to the characteristic region 1241, so as to transmit light to the characteristic region 1241 through the first channel 1231, the first polarizer 531 and the first opening 1221, and at the same time, transmit light reflected by the characteristic region 1241 to the optical sensor 511 through the first opening 1221, the first polarizer 531 and the first channel 1231, so as to generate characteristic information, so as to determine a rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation, so as to recognize a user input. For the description of the feature area 1241, reference may be made to the above description, and details are not repeated.

With continued reference to fig. 51, a first opening 1221 is disposed in the rod portion 122, and the first opening 1221 extends inward from a sidewall of the rod portion 122 and is in communication with the first passage 1231, such that light can be transmitted between the first passage 1231, the first opening 1221, and the feature area 1241. Illustratively, the first bore 1221 extends in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the stem portion 122. In order to prevent external impurities such as dust or water from entering the interior of the wearable device 100 through the first opening 1221, in one example, the first opening 1221 may be filled with a transparent material to form the first opening 1221 having the transparent material, and in another example, a transparent cover plate may be mounted on the first opening 1221.

With continued reference to fig. 51, the first polarizer 531 is adjacent to the first opening 1221 and disposed opposite to the first opening 1221 such that light may reach the first polarizer 531 from the first opening 1221 or such that light may reach the first opening 1221 from the first polarizer 531. Illustratively, a portion of the first polarizer 531 may extend into the first opening 1221. Illustratively, the first channel 1231 is filled with a transparent material, and the first polarizer 531 is wrapped by the transparent material to fix the first polarizer 531 on the rod portion 122.

In this embodiment, the purpose of the first polarizer 531 is to change the optical path so that as much light as possible is transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present application, the first polarizer 531 is mainly used to change the optical path of the incident light as parallel light, and the incident light at other angles can be ignored, so when the first polarizer 531 is disposed, the position design of the first polarizer 531 when the incident light is parallel light is mainly considered. With the axial direction of the rod portion 122 as a reference point, a first included angle is formed between the first polarizer 531 and the axial direction of the rod portion 122, and the polarizing angle of the first polarizer 531 and the first included angle satisfy the following condition: the polarizing angle of the first polarizer 531 is complementary to the first included angle, that is, the sum of the polarizing angle of the first polarizing 531 and the first included angle is 90 °. For convenience of description, the first included angle is denoted as β₁In one example, the first included angle β₁Is 45 degrees. It can be understood that the first included angle β between the first polarizer 531 and the axial direction of the rod portion 122₁Other angles are also possible, e.g. beta₁As long as the first polarizer 531 enables transmission of light between the optical sensor 5110 and the feature area 1241, i.e., 40 °.

In the embodiment of the present application, the polarizing angle of the first polarizer 531 indicates an included angle between an incident light and a normal, and the following explanations of the polarizing angles of other polarizers are the same as here, and will not be described again.

When the input device 120 is rotated, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit in the optical sensor 511) passes through the first passage 1231 of the rod portion 122 to the first polarizer 531, the light reflected or refracted from the first polarizer 531 (the reflected light is shown in fig. 51) passes through the first opening 1221 to the feature region 1241, the feature region 1241 reflects the light, and the reflected light passes through the first opening 1221, the first polarizer 531 and the first passage 1231 again to reach the optical sensor 511 to obtain feature information, so that a processor connected to the optical sensor 511 may process the feature information to determine a rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation to recognize a user input.

It should be understood that the feature area 1241 and the first channel 1231 are both disposed on the input device 120, when the input device 120 is rotated, the feature area 1241 continuously reflects light to form an image on the optical sensor 511 to generate feature information, the principle of determining the motion information of the input device 120 based on the feature information is the same as that of the embodiment corresponding to fig. 46 and 48, and specific descriptions may refer to the above description and are not repeated.

In this embodiment, the inner end surface 121-C of the head portion 121 is provided with a feature region 1241, the rod portion 122 is provided with a first channel 1231, a first polarizer 531 and a first opening 1221, the first polarizer 531 not only can change the optical path to transmit the light from the light emitting unit (e.g., the light emitting unit in the optical sensor 511) to the feature region 1241 and transmit the light reflected from the feature region 1241 to the optical sensor 511, but also the first polarizer 531 can effectively filter out external ambient light, so that some angles of ambient light cannot reach the optical sensor 511 through the first opening 1221 and the first channel 1231, thereby greatly reducing the interference of the ambient light on the motion information of the recognition input device 120 and improving the user experience.

It will be appreciated that when the feature areas 1241 are disposed on the inner end surface 121-C of the head 121, the polarizer 531 may not be disposed within the input device 120, and a small portion of the light will reach the feature areas 1241 and reflect from the feature areas 1241 onto the photosensors 511, however, the light reflected back from the feature areas 1241 will be less well imaged onto the photosensors 511.

In the embodiment corresponding to fig. 52 and 53, a feature area 1241 is provided on an area of the housing 18 opposite the stem portion 122 or the head portion 121 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, referring to FIG. 52, a feature area 1241 is provided on side 180-A of the housing 180, and the optical sensor 511 is disposed opposite the end of the shaft portion 122. in order to transmit light between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241 to determine movement information of the input device 120 through feature information of the feature area 510, a channel may be provided in both the shaft portion 122 and the head portion 121, while changing the optical path using a polarizer.

With continued reference to fig. 52, the rod portion 122 is provided with a first passage 1231, the head portion 121 is provided with a fourth passage 1233, an extending direction of the fourth passage 1233 is perpendicular to the axial direction of the rod portion 122, that is, the extending direction of the fourth passage 1233 is perpendicular to the extending direction of the first passage 1231, one end of the first passage 1231 is disposed opposite to the optical sensor 511, the other end of the first passage 1231 is communicated with one end of the fourth passage 1233, and when the input device 120 is rotated to a preset angle, the other end of the fourth passage 1233 can be disposed opposite to the feature region 1241.

Illustratively, two ends of the fourth channel 1233 are respectively provided with a polarizer, which is denoted as a second polarizer 532 and a third polarizer 533, the second polarizer 532 is disposed at one end of the fourth channel 1233 connected to the first channel 1231, and the third polarizer 533 is disposed at the other end of the fourth channel 1233. The second polarizer 532 is used to reflect or refract light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit in the optical sensor 511) (in fig. 52, light is reflected) so that the light can be transmitted in the fourth channel 1233 as straight as possible, and the second polarizer 532 is also used to further reflect light reflected by the feature region 1241 and light reflected or refracted by the third polarizer 533 (in fig. 52, reflected light) so that the light can be transmitted in the first channel 1231 and finally reaches the optical sensor 511. The third polarizer 533 is used to continuously reflect or refract the light reflected or refracted by the second polarizer 532 (the reflected light is shown in fig. 52) so that the light can reach the feature area 1241, and the third polarizer 533 is also used to continuously reflect or refract the light reflected by the feature area 1241 so that the light can be transmitted in the fourth channel 1233 as straight as possible to reach the second polarizer 532, and the light is transmitted to the light sensor 511 through the second polarizer 532 and the first channel 1231.

Illustratively, the fourth channel 1233 is filled with a transparent material, and the second polarizer 532 and the third polarizer 533 are wrapped by the transparent material to fix the second polarizer 532 and the third polarizer 533 to the head 121.

In this embodiment, both polarizers are provided for the same purpose as the first polarizer 531 of the embodiment corresponding to fig. 51, and both are arranged to change the optical path so that as much light as possible is transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241. Moreover, the two polarizers are mainly used for changing the incident light rays which are parallel light rays, and the incident light rays with other angles can be ignored, so when the two polarizers are arranged, the position design of the polarizers is mainly considered when the incident light rays are parallel light rays.

With the axial direction of the rod portion 122 as a reference point, the second polarizer 532 forms a second included angle with the axial direction of the rod portion 122, and the third polarizer 533 forms a third included angle with the axial direction of the rod portion 122. The second included angle and the polarizing angle of the second polarizer 532 satisfy the following conditions: the second included angle is complementary to the polarization angle of the second polarizer 532, that is, the sum of the polarization angle of the second polarization 532 and the second included angle is 90 °, and the third included angle and the polarization angle of the third polarizer 533 satisfy the following condition: the third included angle is complementary to the polarization angle of the third polarizer 533, that is, the sum of the polarization angle of the third polarization 533 and the third included angle is 90 °.

For convenience of description, the second included angle is denoted as β₂And the third included angle is recorded as beta₃. In one example, the second included angle β₂Is 45 degrees. In another example, third included angle β₃Is 45 degrees.

It should be understood that the second included angle β between the second polarizer 532 and the axial direction of the rod portion 122₂Other angles are also possible, and similarly, the third included angle β between the third polarizer 533 and the axial direction of the rod portion 122₃Other angles are also possible, and the embodiments of the application allWithout limitation, as long as the combination of the second and third polarizers 532 and 533 enables light to be transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241.

In this embodiment, since the housing 180 is stationary, the feature area 1241 is intermittently aligned with the fourth channel 1233 and intermittently imaged on the optical sensor 511 when the input device 120 is rotated, so the principle of imaging the feature area 1241 on the optical sensor 511 is similar to that of imaging the feature area 1241 on the optical sensor 511 by the optical fiber 520 that does not rotate with the rotation of the input device 120 as shown in fig. 49.

Specifically, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit within the optical sensor 511) passes through the first passage 1231 of the rod portion 122 to the fourth passage 1233, light reflected or refracted from the second polarizer 532 reaches the third polarizer 533, when the input device 120 is rotated to align the feature region 1241 with the fourth passage 1233, light reflected or refracted by the third polarizer 533 reaches the feature region 1241, light reflected by the feature region 1241 reaches the fourth passage 1233 again, light reflected or refracted by the third polarizer 533 and the second polarizer 532 passes through the first passage 1231 to reach the optical sensor 511, and is imaged on the optical sensor 511 to form feature information, and when the feature region 1241 is misaligned with the fourth passage 1233, the feature region 1241 is not imaged on the optical sensor 511. That is, in this embodiment, feature area 1241 is imaged intermittently on optical sensor 511 via fourth channel 1233, such that the pattern of multiple imaging of feature area 1241 on optical sensor 511 and the imaging speed may be used to determine motion information of input device 120 to recognize user input.

It should be understood that the alignment of feature area 1241 with fourth passage 1233 means that, in a plane parallel to the direction of rotation, there is at least partial coincidence between the projection of the cross-section of feature area 1241 and the projection of the cross-section of fourth passage 1233, at least partial coincidence meaning that the projections of both are partially or completely coincident.

It should also be understood that when the feature area 1241 is disposed on the side 180-A of the housing 180, the polarizer 531 may not be disposed within the input device 120, and a small portion of the light may reach the feature area 1241 and be reflected from the feature area 1241 onto the photosensor 511, however, the light reflected from the feature area 1241 may be less well imaged on the photosensor 511.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 53, the housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181, the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120 is disposed in the mounting hole 181, the hole wall 1811 of the mounting hole 181 is provided with a feature area 1241, the shaft portion 122 is provided with a second opening 1222 opposite to the feature area 1241 and a first passage 1231 communicated with the second opening 1222, the first passage 1231 is provided with a fourth polarizer 534, the optical sensor 511 is disposed opposite to the first passage 1231, and light is transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241 through the first passage 1231, the fourth polarizer 534 and the second opening 1222 so that light reflected by the feature area 1241 is transmitted to the optical sensor 511 through the second opening 1222, the fourth polarizer 534 and the first passage 1231, so as to generate feature information, determine the movement information of the input device 120, and identify the user input.

With continued reference to fig. 53, a second aperture 1222 is disposed on the stem portion 122, the second aperture 1222 extending inwardly from a sidewall of the stem portion 122 and communicating with the first channel 1231 such that light may be transmitted between the second aperture 1222 and the feature area 1241. Illustratively, the second aperture 1222 extends in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the stem 122. In order to prevent external impurities such as dust or water from entering the interior of the wearable device 100 through the second opening 1222, in one example, the second opening 1222 may be filled with a transparent material to form the second opening 1222 made of a transparent material, and in another example, a transparent cover plate may be mounted on the second opening 1222.

With continued reference to FIG. 53, the fourth polarizer 534 is adjacent to the second opening 1222 and is disposed opposite the second opening 1222 such that light may pass from the second opening 1222 to the fourth polarizer 534 or such that light may pass from the fourth polarizer 534 to the second opening 1222. Illustratively, the first channel 1231 is filled with a transparent material, and the fourth polarizer 534 is wrapped with the transparent material to fix the fourth polarizer 534 on the first channel 1231.

In this embodiment, the fourth polarizer 534 has the same purpose as the first polarizer 531 provided in the embodiment corresponding to fig. 51, namely to change the optical path so that as much light as possible is transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241. Moreover, the fourth polarizer 534 is mainly used to change the incident light to be parallel light, and other incident light angles can be ignored, so when the fourth polarizer 534 is disposed, the position design of the polarizer when the incident light is parallel light is mainly considered.

With the axial direction of the rod portion 122 as a reference point, a fourth included angle is formed between the fourth polarizer 534 and the axial direction of the rod portion 122, and the polarization angle of the fourth polarizer 534 and the fourth included angle satisfy the following condition: the polarizing angle of the fourth polarizer 534 is complementary to the fourth included angle, that is, the sum of the polarizing angle of the fourth polarizer 534 and the fourth included angle is 90 °.

For convenience of description, the fourth included angle is denoted as β₄In one example, the fourth included angle β₄Is 45 degrees.

It should be understood that the fourth angle β between the fourth polarizer 534 and the axial direction of the rod portion 122₄Other angles are possible, and the present embodiment is not limited as long as the fourth polarizer 534 can transmit light between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241.

In this embodiment, since the housing 180 is stationary, the feature area 1241 is intermittently aligned with the second opening 1222 and intermittently imaged on the optical sensor 511 when the input device 120 is rotated, so that the principle of imaging the feature area 1241 on the optical sensor 511 is similar to that of imaging the feature area 1241 on the optical sensor 511 by the optical fiber 520 not rotating with the rotation of the input device 120 as shown in fig. 49.

Specifically, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit in the optical sensor 511) passes through the first passage 1231 of the rod portion 122 to the fourth polarizer 534, when the input device 120 is rotated to a position where the feature area 1241 is opposite to the second opening 1222, light reflected or refracted from the fourth polarizer 534 (the reflected light is shown in fig. 53) passes through the second opening 1222 to the feature area 1241, light reflected from the feature area 1241 again reaches the second opening 1222, light reflected or refracted by the fourth polarizer 534 (the reflected light is shown in fig. 53) passes through the first passage 1231 to reach the optical sensor 511, is imaged on the optical sensor 511 to form feature information, and when the feature area 1241 is misaligned with the second opening 1222, the feature area 1241 is not imaged on the optical sensor 511. That is, in this embodiment, the feature areas 1241 are imaged intermittently on the optical sensor 511, so that the motion information of the input device 120 can be determined using the pattern of the plurality of times the feature areas 1241 are imaged on the optical sensor 511 and the imaging speed to recognize the user input.

It should be understood that the alignment of the feature area 1241 with the second aperture 1222 indicates that, in a plane perpendicular to the direction of rotation, there is at least partial coincidence between a projection of a cross-section of the feature area 1241 and a projection of a cross-section of the second aperture 1222, at least partial coincidence indicating that the projections of both are partially or fully coincident.

In the embodiment corresponding to fig. 54-57, a feature area 1241 is provided on the inner end surface 122-a of the stem portion 122.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 54 and 55, a feature area 1241 is provided on the inner end surface 122-a of the stem portion 122 remote from the head 121, the optical sensor 511 being disposed opposite the inner end surface 122-a of the stem portion 122.

With continued reference to fig. 54 and 55, illustratively, a first passage 1231 may be provided in the stem portion 122, e.g., the fingerprint sensor 130C described above is provided in the head portion 121 embodiment, and the first passage 1231 may be provided in the stem portion 122 to transmit light between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the light sensor 511. Thus, in embodiments where the rod portion 122 is provided with a first passage 1231 therein disposed along the axial direction of the rod portion 122 and extending through the rod portion 122, the feature area 1241 may be disposed on the inner end surface 122-a and outside of the first passage 1231.

In an example, the feature area 1241 may include one or more feature textures, and when the feature area 1241 includes a plurality of feature textures, which are regularly changed, at different positions outside the first channel 1231 of the inner end surface 122-a, the plurality of feature textures are of the same type. For example, the feature texture is a hole, the feature region includes a plurality of holes, and the depths of the plurality of holes are sequentially increased or decreased.

In another example, the feature areas 1241 may be colored microstructures, and the feature areas 1241 may be colored in one or more colors, and when the feature areas 1241 are colored in a plurality of colors, the plurality of colors may change regularly. For example, the feature area is colored by two colors, which are spaced apart.

For a detailed description of the feature area 1241, reference may be made to the description related to the feature area 1241 in fig. 46 and 47, and details are not repeated.

It should be understood that in embodiments where the first passage 1231 is not provided in the shaft portion 121, the feature area 1241 may be provided at any position of the inner end surface 122-a of the shaft portion 122, and the embodiments are not limited thereto.

When the input device 120 is rotated, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit within the optical sensor 511) reaches a feature area 1241 on the inner end surface 122-a of the shaft portion 122, the feature area 1241 reflects the light, and the reflected light reaches the optical sensor 511 to obtain feature information, so that a processor connected to the optical sensor 511 can process the feature information obtained at a plurality of time periods to determine motion information of the input device 120 to recognize a user input.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 56 and 57, a grating-like structure 1242 may be disposed on the inner end surface 122-a of the shaft portion 122, with the optical sensor 511 disposed opposite the inner end surface 122-a of the shaft portion 122 to transmit light between the optical sensor 511 and the grating-like structure 1242.

The grating-like structure 1242 can be used to detect the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation by designing some known features that can be used as marks and using the photoelectric detection elements made by using the known features to project, diffract, refract, reflect, etc. the grating-like structure can be used to identify the user input in the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the grating-like structure 1242 of the embodiments of the present application may be understood as an example of the feature region 1241 having a plurality of feature textures described above.

Illustratively, with continued reference to fig. 56 and 57, the grating-like structure 1242 may be an element provided with a plurality of holes 1242-1, i.e., in this example, the characteristic texture is a hole.

In one example, the grating-like structure 1242 includes a plurality of apertures 1242-1, the plurality of apertures 1242-1 having different depths, e.g., the plurality of apertures 1242-1 having depths that increase or decrease in sequence. Referring to (b) of fig. 57, the depths of the holes 1242-1 located at both ends of the grating-like structure 1242 are different, and the depth of the hole 1242-1 located at the top end of the grating-like structure 1242 is smaller than the depth of the hole 1242-1 located at the bottom end of the grating-like structure 1242.

In another example, the grating-like structure 1242 includes a plurality of apertures 1242-1, the walls of each aperture 1242-1 are colored, and the colors on the walls of the plurality of apertures 1242-1 may all be different.

In one example, with continued reference to fig. 56 and 57, the grating-like structure 1242 may be fixedly attached to the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 122 as a separate element to form the grating-like structure 1242 disposed on the inner end surface 122-a. In embodiments in which the first passage 1231 is disposed in the rod portion 122, the grating-like structure 1242 is an annular structure as a whole, and the hollow area 1242-2 of the grating-like structure is used to avoid the first passage 1231. Illustratively, the grating-like structure 1242 may be bonded to the inner end surface 122-A of the shaft portion 122.

In another example, the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 122 may be designed directly as a grating-like structure 1242 (not shown in the figure), forming an inner end surface 122-a with a grating-like structure 1242.

It is to be understood that the grating-like structure 1242 may include not only a plurality of holes, but also a plurality of grooves, a plurality of scratches, and the like having a characteristic texture of a recessed region, and the depth of the plurality of characteristic textures having a recessed region may be different.

It is also understood that the grating-like structure 1242 may also include a plurality of protrusions or the like having a height, and the height of the plurality of feature textures having a height may be different.

In this embodiment, during the process that the input device 120 is rotated, the grating-like structure 1242 forms a plurality of patterns with characteristic regularity on the light sensor 511, and the processor 110 connected to the light sensor 511 can determine the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation according to the difference between the plurality of patterns or the time difference of the plurality of patterns reflected to the light sensor 511, so as to recognize the user input.

In the embodiment corresponding to fig. 46 to 57, the optical sensor 511 is disposed opposite to the shaft portion 122, it is understood that the above-mentioned positional relationship between the optical sensor 511 and the shaft portion 122 is only illustrative, and in fact, the optical sensor 511 may be disposed at any other possible position, however, in other positions, it may be necessary to dispose a corresponding polarizer to change the direction of the incident light reaching the shaft portion 122, so as to implement the embodiment corresponding to fig. 46 to 57 for determining the motion information of the input device 120, and the specific design may be determined according to the actual situation.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 58, the optical sensor 511 is disposed on one side of the circumferential direction side of the stem portion 122, and the side of the stem portion 122 away from the end of the head portion 121 is disposed with a polarizer, denoted as a fifth polarizer 535. Assuming that a light emitting unit is integrated in the optical sensor 511, an angle between emitted light from the light emitting unit and a direction (referred to as a horizontal direction) parallel to the axial direction of the rod portion 122 is γ, an angle between the fifth polarizer 535 and the horizontal direction is β, a polarization angle of the fifth polarizer 535 is α, and the following relationships exist among γ, β, and α: β is 180 ° - γ, and α + β is 90 °, so that the direction of incident light can be changed into parallel light incident on the rod part 122 in the horizontal direction.

As described above, an example for recognizing the rotation of the input device 120 is described with reference to fig. 46 to 58, and an example for recognizing the pressing of the input device 120 is described below.

With continued reference to FIG. 53, in the configuration shown in FIG. 53, light is transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241 through the first passage 1231, the fourth polarizer 534 and the second opening 1222, such that light reflected by the feature area 1241 is transmitted to the optical sensor 511 through the second opening 1222, the fourth polarizer 534 and the first passage 1231, generating feature information to determine movement information of the input device 120 to identify user input.

When the input device 120 is pressed, the input device 120 moves along the axial direction of the rod portion 122, and the motion information of the input device 120 may include that the motion state of the input device 120 is a moving state and movement information related to the movement, for example, the movement information may include a movement displacement and a movement direction of the input device 120.

When the input device 120 is pressed to move the input device 120 in the axial direction, the second opening 1222 of the shaft 122 is spaced apart from the feature area 1241, when the second opening 1222 is aligned with the feature area 1241, the light reflected by the feature area 1241 reaches the optical sensor 511, and when the second opening 1222 of the shaft is misaligned with the feature area 1241, the light does not reach the feature area 1241.

Specifically, when the input device 120 is pressed, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit in the optical sensor 511) passes through the first passage 1231 of the shaft portion 122 to reach the fourth polarizer 534, when the input device 120 moves until the feature area 1241 is aligned with the second opening 1222, light reflected from the fourth polarizer 534 passes through the second opening 1222 to reach the feature area 1241, light reflected from the feature area 1241 again reaches the second opening 1222, light reflected from the fourth polarizer 534 passes through the first passage 1231 to be reflected on the optical sensor 511 to form feature information imaged on the optical sensor 511, and when the feature area 1241 is misaligned with the second opening 1222, the feature area 1241 is not imaged on the optical sensor 511. That is, in this embodiment, the feature areas 1241 are imaged intermittently on the optical sensor 511, so that the movement state of the input device 120 and movement information related to the movement can be determined using a pattern of multiple imaging of the feature areas 1241 on the optical sensor 511 or a time difference of light reflected from the feature areas 1241 to the optical sensor 511 to recognize the user input.

It should be noted that, although the image is formed on the photosensor 511 when the input device 120 is rotated or pressed, the pattern formed on the photosensor 511 when the input device 120 is rotated is different from the pattern formed on the photosensor 511 when the input device 120 is pressed, and therefore, the rotation and pressing of the input device 120 can be distinguished according to the pattern. In some embodiments, in order to recognize the rotation and the pressing of the input device 120 at the same time, two holes may be provided on the first passage 1231, one hole for recognizing the rotation of the input device 120 and the other hole for recognizing the pressing of the input device 120.

With continued reference to fig. 56 and 57, a grating-like structure 1242 is disposed on the inner end surface 122-a of the shaft portion 122, the grating-like structure 1242 includes a plurality of holes 1242-1, the plurality of holes 1242-1 are different in depth, when the input device 120 is pressed to move the input device 120 along the axial direction, light from a light-emitting unit (e.g., a light-emitting unit within the optical sensor 511) reaches the grating-like structure 1242 on the inner end surface 122-a of the shaft portion 122, light reflected by the grating-like structure 1242 reaches the optical sensor 511, characteristic information is generated, and a movement state of the input device 120 and movement information related to the movement are determined from the characteristic information to recognize the user input. For example, the characteristic information may be a time difference between the time that each hole reflects light to the light sensor 511 and the time that a planar area of the inner end surface 122-a other than the grating-like structure 1242 reflects light to the light sensor 511.

Referring to fig. 59, the sensing element may include a capacitance sensor 512, the capacitance sensor 512 is disposed opposite to an end of the shaft portion 122 far from the head portion 121, a first metal electrode is disposed in the capacitance sensor 512, and in order to easily detect a change in capacitance, the capacitance sensor 512 is illustratively disposed in a region except for a central position. Referring to fig. 60, a first channel 1231 is disposed in the rod portion 122 of the input device 120, the first channel 1231 is a cavity structure, an opening of the first channel 1231 faces the capacitive sensor 512, the first channel 1231 extends from the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 122 to the inside of the rod portion 122, and a second metal electrode 1243 is disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231 along the circumferential direction of the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231.

It should be understood that capacitive sensor 512 may be capacitive sensor 130D shown in fig. 1, and that the two may be substituted for each other.

The structure of the second metal electrode 1243 in the circumferential direction may have a difference, so that a varying capacitance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode may be detected also when the input device 120 is rotated or moved.

In one example, the second metal electrode 1243 is in a ring structure and is disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231.

For example, the angle of the annular structure of the second metal electrode 1243 is less than 360 degrees, so that a varying capacitance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode can be detected when the input device 120 is rotated or moved.

In another example, the size of the second metal electrode 1243 in the circumferential direction is not uniform and may vary regularly.

It should be noted that, although the first passage 1231 of the rod portion 122 shown in fig. 59 penetrates through the rod portion 122 along the axial direction of the rod portion 122, that is, the first passage 1231 extends from the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 122 to the end of the rod portion 122 close to the head portion 121, it should be understood that the first passage 1231 of the rod portion 122 may extend from the inner end surface 122-a to any position of the rod portion 122, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and the structure shown in fig. 59 is only a schematic illustration. Similarly, the second metal electrode 1243 may also extend to any position of the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231, and the structure shown in fig. 59 is only a schematic illustration.

In this embodiment, the second metal electrode 1243 interacts with the first metal electrode in the capacitive sensor 512 to generate capacitance, when the input device 120 moves, the capacitance of the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode changes, and the capacitive sensor 512 or a processor connected to the capacitive sensor 512 can determine the movement information of the input device 120 through processing and analyzing the changed capacitance to recognize the user input.

When the input device 120 is rotated, the second metal electrode 1243 is also rotated, since the second metal electrode 1243 is disposed at a partial region of the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231, and during the rotation, the second metal electrode 1243 is close to or far from the first metal electrode, so that the capacitance of the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode is changed, and the capacitance sensor 512 or a processor connected to the capacitance sensor 512 processes and analyzes the changed capacitance to determine the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation.

In one example, the capacitance increases when the second metal electrode 1243 is close to the first metal electrode and decreases when the second metal electrode 1243 is far from the first metal electrode.

In another example, the rotational state of the input device 120 may be determined from a curve of change in capacitance. For example, assuming that the capacitance generated between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode is the largest when the input device 120 is located at the initial position (as shown in fig. 59), the capacitance gradually decreases or gradually decreases and then increases during the rotation of the input device 120.

In another example, the capacitance variation range corresponds to a rotation angle, one capacitance variation range corresponds to one rotation angle, and the rotation angle may be determined according to the capacitance variation range. For example, the correspondence relationship between the 3 capacitance variation ranges and the rotation angle is preset, the capacitance variation range #1 corresponds to the rotation angle #1, the capacitance variation range #2 corresponds to the rotation angle #2, and the capacitance variation range #3 corresponds to the rotation angle # 3. In this way, the rotation angle can be determined by the detected capacitance change range.

When the input device 120 is pressed, the input device 120 moves along the axial direction of the rod portion 122, the distance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode changes, so that the capacitance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode changes, and the capacitance sensor 512 or a processor connected to the capacitance sensor 512 processes and analyzes the changed capacitance to determine the movement state of the input device 120 and movement information related to the movement.

In an example, when the input device 120 moves toward a direction close to the capacitive sensor 512, the distance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode becomes smaller, and the capacitance becomes larger, and when the input device 120 moves toward a direction away from the capacitive sensor 512, the distance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode becomes larger, and the capacitance becomes smaller.

In another example, the movement state of the input device 120 may be determined from a change curve of capacitance. For example, assuming that the capacitance generated by the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode is the largest when the input device 120 is located at the initial position, the capacitance gradually increases during the process of pressing the input device 120.

In another example, the capacitance variation range corresponds to the movement displacement, one capacitance variation range corresponds to one movement displacement, and the movement displacement may be determined according to the capacitance variation range. For example, a correspondence relationship between 3 capacitance variation ranges and movement displacement is set in advance, the capacitance variation range #1 corresponds to the movement displacement #1, the capacitance variation range #2 corresponds to the movement displacement #2, and the capacitance variation range #3 corresponds to the movement displacement # 3. In this way, the displacement can be determined by the detected capacitance variation range.

For example, a plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 may be disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231 of the rod portion 122, the plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 may be disposed asymmetrically, and the motion information of the input device 120 may be determined by a change in capacitance between the plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 and the first metal electrode to recognize the user input. As shown in fig. 61, two second metal electrodes 1243 are disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231 of the rod portion 122, and the two metal electrodes 1243 are disposed asymmetrically.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 62 and 63, a second metal electrode 1243 may also be disposed on the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 1122 of the input device 120, the second metal electrode 1243 is disposed on the inner end surface 122-a in a fan-shaped structure, and the capacitive sensor 512 is disposed opposite to the second metal electrode 1243. Similarly, the second metal electrode 1243 interacts with the first metal electrode in the capacitive sensor 512 to generate capacitance, when the input device 120 moves, the capacitance of the second metal electrode 1243 and the capacitance of the first metal electrode changes, and the capacitive sensor 512 or a processor connected to the capacitive sensor 512 can determine the movement information of the input device 120 through processing and analyzing the changed capacitance, so as to recognize the user input. The specific description of determining the motion information of the input device 120 to identify the user input based on the change of the capacitance when the input device 120 is rotated or pressed may refer to the description of fig. 59 and 60, and thus, the detailed description is omitted.

For example, the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 122 may be provided with a plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 (not shown in the drawings), the plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 are asymmetrically arranged, and the motion information of the input device 120 is determined by a change in capacitance between the plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 and the first metal electrodes to recognize the user input.

Referring to fig. 64, the sensing element may include a magnetic sensor 513, with a coil disposed within the magnetic sensor 513, the magnetic sensor 513 being disposed opposite an end of the shaft portion 122 distal from the head portion 121. Referring also to fig. 65, a first passage 1231 is provided in the rod portion 122 of the input device 120, the opening of the first passage 1231 faces the magnetic sensor 513, the first passage 1231 extends from the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 122 to the inside of the rod portion 122, a magnetic layer 1244 is provided on the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231 along the circumferential direction of the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231, the magnetic layer 1244 is in a ring structure and is provided on the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231, and the magnetic layer 1244 is composed of a south pole (S pole) 1244-1 and a north pole (N pole) 1244-2.

It should be understood that the magnetic sensor 513 may be the magnetic sensor 130J shown in fig. 1, and the two may be replaced with each other.

Illustratively, magnetic layer 1244 is formed by laminating S pole 1244-1 and N pole 1244-2.

For example, the S pole and the N pole in the magnetic layer 1244 may be arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the rod portion 122 and asymmetric, and the positional relationship of the S pole and the N pole shown in fig. 67 may be referred to.

It should be noted that, although the first passage 1231 of the rod portion 122 shown in fig. 64 penetrates through the rod portion 122 along the axial direction of the rod portion 122, that is, the first passage 1231 extends from the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 122 to the end of the rod portion 122 close to the head portion 121, it should be understood that the first passage 1231 of the rod portion 122 may extend from the inner end surface 122-a to any position of the rod portion 122, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and the structure shown in fig. 64 is only a schematic illustration. Similarly, the magnetic layer 1244 may also extend to any position of the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231, and the structure shown in fig. 64 is only a schematic illustration.

In one example, south pole 1244-1 is disposed between inner wall 1231-A of first passage 1231 and north pole 1244-2.

In another example, north pole 1244-2 is disposed between inner wall 1231-A of first passage 1231 and south pole 1244-1.

In other embodiments, a plurality of magnetic layers 1244 may be disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231, the plurality of magnetic layers 1244 may be spaced apart along the circumferential direction of the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231, and the plurality of magnetic layers 1244 may be disposed asymmetrically. As shown in fig. 66, two magnetic layers 1244 are disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231, and the two magnetic layers 1244 are disposed asymmetrically.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 67, the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 1122 of the input device 120 is also provided with a magnetic layer 1244, the magnetic layer 1244 is formed by an S pole 1244-1 and an N pole 1244-2, the S pole 1244-1 and the N pole 1244-2 are spaced apart along the circumferential direction of the rod portion 122 and the S pole 1244-1 and the N pole 1244-2 are asymmetric, and the magnetic sensor 513 is disposed opposite to one end of the magnetic layer 1244.

In other embodiments, the inner end surface 122-A of the rod portion 1122 of the input device 120 may also have a plurality of magnetic layers 1244 (not shown), and the plurality of magnetic layers 1244 may be asymmetrically disposed.

When the input device 120 is rotated, the direction of the magnetic field of the magnetic layer 1244 changes, causing a change in the magnetic flux passing through the coil of the magnetic sensor 513, which generates an induced current in the magnetic sensor 513, and when the input device 120 is at rest, the direction of the magnetic field of the magnetic layer 1244 does not change, which does not generate an induced current in the magnetic sensor 513. Accordingly, when the input device 120 is rotated, the magnetic sensor 513 may detect the induced current generated by the magnetic layer 1244, and the magnetic sensor 513 or a processor connected to the magnetic sensor 513 may determine the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation based on the change of the induced current to recognize the user input.

When the input device 120 is pressed, the magnetic flux of the magnetic field of the magnetic layer 1244 changes, which generates an induced current in the magnetic sensor 513, and when the input device 120 is at rest, the magnetic flux of the magnetic field of the magnetic layer 1244 does not change, which does not generate an induced current in the magnetic sensor 513. Accordingly, when the input device 120 is pressed, the magnetic sensor 513 may detect the induced current generated by the magnetic layer 1244, and the magnetic sensor 513 or a processor connected to the magnetic sensor 513 may determine a movement state of the input device 120 and movement information related to the movement based on a change in the induced current to recognize the user input.

Referring to fig. 68 and 69, the sensing element may include N pressure sensors 514, the N pressure sensors 514 being disposed at a region of the head 121 near the outer end surface 121-a, the N pressure sensors being disposed at intervals along a circumferential direction of the head 121, one pressure sensor 514 corresponding to one position, the N pressure sensors 514 corresponding to N positions, N being an integer greater than or equal to 2. It should be understood that the pressure sensor 514 may be the pressure sensor 130B shown in fig. 1, and that the two may be replaced with each other.

In one example, N pressure sensors 514 are disposed on the inside of the outer end face 121-A of the head 121 (as shown in FIG. 68).

In another example, N pressure sensors 514 are disposed on the outside of the outer end face 121-A of the header (not shown in the figures).

When the input device 120 is rotated, the positions of the N pressure sensors are changed, and the processor 110 may detect the difference components of the signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 at any adjacent positions, and analyze the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation by passing the difference components through the charge amplifier and the filter circuit.

In an example, the processor 110 may detect the differential quantities of the signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 respectively arranged at the 1 st position and the 2 nd position, detect the differential quantities of the signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 arranged at the 2 nd position and the 3 rd position … …, detect the differential quantities of the signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 arranged at the N-1 st position and the N nd position, analyze and obtain the rotation information of the input device 120 rotating along the first direction through the charge amplifier and the filter circuit, wherein the rotation direction of the first direction is the same as the distribution sequence of the pressure sensors 514 at the 1 st position to the N nd position; and the processor 110 may detect the differential quantities of the signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 respectively arranged at the nth position and the nth-1 position, detect the differential quantities of the signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 arranged at the nth-1 position and the nth-2 position … …, detect the differential quantities of the signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 arranged at the 2 nd position and the 1 st position, and analyze and obtain the rotation information of the input device 120 rotating along the second direction through the charge amplifier and the filter circuit, wherein the second direction is opposite to the first direction, and the second direction is the same as the distribution sequence of the pressure sensors 514 from the nth position to the 1 st position. The processor 110 compares the parameters in the calculated rotation information in the first and second directions with preset parameters in the first and second directions, respectively, to determine the rotation information of the input device 120.

Illustratively, if the input device 120 is rotated in the first direction, the parameter in the rotation information obtained by the first difference component satisfies a preset parameter for rotation in the first direction and does not satisfy a preset parameter for rotation in the second direction, so the processor 110 may determine that the input device 120 is rotated in the first direction. Similarly, if the input device 120 rotates in the second direction, the parameter in the rotation information obtained by the second difference component satisfies the preset parameter for rotating in the second direction and does not satisfy the preset parameter for rotating in the first direction, so the processor 110 may determine that the input device 120 rotates in the second direction.

When the input device 120 is pressed, the input device 120 moves, the signals detected by the N pressure sensors may not be identical, and the signals detected by the N pressure sensors are different, so that the processor 110 may detect the differential quantities of the signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 at any adjacent positions, and analyze the movement state of the input device 120 and the movement information related to the movement by passing the differential quantities through the charge amplifier and the filter circuit.

In other embodiments, the sensing element may include N pressure sensors 514, the N pressure sensors 514 are disposed inside the housing 180 and connected to a circuit board inside the housing 180, the connector 200 is disposed inside the input device 120, one end of the connector 200 is connected to the pressure sensors 514, and the other end is attached to an outer end surface 121-a (not shown) of the head 121 of the input device 120, so as to transmit the pressure applied to the head 121 to the pressure sensors 514 through the connector 200, and recognize the user input when the input device 120 is rotated or pressed. For the manner of determining the rotation of the input device 120 through the N pressure sensors 514, reference may be made to the above description, and details are not repeated.

In this embodiment, the connector 200 includes a first connecting member and a second connecting member that are rotatably connected, in an example, the first connecting member can rotate along with the rotation of the input device 120, and is fixedly connected to the input device 120, the second connecting member does not rotate and is connected to the pressure sensor 514, when the input device 120 is rotated, the first connecting member can be driven to rotate, the second connecting member is stationary, and the rotating connection between the first connecting member and the second connecting member can realize the electrical connection between the first connecting member and the second connecting member, so that the pressure acting on the head 121 can be transmitted to the pressure sensor 514 through the connector 200 while the rotation of the input device 120 is realized. Illustratively, the connector 200 may be the connector 200 shown in fig. 51 to 8, the first connector may be the first connector 210 shown in fig. 51 to 53, and the second connector may be the second connector 220 shown in fig. 51 to 53, or the connector 200 may be the connector 200 shown in fig. 57 to 17, the first connector may be the first connector 210 shown in fig. 57 to 62, and the second connector may be the second connector 220 shown in fig. 57 to 62.

It should be noted that, when the wearable device 100 can implement the function of recognizing the motion of the input device through the embodiments shown in fig. 46 to 69, at least one of the following functions may be implemented at the same time: a fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 4 to 45, for example, a photographing function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 70 to 93, for example, a PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 94 to 97, for example, a function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 98 to 99, for example, a function of improving a signal of a region to be measured, for example, an ECG detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 102 to 103, for example, a gas detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 104 to 110, for example, an ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 111 to 118, for example, a body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 119 to 123.

In one example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 58, 59, 62, 64, 68, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, and the fingerprint recognition function may be implemented with reference to the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 4-45.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 50, fig. 51, fig. 52, fig. 53, fig. 54, fig. 56, fig. 58, fig. 59, fig. 62, fig. 64, and fig. 68, for example, the camera 600 may be disposed in the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180, optionally, the head portion 121 may further be provided with the reflection device 710, optionally, the input device 120 may further be provided with a channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may further be provided with the connector 200, and the embodiments described with reference to fig. 70 to fig. 93 below implement the photographing function.

In another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 58, 59, 62, 64, 68, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, and the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 94-97 below implement PPG detection functionality.

In another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 58, 59, 62, 64, 68, a set of electrode sets may be disposed on an outer surface of the head 121 or an outer surface of the housing 180, with the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 102-103 below implementing the ECG detection function.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 50, fig. 51, fig. 52, fig. 53, fig. 54, fig. 56, fig. 58, fig. 59, fig. 62, fig. 64, and fig. 68, for example, the infrared light transmission unit 830 may be disposed in the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180, optionally, the input device 120 may further be provided with a channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may further be provided with the connector 200, and the embodiments described with reference to fig. 98 to fig. 99 below implement the function of improving the signal of the portion to be measured.

In another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 58, 59, 62, 64, 68, the gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be disposed with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be disposed with a connector 200, and the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 104-110 below implement the gas detection function.

In another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 58, 59, 62, 64, 68, the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180 may be provided with an ambient light sensor 130F, optionally the input device 120 may be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may be provided with a connector 200, and the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 111-118 below implement an ambient light detection function.

In another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 58, 59, 62, 64, 68, a temperature sensor may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, and the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 119-123 below implement the body temperature detection function.

When the input device 120 implements the user input, the wearable device 100 may output a feedback signal through a feedback means to give the user a better user experience so that the user determines whether the wearable device 100 successfully receives the user input.

In an example, the feedback means may comprise an element with a force as a feedback signal, e.g. the feedback means may comprise a motor, the force being output by a vibration of the motor, i.e. the motor vibrates when the user operates the input device 120, to bring the user a vibration experience during the rotation.

In another example, the feedback means may comprise an element having a sound signal as the feedback signal, for example, the feedback means may comprise a speaker through which the sound signal is output, i.e. the speaker emits the sound signal when the user operates the input device 120, so as to bring the user a sound experience during the rotation process.

In another example, the feedback device may include an element having an electrical signal as a feedback signal, for example, the feedback device may include a metal electrode, and the electrical signal output through the metal electrode may be output by the metal electrode when the user operates the input device 120, so as to bring the user an electrical stimulation experience during rotation.

In another example, the feedback means may comprise an element having a temperature as a feedback signal, e.g. the feedback means may comprise a thermally conductive better component through which a varying temperature is output, i.e. when the user operates the input device 120, the varying temperature is output to bring the user a temperature experience during rotation.

It will be appreciated that the feedback arrangement may also comprise elements outputting other types of feedback signals, which are only schematically illustrated. It is also to be understood that the feedback device may include one or more of the elements shown above as well as other elements not shown, and the application is not limited in this respect.

In some embodiments, the feedback means is provided within the input device 120, in an example, the feedback means may be provided in the head 121 of the input device 120.

Thus, the space inside the shell occupied by the feedback device can be effectively saved; in addition, since the input device 120 may be in direct contact with the user, feedback signals such as force or temperature output through the feedback means may be more directly felt by the user, greatly improving the user experience.

Taking the example that the feedback device includes a motor, when the input device 120 is rotated, the motor of the prior art is disposed inside the housing, and the motor inside the housing vibrates to drive the whole wearable device 100 including the input device 120 to vibrate, thereby providing tactile feedback to the user. In the embodiment of the present application, the motor inside the input device 120 vibrates to drive the input device 120 to vibrate, so that the tactile feedback to the user is stronger than the vibration of the prior art, and the user can experience the tactile feedback of the finger instead of the vibration of the whole wearable device 100.

In other embodiments, the feedback mechanism comprises multiple components, one part of the components is disposed in the housing 180 and the other part of the components is disposed in the input device 120, and the two parts of the components are combined to achieve a more tactile feedback experience.

In one example, the feedback arrangement includes a plurality of motors, some of which are disposed within the housing 180 and some of which are disposed within the input device 120. When the input device 120 is crown-mounted, only the motor inside the input device 120 vibrates, giving the user a rotational tactile feedback. Upon a user making a selected operation via the input device 120, the motor within the housing 180 vibrates, indicating confirmation.

In other embodiments, a feedback device may be disposed within the housing 180, wherein, when the feedback device includes a force acting as an element of the feedback signal, a connector 200 may be disposed within the input device 120, one end of the connector 200 being connected to the feedback device and the other end being connected to the head 121 of the input device 120. As the feedback device outputs force by vibrating, the vibration of the feedback device is transferred to the head 121 of the input device 120 through the connector 200 to make the user's finger experience tactile feedback as much as possible, rather than vibration of the entire wearable device 100.

It will be appreciated that the connector 200 in this embodiment may be any of the connectors described above in relation to figures 51 to 27, the only difference being that in this embodiment the other end of the connector 200 adjacent the head 121 is not connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, but may be connected to the head 121.

In various embodiments described above in which the wearable device 100 includes a feedback mechanism, the processor 110 may control the feedback signal output by the feedback mechanism based on user input applied to the input device 120 by the user.

In some embodiments, the feedback device may comprise a motor.

In one example, assuming the user input is a rotational input, the processor 110 may control the motor to provide different vibration frequencies at different rates of rotation. For example, the faster the rotational speed, the faster the vibration frequency of the motor, and the slower the rotational speed, the lower the vibration frequency of the motor.

In another example, assuming the user input is a rotational input, the processor 110 controls the motor to provide different vibration intensities depending on the magnitude of the rotational force. For example, the greater the rotation force, the greater the vibration intensity of the motor, and the smaller the rotation force, the smaller the vibration intensity of the motor.

In another example, assuming that the user input is a movement input, the user is implemented by pressing the input device 120, and the processor 110 controls the motor to provide different vibration intensities according to the magnitude of the pressing force. For example, the greater the force with which the user presses the input device 120, the greater the vibration intensity of the motor, and the less the force with which the user presses the input device 120, the less the vibration intensity of the motor.

In other embodiments, the feedback device may comprise a horn.

In one example, assuming that the user input is a rotational input, the processor 110 may control the speaker to emit sounds of different rhythms according to the speed of the rotational speed. For example, the faster the rotation speed, the faster the rhythm of the sound emitted by the horn, and the slower the rotation speed, the slower the rhythm of the sound emitted by the horn.

In another example, assuming the user input is a rotational input, the processor 110 controls the speaker to emit sounds of different intensities according to the magnitude of the rotational force. For example, the greater the rotation force, the greater the intensity of the sound emitted by the horn, and the smaller the rotation force, the smaller the intensity of the sound emitted by the horn.

In another example, assuming that the user input is a movement input, the user is implemented by pressing the input device 120, and the processor 110 controls the speaker to emit sounds of different intensities according to the degree of pressing. For example, the greater the force with which the user presses the input device 120, the greater the intensity of the sound emitted by the speaker, and the less the force with which the user presses the input device 120, the less the intensity of the sound emitted by the speaker.

It should be understood that the structures of the components and the connection relationships between the components in the electronic devices shown in fig. 46 to 69 are only schematic illustrations, and any alternative structures of the components that function the same as each component are within the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The relevant structure of each component will be described in detail below.

The structure of the wearable device of the embodiment of the present application for recognizing rotation or movement of the input device is described above with reference to fig. 46 to 69. The wearable device that realizes the photographing function according to the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to fig. 70 to 93.

In the embodiment of the present application, the input device 120 is configured to provide user input, and a part related to photographing may be integrated on the input device 120 and recorded as a camera, so as to implement a photographing function. It should be understood that the camera may be the camera 150 shown in fig. 1 above or the camera 600 described below, all for capturing still images or video, and that the camera 150 and the camera 600 may be described alternatively.

The camera at least comprises a lens and a photosensitive element. The lens includes one or more lenses for generating the optical image, and the one or more lenses may be convex lenses, or in embodiments where the lens includes multiple lenses, the multiple lenses may also be a combination of convex and concave lenses. The light sensing elements are used to convert the optical image produced by the lens into electrical signals for processing by the processor 110 to produce image signals for display to a user via an output device such as a screen. Illustratively, the photosensitive elements may be Charge Coupled Devices (CCDs) or complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors, wherein the photosensitive elements may include one or more image sensors.

It should be understood that the camera may include other components besides the lens and the photosensitive element, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way. In an example, the camera head may further include a lens barrel for fixing a lens, and the lens may be mounted in the lens barrel. In another example, the camera may further include a lens barrel and a lens mount, a portion of which may be coupled to the lens barrel and another portion coupled to other components of the wearable device 100 to mount the camera within the wearable device 100.

In some embodiments, a camera may be disposed within the input device 120, in other embodiments, a portion of the camera may be disposed within the input device 120 and another portion of the camera may be disposed within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100. Hereinafter, the two embodiments will be described.

In the embodiment where the camera is disposed on the input device 120, the camera may be disposed on the head portion 121 of the input device 120, or may be disposed on the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120. In the embodiment shown in fig. 70 to 74, the camera is provided at the head portion 121, and in the embodiment shown in fig. 75 to 77, the camera is provided at the shaft portion 122. Hereinafter, the structure of the camera will be described with reference to the drawings.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 70, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a cover 114, an input device 120, a camera 600. The cover 114 is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 and forms a surface of the body 101. in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181, the input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the head portion 121 extends out of the housing 180, and the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181. The end of the head portion 121 far away from the rod portion 122 is provided with a transparent cover 1211, the head portion 121 is provided with a second channel 1232 therein, the second channel 1232 is communicated with the cover 1211, the second channel 1232 is provided with a camera 600 therein, and the camera 600 faces the head portion 121 along the axial direction of the rod portion 122. Thus, light can enter the camera 600 through the cover 1211 and the second channel 1232 to realize a photographing function.

After taking a picture, the camera 600 may transmit the image to the processor 110, and the processor 110 may present the image information to the user through an output device of the wearable device 100, such as the display screen 140. To connect the camera 600 to the processor 110, illustratively, with continued reference to fig. 70, a connector 200 may be disposed in the rod portion 122, one end of the connector 200 being connected to the camera 600, and the other end of the connector 200 being connected to the processor 110 (not shown in the figure) to electrically connect the camera 600 to the processor 110.

The input device 120 is rotatable about the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, and the camera 600 is disposed in the head portion 121 of the input device 120. In a first example, the camera 600 may rotate with the rotation of the input device 120, and the connector 200 may be the connector as shown in fig. 6 to 19, in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is replaced with the camera 600. In a second example, the input device 120 is rotated and the camera 600 is not rotated, or both the input device 120 and the camera 600 are not rotated, and the connector 200 may be the connector as shown in fig. 21 to 23, in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is replaced with the camera 600. In the embodiment where the camera 600 faces the cover 1211, the connection between the camera 600 and the connector 200 in the second example is reliable.

Taking a second example as an example, referring to fig. 71, the head 121 of the input device 120 is provided with a camera 600, an end of the head 121 away from the rod 122 is provided with a cover 1211, a gap is provided between the cover 1211 and the camera 600 (or contact is made between the cover 1211 and the camera 600, not shown in the figure) to transmit light into the camera 600 through the cover 1211 and the gap, and the camera 600 and the head 121 are in a gap and not in contact, so that when the input device 120 rotates, the camera 600 does not rotate. Illustratively, the head 121 is provided with a second channel 1232 therein, the second channel 1232 is connected to the cover 1211, the camera 600 is provided in the second channel 1232, a gap is provided between the camera 600 and the inner wall of the second channel 1232, and a gap is provided between the camera 600 and the cover 1211. The connector 200 is sleeved in the rod part 122 of the input device 120, a gap 120-1 is formed between the fixing rod 260 of the connector 200 and the rod part 122 and is not in contact with the rod part, so that when the input device 120 rotates, the connector 200 does not rotate, one end, far away from the camera 600, of the metal strip 270 of the connector 200 is electrically connected with the first circuit board 111, the first circuit board 191 is fixed on the shell 180 of the wearable device, therefore, the connector 200 can be fixed on the shell through the first circuit board 111, and one end, close to the camera 600, of the metal strip 270 is electrically connected with the camera 600. In this way, the electrical connection of the camera 600 to the first circuit board 111 can be achieved through the connector 200 to achieve the electrical connection of the camera 600 to the processor provided on the first circuit board 111. When the input device 120 is rotated, since the camera 600 has a gap and is not in contact with the head 121 and the connector 200 has a gap and is not in contact with the lever 122, the camera 600 and the connector 200 may not be rotated with the rotation of the input device 120.

In the embodiment of the present application, by disposing the camera 600 in the head 121 of the input device 120, the space of the housing 180 occupied by the camera 600 can be effectively saved while the photographing function can be realized. Further, the camera 600 is directed toward the head 121 along the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, and can view from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121, which is structurally easy to implement and easy to install.

In embodiments where the camera head 600 is disposed on the head 121, the camera head 600 may face the side 121-B of the head 121 (or toward one end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction), and light may enter the camera head 600 through the side 121-B to take a picture.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 72, the input device 120 is provided with a connecting member 720 inside, the connecting member 720 includes a first portion 721 disposed on the head, a camera 600 is disposed on a side surface of the first portion 721 in the circumferential direction, the camera 600 faces a side surface 121-B of the head 121 along the radial direction of the head 121, a transparent cover 1211 is disposed on the side surface 121-B of the head 121, or the camera 600 faces the cover 1211, the cover 1211 surrounds along the circumferential direction of the head 121 in an annular structure, and light can enter the camera 600 through the cover 1211 to take a picture.

With continued reference to fig. 72, the camera head 600 includes a photosensitive element 610 and a lens 620, and the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 are layered on the first portion 721 of the connecting member 720 around a direction (x-direction) parallel to the axial direction of the shaft portion 122. That is, the light sensing element 610 is sleeved on the side surface of the first portion 721 in the circumferential direction to form the light sensing element 610 in a ring structure, the lens 620 is disposed between the cover 1211 and the light sensing element 610, and illustratively, the lens 620 is sleeved on the side surface of the light sensing element 610 in the circumferential direction to form the lens 620 in a ring structure, and the lens 620 faces the cover 1211 to receive the light entering from the cover 1211.

With continued reference to fig. 72, the connector 720 further includes a second portion 722 disposed on the shaft 122, specifically, the second portion 722 is disposed in the first channel 1231 of the shaft 122, there is a gap between the second portion 722 and the inner wall of the first channel 1231, and the second portion 722 can be directly or indirectly fixedly connected with the housing 180 of the wearable device 100. The cavity of the cover 1211 of the ring structure is formed as the second passage 1232 of the head 121, the first portion 721 is disposed in the second passage 1232, and gaps are formed between the first portion 721 and the inner wall of the second passage 1232 and between the lens 620 and the cover 1211. In this way, when the input device 120 rotates, the connection member 720 and the camera 600 may be fixed, which is convenient for installation and simple to implement.

It should be understood that the cover 1211, the light sensing element 610 and the lens 620 may be ring-shaped structures of any shape, and are not limited thereto. For example, the ring-shaped structure may be a circular ring-shaped structure as shown in fig. 72, or may be a ring-shaped structure having another shape such as an oval shape, a rectangular shape, a polygonal shape, or the like.

In this embodiment, the photosensitive element 610 may include one or more image sensors, and in an embodiment in which the photosensitive element 610 includes a plurality of image sensors, the plurality of image sensors are sequentially disposed on the side of the first portion 721 in the circumferential direction along the circumferential direction of the first portion 721, and the plurality of image sensors form the photosensitive element 610 in an annular structure. Similarly, the lens 620 may include one or more lenses, and in an embodiment where the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, the plurality of lenses are sequentially sleeved on the side surface of the photosensitive element 610 in the circumferential direction, and the plurality of lenses form the lens 620 with an annular structure.

In this embodiment, a connector may be used to connect the camera 600 with a motherboard provided with the processor 110, so as to electrically connect the camera 600 and the processor 110. Illustratively, a connector may be disposed in the second portion 722 of the connecting member 720 (not shown in the drawings), and the connector may be a connector as shown in fig. 6 to 23, one end of the connector is connected to the main board, and the other end is connected to the camera 600, for example, the other end of the connector may be connected to the photosensitive element 610 in the camera 600.

In the embodiment of the present application, the angle of the annular structure of the cover 1211, the photosensitive element 610, or the lens 620 may be arbitrary, and the larger the angle of the annular structure, the larger the viewing range of the camera 600.

Illustratively, referring to fig. 72, the cover 1211 circles around the side 121-B of the head 121, or the cover 1211 circles around the circumferential direction of the head 121, so that light can enter from all directions of the side 121-B of the head 121 regardless of whether the input device is rotated, which is simple to implement.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 72, the cover 1211 surrounds the side 121-B of the head 121, the light sensing element 610 is sleeved on the first portion 721 and surrounds the side of the first portion 721, and the lens 620 is sleeved on the light sensing element 610 and surrounds the side of the light sensing element 610, that is, the cover 1211, the light sensing element 610 and the lens 620 form an annular structure with an angle of 360 degrees. In this way, by the cover 1211, the light sensing element 610 and the lens 620 provided in the ring structure of the head 121, a 360-degree view can be taken regardless of whether the input device 120 is rotated, and 360-degree panoramic photographing can be realized.

In another example, the cover 1211 surrounds the side 121-B of the head 121, and the light sensing element 610 may surround a portion of the side of the first portion 721 to form an annular structure (not shown) with an arbitrary angle smaller than 360 degrees, and correspondingly, the lens 620 may surround a portion of the side of the light sensing element 610 to form an annular structure (not shown) with an arbitrary angle smaller than 360 degrees. In this configuration, panoramic photographing at a certain angle can be achieved regardless of whether the input device 120 is rotated, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the loop structure formed by the lens 620.

In another example, the cover 1211 surrounds a portion along the side surface 121-B of the head 121 to form a cover 1211 (not shown) with an annular structure with an arbitrary angle smaller than 360 degrees, the light sensing element 610 is sleeved on the first portion 721 and surrounds a circle (not shown) along the side surface of the first portion 721, and the lens 620 is sleeved on the light sensing element 610 and surrounds a circle (not shown) along the side surface of the light sensing element 610. In this configuration, by rotating the input device 120, the position of the cover 1211 is adjusted to adjust the viewing direction, and panoramic photographing is performed at an angle, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the cover 1211.

In another example, the cover 1211 surrounds a portion along the side surface 121-B of the head 121 to form a cover 1211 (not shown) with a ring structure less than 360 degrees, the light sensing element 610 is disposed on the first portion 721, a portion (not shown) is surrounded along the side surface of the first portion 721, and the lens 620 is disposed on the light sensing element 610 and surrounds a portion (not shown) along the side surface of the light sensing element 610. In this configuration, panoramic photographing at a certain angle can be achieved by adjusting the position of the cover 1211 to adjust the viewing direction by rotating the input device 120, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the cover 1211 and the angle of the annular structure formed by the lens 620.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 73, a transparent cover 1211 is disposed on a side surface 121-B of the head 121, the cover 1211 surrounds the head 121 in a ring shape, a connecting member 720 is disposed inside the input device 120, the connecting member 720 includes a first portion 721 disposed on the head 121, the camera 600 includes a photosensitive element 610 and a lens 620, the photosensitive element 610 is disposed on the side surface of the first portion 721 in the circumferential direction to form the photosensitive element 610 in the ring shape, the lens 620 is disposed between the cover 1211 and the photosensitive element 610, for example, the lens 620 is disposed on a side surface of the cover 1212 close to the photosensitive element 610 to form the lens 620 in the ring shape, and the lens 620 faces the cover 1212 of the head 121 (or the side surface 121-B of the head 121) in the radial direction of the head 121. Thus, light can enter the lens 620 through the cover 1211 disposed on the side 121-B of the head 121 to take a picture.

With continued reference to fig. 73, the link 720 further includes a second portion 722 disposed on the shaft 122, specifically, the second portion 722 is disposed in the first channel 1231 of the shaft 122, a gap exists between the second portion 722 and an inner wall of the first channel 1231, the second portion 722 can be directly or indirectly fixedly connected with the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, the first portion 721 is disposed in the second channel 1232 of the head 121, and a gap exists between the first portion 721 and the inner wall of the second channel 1232 and the cover 1211, so that only the lens 620 can rotate with the rotation of the input device 120 when the input device 120 rotates, and the link 720 and the photosensitive element 610 can be fixed, which is convenient for installation and easy to implement.

In this embodiment, the photosensitive element 610 may include one or more image sensors, and in an embodiment in which the photosensitive element 610 includes a plurality of image sensors, the plurality of image sensors are sequentially disposed on the side of the first portion 721 in the circumferential direction along the circumferential direction of the first portion 721, and the plurality of image sensors form the photosensitive element 610 in an annular structure. Similarly, the lens 620 may include one or more lenses, in an embodiment where the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, the plurality of lenses are sequentially sleeved on the side surface of the cover plate 1212 close to the photosensitive element 610, and the plurality of lenses form the lens 620 with an annular structure.

In this embodiment, the photosensitive element 620 may be connected to a main board provided with the processor 110 by using a connector to realize connection between the camera 600 and the processor 110, and for the description of the connector, reference may be made to the description related to fig. 3 and fig. 4, and details are not repeated.

It should be understood that the cover 1211, the light sensing element 610 and the lens 620 may be ring-shaped structures of any shape, and are not limited thereto. For example, the ring structure may be a circular ring structure as shown in fig. 73, or may be a ring structure having another shape such as an oval shape, a rectangular shape, or a polygonal shape.

In the embodiment of the present application, the angles of the annular structures of the cover 1211, the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 may be arbitrary, and the larger the angle of the annular structure is, the larger the viewing range of the camera 600 is.

Illustratively, referring to FIG. 73, the cover 1211 circles around the side 121-B of the head 121, so that light can enter from all directions of the side 121-B of the head 121 regardless of whether the input device is rotated, and the implementation is simple.

In an example, with reference to fig. 73, the cover 1211 surrounds the side 121-B of the head 121, the light sensing element 610 is sleeved on the first portion 721, the light sensing element 610 surrounds the side of the first portion 721, and the lens 620 is sleeved on the side of the cover 1211 close to the light sensing element 610, and surrounds the side of the cover 1211, that is, the cover 1211, the light sensing element 610 and the lens 620 form an annular structure with an angle of 360. In this way, by the cover 1211, the light sensing element 610 and the lens 620 provided in the ring structure of the head 121, a 360-degree view can be taken regardless of whether the input device 120 is rotated, and 360-degree panoramic photographing can be realized.

In another example, the cover 1211 surrounds the side 121-B of the head 121, the light sensing element 610 may surround a portion of the first portion 721 along the side, forming a cover 1211 (not shown) with an annular structure with an arbitrary angle smaller than 360 degrees, and correspondingly, the lens 620 may surround a portion of the cover 1211 along the side, forming a lens 620 (not shown) with an annular structure with an arbitrary angle smaller than 360 degrees. This structure can also realize panoramic photographing, but the viewing range of the camera 600 is small.

In another embodiment, referring to FIG. 74, an annular groove 1216 is formed on a side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120, a transparent cover 1211 is formed at a notch of the annular groove 1216, a camera 600 surrounding the bottom wall 1216-A is formed on the bottom wall 1216-A of the annular groove 1216, and the camera 600 is disposed opposite to the cover 1211, so that light can enter the camera 600 through the cover 1211 disposed on the head 121 to take a picture. In this embodiment, as the input device 120 rotates, the camera 600 rotates with the rotation of the input device 120.

The camera 600 includes a light sensing element 610 and a lens 620, the light sensing element 610 is disposed on the bottom wall 1216-a of the annular groove 1216 to form the light sensing element 610 in an annular structure, the lens 620 is disposed between the cover 1211 and the light sensing element 610, and illustratively, the lens 620 is disposed on the light sensing element 610 to form the lens 620 in an annular structure, so that the lens 620 faces the cover 1211 of the head 121 to receive the light entering from the cover 1211.

In this embodiment, the photosensitive element 610 may comprise one or more image sensors, and in embodiments where the photosensitive element 610 comprises a plurality of image sensors, the plurality of image sensors are disposed sequentially on the bottom wall 1216-A along the bottom wall 1216-A of the annular groove 1216, the plurality of image sensors forming the photosensitive element 610 in an annular configuration. Similarly, the lens 620 may include one or more lenses, and in an embodiment where the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, the plurality of lenses are sequentially sleeved on the side surface of the photosensitive element 20 in the circumferential direction, and the plurality of lenses form the lens 620 with an annular structure.

It should be understood that the cover 1211, the light sensing element 610 and the lens 620 may be ring-shaped structures of any shape, and are not limited thereto. For example, the ring-shaped structure may be a circular ring-shaped structure as shown in fig. 74, or may be a ring-shaped structure having another shape such as an oval shape, a rectangular shape, a polygonal shape, or the like.

In the embodiment of the present application, the angles of the annular structures of the cover 1211, the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 may be arbitrary, and the larger the angle of the annular structure is, the larger the viewing range of the camera 600 is.

Illustratively, referring to FIG. 74, the cover 1211 surrounds the annular groove 1216 so that light can enter from all directions from the side 121-B of the head 121, whether the input device is rotated or not, and is simple to implement.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 74, the cover 1211 surrounds the annular groove 1216, the light-sensing element 610 is disposed on and surrounds the bottom wall 1216-a of the annular groove 1216, and the lens 620 is disposed on and surrounds the light-sensing element 610 along the side of the light-sensing element 610, i.e., the cover 1211, the light-sensing element 610 and the lens 620 form an annular structure with an angle of 360 degrees. In this way, with the cover 1211, the light sensing element 610 and the lens 620 provided in the annular structure of the head 121, a 360-degree view can be taken regardless of whether the input device 120 is rotated, and 360-degree panoramic photographing can be achieved.

In another example, the cover 1211 surrounds the annular groove 1216, and the light sensing element 610 may surround a portion of the bottom wall 1216-a of the annular groove 1216, forming an annular light sensing element 610 (not shown) with an arbitrary angle smaller than 360 degrees, and correspondingly, the lens 620 may surround a portion of the light sensing element 610, forming an annular lens 620 (not shown) with an arbitrary angle smaller than 360 degrees. In this structure, the viewing direction of the lens 620 of the camera 600 is adjusted by rotating the input device 120 to realize panoramic photographing at a certain angle, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the lens 620.

In another example, the cover 1211 surrounds a portion of the annular groove 1216 to form an annular structure 1211 (not shown) with an angle smaller than 360 degrees, the photosensitive element 61 surrounds a circle (not shown) around the bottom wall 1216-a of the annular groove 1216, and the lens 620 is disposed on the photosensitive element 610 and surrounds a circle (not shown) along the side surface of the photosensitive element 610. In this configuration, by rotating the input device 120, the position of the cover 1211 is adjusted to adjust the viewing direction, and panoramic photographing is performed at an angle, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the cover 1211.

In another example, the cover 1211 surrounds a portion of the annular groove 1216 to form a cover 1211 (not shown) with an annular structure with an arbitrary angle smaller than 360 degrees, the photosensitive element 61 surrounds a portion of the bottom wall 1216-a of the annular groove 1216 to form an annular structure (not shown) with an arbitrary angle smaller than 360 degrees, and the lens 620 is disposed on the photosensitive element 610 to surround a portion of the side of the photosensitive element 610 to form an annular structure (not shown) with an arbitrary angle smaller than 360 degrees. In this configuration, panoramic photographing at a certain angle can be achieved by adjusting the position of the cover 1211 to adjust the viewing direction by rotating the input device 120, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the cover 1211 and the angle of the annular structure formed by the lens 620.

In the embodiment of the present application, by disposing the camera 600 in the head 121 of the input device 120, the space of the housing 180 occupied by the camera 600 can be effectively saved while the photographing function can be realized. In addition, the camera 600 is arranged in the head 121 in an annular structure, the lens 620 of the camera 600 faces the side 121-B of the head 121 in the circumferential direction, so that framing and photographing from the side 121-B of the head 121 are realized, the camera 600 in the annular structure can realize panoramic photographing at a certain angle, ideally, the panoramic photographing at 360 degrees can be realized, and the flexibility of photographing is improved.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 75, the difference from fig. 71 is that the camera 600 is disposed in the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120, the camera 600 faces the head portion 121 along the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, the end of the head portion 121 far away from the shaft portion 122 is provided with a cover 1211, and a light-transmitting channel is formed between the camera 600 and the cover 1211. Thus, light can enter the camera 600 through the cover 1211 and the channel between the cover 1211 and the camera 600 to achieve the photographing function. In this embodiment, since the shaft portion 122 is close to the main board 111, the camera 600 may not need to be connected to the main board 111 through a connector, the camera 600 may be directly connected to the main board 111, or the camera 600 may be connected to the main board 111 through the small board 113.

Illustratively, with reference to fig. 75, a first passage 1231 is provided in the rod portion 122, the first passage 1231 penetrates through the rod portion 122 along the axial direction of the rod portion 122, the camera 600 is provided in the first passage 1231, a transparent cover 1211 is provided at an end of the head portion 121 away from the rod portion 122, a second passage 1232 is further provided in the head portion 121, one end of the second passage 1232 is connected to the cover 1211, the other end of the second passage 1232 is communicated with the first passage 1231, and light can enter the camera 600 through the cover 1211, the second passage 1232 and the first passage 1231 to realize a photographing function.

In one example, when the input device 120 rotates, the camera 600 does not rotate, or both the input device 120 and the camera 600 do not rotate, which facilitates electrical connection of the camera 600 to the main board 111 where the processor 110 is disposed. In this example, with continued reference to fig. 75, the camera head 600 may be fixed to the housing 180, and there is a gap between the camera head 600 and the inner wall of the first passage 1231 so that when the input device 120 rotates, the camera head 600 does not rotate. Illustratively, the small board 113 is fixed on the housing 180, the small board 113 is connected with the main board 111, and the camera 600 can be fixed on the housing 180 through the small board 113 and connected with the main board 111.

In the embodiment of the present application, by disposing the camera 600 in the rod portion 122 of the input device 120, the space of the housing 180 occupied by the camera 600 can be effectively saved while the photographing function can be realized. Further, the camera 600 is directed toward the head 121 along the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, and can view from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121, which is structurally easy to implement and easy to install.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 76 and 77, the camera 600 is still disposed in the shaft 122, and the camera 600 faces the head 121 along the axial direction of the shaft 122, which is different from fig. 75 in that a reflection device 710 is fixedly connected to the head 121, illustratively, the reflection device 710 is transparent, the reflection device 710 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, light can enter the camera 600 through the reflection device 710, the reflection device 710 can rotate along with the rotation of the input device 120, and the viewing direction can be adjusted through the reflection device 710. The reflecting device 710 has a reflecting surface 711 at one end of the head 121, and a light transmitting channel is formed between the camera head 600 and the reflecting device 710, so that light enters the reflecting device 710, is reflected by the reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710, and enters the camera head 600 through the channel between the reflecting device 710 and the camera head 600 to realize a photographing function. That is, in this embodiment, by providing the reflection means 710 on the head portion 121, a view can be taken from the side 121-B of the head portion 121 to realize a photographing function.

The reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710 according to the embodiment of the present application is an inclined surface, a line projected on a plane (for example, an xz plane) perpendicular to the radial direction of the head portion 121 of the reflecting surface 711 forms an angle with the axial direction of the rod portion 122, and the projected line may be a straight line (as shown in fig. 77) or a curved line, which is not limited in this application.

It should be understood that the reflecting device 710 may include one or more reflecting surfaces 711, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited in any way.

In this embodiment, since the shaft portion 122 is close to the main board 111, the camera 600 may not need to be connected to the main board 111 through a connector, the camera 600 may be directly connected to the main board 111, or the camera 600 may be connected to the main board 111 through the small board 113.

Illustratively, with continued reference to fig. 77, a first passage 1231 is provided in the shaft portion 122, the first passage 1231 penetrates through the shaft portion 122 along an axial direction of the shaft portion 122, the camera head 600 is provided in the first passage 1231, a second passage 1232 is further provided in the head portion 121, the second passage 1232 is communicated with the first passage 1231, and the reflection device 710 is provided in the second passage 1232.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 77, the camera 600 may be secured to the housing 180, and there may be a gap between the camera 600 and the inner wall of the first channel 1231, such that when the input device 120 rotates, the camera 600 does not rotate, facilitating electrical connection of the camera 600 to the motherboard 111. The manner in which the camera 600 is fixed to the housing 180 can refer to the description related to fig. 75, and is not described again.

It should be noted that the head 121 of the input device 120 may be provided with one or more reflection devices 710 to implement multi-directional viewing, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited in any way.

It should be understood that the viewing range of the reflection device 710 may be any angle, and the present embodiment is not limited thereto, wherein the viewing range of the reflection device 710 represents an angle that the reflection device 710 surrounds around the circumferential direction of the head 121.

It should also be understood that if the viewing range of the reflector 710 is large, a panoramic photograph of a certain angle can be obtained. For example, if the viewing range of the reflection device 710 is 360 degrees, light can enter the camera through the reflection device 710 from all directions of the side 121-B of the head 121 to take a picture, and in such a structure, 360-degree panoramic photographing can be realized regardless of whether the input device 120 is rotated. In embodiments where the viewing range of the reflecting means 710 is less than 360 degrees, the viewing direction of the reflecting means 710 is adjusted by rotating the input device 120.

It should be noted that the structure of the reflection device 710 shown in fig. 76 to 77 and located on the head portion 121 is only a schematic illustration, and the reflection device 710 of the embodiment of the present application may have other structures, and the other structures of the reflection device 710 may refer to the description of the reflection device 710 shown in the embodiment corresponding to fig. 82 to 84 below, in other words, the structure of the reflection device 710 shown in fig. 82 to 84 is also applicable to the embodiment in which the camera 600 is integrally disposed on the rod portion 122.

In the embodiment of the present application, by disposing the camera 600 in the rod portion 122 of the input device 120, the space of the housing 180 occupied by the camera 600 can be effectively saved while the photographing function can be realized. In addition, in the embodiment where the head 121 of the input device is provided with the reflection device 710, the reflection device 710 can be driven to rotate by the rotation of the input device 120, so as to realize the framing in different directions, thereby improving the flexibility of photographing.

In the above, an embodiment in which the camera 600 is provided in the input device 120 is described in detail with reference to fig. 70 to 77, and in the following, a part of the components of the camera 600 is provided in the input device 120 is described in detail with reference to fig. 78 to 85.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 78 and 79, the main body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, an input device 120, a transparent cover 1211, a camera 600, a first circuit board 111 (or main board 111).

The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the housing 180, the head portion 121 extends out of the housing 180, the cover plate 121 is disposed at an end portion of the head portion 121 far from the shaft portion 122, the processor 110 is mounted on the first circuit board 111, and the first circuit board 111 is disposed in the housing 180.

The camera 600 includes a light sensing element 610 and a lens 620, and the light sensing element 610 is disposed opposite to the lens 620 to better transmit a light signal, for example. The lens 620 is disposed in the shaft portion 122, the lens 620 includes one or more lenses (2 lenses are shown in fig. 78), the photosensitive element 610 is disposed in the housing 180, and the photosensitive element 610 is connected to the first circuit board 111 to connect the camera 600 to the processor 110. A channel for transmitting light is formed between the lens 620 and the cover 1211, and illustratively, a first channel 1231 for mounting the lens 620 is disposed in the rod portion 122, a second channel 1232 is disposed in the head portion 121, one end of the second channel 1232 is connected to the cover 1211, the other end is connected to the first channel 1231, and the area of the first channel 1231 between the lens 620 and the second channel 1232 form the above-mentioned channel for transmitting light. The lens 620 faces the head 121 along the axial direction of the shaft 122, so that light can enter the lens 620 through the transparent cover 1211 and the channel for transmitting light to realize a photographing function.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 78 and 79, the main body 101 further includes a third circuit board 113 (also referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, the photosensitive element 610 is connected to the second circuit board 113, and the photosensitive element 610 is illustratively attached to the second circuit board 113 to be connected to the first circuit board 111 through the second circuit board 113.

In still other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 78 and 79, camera head 600 further includes a lens barrel 640, lens 610 is mounted within lens barrel 640 for securing lens 610, and lens barrel 640 may be secured to housing 180 or post 122. If the lens barrel 640 is only fixed to the housing 180, the lens 610 does not rotate regardless of whether the input device 120 rotates, and if the lens barrel 640 is fixed to the shaft portion 122, the lens 610 also rotates when the input device 120 rotates, as will be described later. In the embodiment of the present application, an assembly of the lens 610 and the lens barrel 640 may be referred to as a lens assembly.

In other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 78 and 79, the camera 600 further includes a lens base 630, the photosensitive element 610 is fixedly connected in the lens base 630, illustratively, the lens base 630 is a cylindrical structure, the lens base 630 encloses and fixes the photosensitive element 610, and the lens base 630 is fixedly connected with the housing 180. In an example, in an embodiment where the wearable device 100 includes the second circuit board 113, the light sensing element 610 is connected to the second circuit board 113, the lens mount 630 is fixed to the second circuit board 113, and the second circuit board 113 is fixedly connected to the housing 180, so that the lens mount 630 is fixed to the housing 180 through the second circuit board 113.

In an embodiment where camera head 600 includes lens barrel 640, referring to fig. 78, a first portion of lens mount 630 may be connected to lens barrel 640, for example, the first portion of lens mount 630 fits over lens 640, and a second portion of lens mount 640 is fixedly connected to housing 180.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 78, a gap 120-1 exists between the lens base 630 and the rod portion 122, the lens base 630 is screwed with the lens barrel 640, the lens barrel 640 is provided with a protrusion 641, a limiting groove 1224 matching with the protrusion 641 is arranged in the first channel 1231 of the rod portion 122, and the protrusion 641 and the limiting groove 1224 cooperate to limit the rotation of the lens barrel 640 relative to the rod portion 122 along the rotation direction. When the input device 120 rotates, the lens assembly composed of the lens 620 and the lens barrel 640 can be driven to rotate by the cooperation between the limiting groove 1224 of the shaft portion 122 and the protrusion 641 of the lens barrel 640, and meanwhile, the lens barrel 640 and the lens base 630 are connected through threads, so that the rotation of the lens assembly can be converted into translation along the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, and the lens assembly can move towards a direction close to or far away from the photosensitive element 610, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the focusing distance of the lens 620. That is, the camera 600 shown in fig. 78 can adjust the focus distance.

In another example, referring to fig. 80, there is a gap 120-1 between the lens mount 630 and the shaft portion 122, and fig. 80 differs from fig. 79 in that there is also a gap 120-1 between the lens barrel 640 and the shaft portion 122, i.e., the lens barrel 640 does not need to be provided with the protrusion 641 and the limiting groove 1224 does not need to be provided in the first channel 1231 of the shaft portion 122, so that the camera head 600 does not rotate regardless of whether the input device 120 rotates or not. Compared to the embodiment shown in fig. 78 and 79, the camera 600 of the wearable device 100 of this structure is not focusable.

In other embodiments, the lens 620 may also be disposed on the head portion 121 (not shown), the lens 620 faces the head portion 121 along the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, and the end of the head portion 121 away from the shaft portion 122 is disposed with a cover 1211.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 81, the main body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, an input device 120, a camera 600, and a first circuit board 111 (or a main board 111), the input device 120 includes a shaft portion 122 and a head portion 121, the camera 600 includes a photosensitive element 610 and a lens 620, in one example, the camera 600 further includes a lens barrel 640, in another example, the camera 600 further includes a lens mount 630, and descriptions of the respective components may refer to the description related to fig. 78 and 79 and are not repeated.

Fig. 81 is different from fig. 78 in that a reflection device 710 is fixedly connected to the head 121, the reflection device 710 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, the reflection device 710 is transparent, the reflection device 710 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, light can enter the lens 620 through the reflection device 710, the reflection device 710 can rotate along with the rotation of the input device 120, and the viewing direction can be adjusted through the reflection device 710. The reflecting device 710 has a reflecting surface 711 at one end of the head 121, and a light transmitting channel is formed between the camera head 600 and the reflecting device 710, so that light enters the reflecting device 710, is reflected by the reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710, and enters the lens 620 through the channel between the reflecting device 710 and the lens 620, thereby implementing a photographing function.

That is, in this embodiment, by providing the reflection means 710 on the head portion 121, a view can be taken from the side 121-B of the head portion 121 to realize a photographing function.

It should be understood that the structure of the camera head 600 that is shown in fig. 81 to view from the side 121-B of the head 121 is merely an exemplary illustration, and other structures of the camera head 600 that view from the side 121-B of the head 121 are described below.

In one embodiment, referring to fig. 82, the camera 600 includes a photosensitive element 610 and a lens 620, the photosensitive element 610 is disposed in the housing 180 and can be connected to the main board 111 (not shown), and the lens 620 is disposed in the first channel 1231 in the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120. The head 121 includes a transparent cover 1211, the cover 1211 is in a ring structure, the cover 1211 surrounds along a circumferential direction of the head 121, and the shell of the head 121 is fixedly connected, for example, referring to fig. 82, the cover 1211 surrounds along the circumferential direction of the head 121. The cavity in the ring structure of the cover 1211 is formed as a second channel 1232, a reflection device 710 is fixedly disposed in the second channel 1232, light can enter the lens 620 through the reflection device 710, the reflection device 710 can rotate along with the rotation of the input device 120, and the viewing direction can be adjusted through the reflection device 710. The reflecting device 710 has a reflecting surface 711, and the second passage 1232 is communicated with the first passage 1231, so that the light reaches the reflecting device 710 through the cover 1211 and the second passage 1232, and is reflected by the reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710, and the reflected light enters the lens 620 through the first passage 1231 to realize the photographing function.

The reflection device 710 of the embodiment of the application can receive light rays at a certain angle to realize panoramic photography within the angle range, and for convenience of description, the angle is recorded as phi, and the angle range of the angle phi is greater than 0 degree and less than or equal to 360 degrees.

In an example, with continued reference to FIG. 82, the reflecting device 710 can receive light rays at an angle φ of less than 360 degrees. Illustratively, the reflecting device 710 may include two reflecting surfaces 711, and an included angle between the two reflecting surfaces 711 is phi.

In another example, referring to fig. 83, the reflecting device 710 may receive light rays of an angle of 360 degrees. Illustratively, the reflecting means 710 is conical and the reflecting surface 711 is an arcuate cone.

As described above, the line projected by the reflecting surface 71 of the reflecting device 710 according to the embodiment of the present application on the plane (for example, xz plane) perpendicular to the radial direction of the head 121 may be a straight line or a curved line. It can be seen that in the embodiment shown in fig. 82 to 83, the line of projection of the reflecting surface 711 is a straight line. Referring to fig. 84, the line projected by the reflecting surface 711 may also be a curved line.

It should be noted that the structure of the view from the side 121-B of the head 121 shown in fig. 81 to 84 is only schematically illustrated. For example, in some embodiments, the lens 620 is disposed in the shaft portion 121, the head portion 121 may not need the reflection device 710, and the transparent cover 1211 having a ring-shaped structure may be disposed in the circumferential direction of the head portion 121, however, the light entering effect of the structure is not good.

It should be understood that the above-mentioned positional relationship between the optical element 610 and the lens 620 of the shaft portion 122 in the embodiment shown in fig. 78 to 84 is also only illustrative, and the optical sensing element 610 and the lens 620 may have other positional relationships. For example, referring to fig. 85, the photosensitive element 610 is disposed on one side of the rod portion 122 in the circumferential direction, and an additional reflection device 710 may be disposed in the housing 181 at a position opposite to the rod portion 122 to reflect the light transmitted from the lens 620 to the photosensitive element 610 through the reflection device 710 in the housing 180.

In the embodiments of fig. 70 to 85 in which the camera 600 or a part of the camera 600 is integrated in the input device 120, because the view is required on the head 121, the above embodiments describe that a cover 1211 is disposed on the side surface 121-B or the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121, the cover 1211 is used as a part of the head 121, and the light enters the lens 620 through the cover 1211 to take a picture.

It should be understood that the above embodiments are merely illustrative, and in some embodiments, the entire head 121 may be made into the head 121 formed of a transparent material, light can enter the lens 620 through various directions of the head 121, and in embodiments where the camera 600 or a part of the camera 600 (e.g., the light-sensing element 610 or the lens 620) or the reflection device 710 is disposed in the head 121, it is only necessary to reserve an area capable of installing the parts in the head 121, and it is not necessary to reserve an additional area for transmitting light in the head 121.

It should also be understood that the wearable device 100 of the embodiment of the present application may include a plurality of input devices 120, each input device 120 may integrate the camera 600 or a part of the components of the camera 600 to improve the photographing effect, and the design of the camera 600 in the wearable device 100 may refer to the above description. For example, the wearable device 100 may include two input devices 120, each input device 120 may have a camera 600 integrated therein or a portion of the camera 600, which may form a binocular camera for performing facial recognition, binocular imaging, and the like.

It should also be understood that in some embodiments, other cameras of the wearable device 100 may also be used in combination with the camera 600 within the input device 120 to achieve binocular or trinocular imaging. For example, taking a watch as an example, a camera located on the head of the watch and the camera 600 located in the input device 120 are used together to form a binocular imaging effect. When a front facing camera is used, the camera within the input device 120 rotates to a front facing angle. When the rear camera is used, the camera inside the input device 120 is rotated to a rear angle.

In the embodiment of the input device 120 in which the lens 620 is disposed in the shaft portion 122, the photosensitive element 610 is disposed in the housing 180 and opposite to the lens 620, and the distance between the lenses in the lens 620 or the distance between the lens and the photosensitive element 610 can be adjusted by rotating the input device 120, so as to achieve different photographing effects.

It should be noted that the embodiments described below that adjust the spacing between lenses in the lens 620 or adjust the distance between the lens and the photosensitive element 610 through the rotation of the input device 120 may be applied to any of the embodiments described above that the lens 620 is disposed on the rod portion 122. For convenience of description, in the following description, only the relevant structure between the lens 620 and the shaft portion 122 is shown to illustrate the connection relationship between the lens 620 and the shaft portion 122, and the description of the relationship between the remaining components may refer to the above relevant description.

In the embodiment of the present application, the distance between the lenses and the photosensitive element 610 are related to the imaging parameters of the lens 620. Illustratively, the imaging parameters of lens 620 include a focal length or focal distance of lens 620.

In an embodiment where the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, the focal length of the lens 620 can be changed by adjusting the spacing between the plurality of lenses (actually, it can also be understood that the focal length of the lens 620 is changed by changing the distance between the lens and the light sensing element 610).

The focusing distance is related to the imaging distance of the lens 620, and may be represented by the distance between the lens 620 and the photosensitive element 610. In embodiments where lens 620 includes one lens, the focus distance of lens 620 is adjusted by changing the distance between the lens and light-sensing element 610. In an embodiment where the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, the distance between the plurality of lenses and the light sensing element 610 may be changed without changing the distance between the lenses to adjust the focus distance of the lens 620, that is, the focus distance of the lens 620 is adjusted by changing the distance between the entire lens 620 and the light sensing element 610. During the photographing process, the focal length of the lens 620 may be adjusted first, and then the focal length of the lens 620 may be adjusted.

In a photographing scene, the camera 600 may be configured with a plurality of photographing modes to achieve different photographing effects, the different photographing modes have different imaging parameters, each photographing mode has a corresponding imaging parameter, the input device 120 has a plurality of preset rotation angles, the plurality of rotation angles correspond to a plurality of imaging parameters, one rotation angle corresponds to one imaging parameter, or one rotation angle corresponds to one imaging parameter in one photographing mode. In this way, the lens 620 is adjusted to the corresponding imaging parameters through the rotation angle of the input device 120, and a picture is taken in the corresponding picture taking mode.

In some embodiments, wearable device 100 includes an actuator coupled to lens 620, the sensing element detects rotation of input device 120, and sends information related to the rotation of input device 120 (rotation information) to processor 110, and processor 110 may control the actuator according to the rotation information of input device 120 to adjust imaging parameters of lens 620 via the actuator.

In one example, the actuator may be a driving device, the driving device is mechanically connected to the lens 620, the lens 620 includes one or more lenses, the lens is a non-deformable lens with a certain hardness, and the processor 110 adjusts the imaging parameters of the lens 620 by controlling the actuator to adjust the position of the lens in the lens 620.

Illustratively, the driving device may be a motor or the like. When the driving device works, the driving device can drive the lens of the lens 620 to move along the axial direction of the rod portion 122, so as to achieve the purpose of adjusting the imaging parameters of the lens 620. For example, the drive means may be a motor, and operation of the drive means may indicate rotation of an output shaft of the motor.

Illustratively, the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, and the imaging parameters include a focal length of the lens 620. The input device 120 rotates, the sensing element detects that the input device 120 is rotated to the rotation angle 1, the processor 110 sends rotation information, the processor 110 controls the actuator to adjust, the distance between the plurality of lenses, and the focal length of the lens 620 is adjusted to the focal length corresponding to the rotation angle 1, so that the purpose of changing the focal length of the lens 620 is achieved. For example, lens 620 includes two lenses, and the actuator controls the two lenses to move away from or closer to each other to change the focal length of lens 620.

Illustratively, the lens 620 includes one or more lenses and the imaging parameters include a focal distance of the lens 620. The input device 120 rotates, the sensing element detects that the input device 120 is rotated to the rotation angle 1, the processor 110 sends rotation information, the processor 110 controls the actuator to adjust the distance between the lens 620 and the photosensitive element 610, and the focusing distance of the lens 620 is adjusted to the focal distance corresponding to the rotation angle 1, so as to achieve the purpose of changing the focusing distance of the lens 620.

For example, the lens 620 includes a lens, and the actuator controls the lens to move away from or close to the light sensing element 610 to change the focus distance of the lens 620. For another example, the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, and the actuator controls the plurality of lenses to be away from or close to the light sensing element 610 to change the focus distance of the lens 620.

In another example, the actuator is a device capable of outputting an electrical signal, the lens 620 includes one or more lenses, the lenses are made of a deformable piezoelectric material or the lenses are liquid crystal lenses, and the processor 110 controls the actuator to output an electrical signal based on which the lenses in the lens 620 can deform to adjust the imaging parameters. The type of the electrical signal may be a voltage or a current, among others. In this embodiment, the imaging parameters may include the focal length of lens 620.

The actuator may be, for example, a digital to analog converter (DAC).

Illustratively, lens 620 includes one or more lenses and the imaging parameters include a focal length of lens 620. The input device 120 rotates, the sensing element detects that the input device 120 is rotated to the rotation angle 1, the processor 110 sends rotation information, the processor 110 controls the actuator to output the electrical signal 1 corresponding to the rotation angle 1, at least one of the one or more lenses connected with the actuator deforms, and the focal length of the lens 620 is adjusted to the focal length corresponding to the rotation angle 1, so that the purpose of changing the focal length of the lens 620 is achieved.

In another embodiment, the rotation angle of the input device 120 is also bound with the imaging parameters of the lens 620, that is, one rotation angle corresponds to one imaging parameter, and an actuator may not be needed, and the lens in the lens 620 is directly driven to move by the rotation of the input device 120, so as to adjust the imaging parameters of the lens 620. The relationship between the rotation angle of the input device 120 and the imaging parameter of the lens 620 can refer to the related description of the above embodiments, and is not repeated herein.

This embodiment will be described in detail below with reference to fig. 86 to 88.

For convenience of description, taking the example that the lens 620 frames from the end surface 121-B of the head 121 (as in the embodiment corresponding to fig. 78 to 80), the embodiment that the lens in the lens 620 is moved by the rotation of the input device 120 is described, it should be understood that the embodiment that the lens in the lens 620 is moved by the rotation of the input device 120 (as in the embodiment corresponding to fig. 81 to 85) is also applicable to the embodiment that the frame frames from the side surface 121-a of the lens 620, and the description thereof is omitted.

Illustratively, referring to fig. 86, the head portion 121 is mounted with a cover 1211 and a second channel 1232, the rod portion 122 is provided with a first channel 1231 therein, the first channel 1231 is provided with a lens 620 therein, the photosensitive element 610 is provided in the housing 180 and is disposed opposite to the lens 620, one end of the second channel 1232 is communicated with the first channel 1231, and the other end is connected with the cover 1211, so that light enters the lens 620 through the cover 1211, the second channel 1232 and the first channel 1231. An inner thread 701 is provided on an inner wall of the first passage 1231, and a lens in the lens 620 is engaged with the inner thread 701 to move along an axial direction of the shaft portion 122 when the input device 120 is rotated, so as to adjust a focal length of the lens 620 or adjust a focus distance of the lens 620.

With continued reference to fig. 86, a fixing member 740 is installed in the first passage 1231 of the shaft portion 122, an end of the fixing member 740 away from the head portion 121 extends into the housing 180 and is fixedly connected with the housing 180 (not shown in the drawings), the fixing member 740 is in a ring structure, and the fixing member 740 has a cavity penetrating through the fixing member 740 along an axial direction of the fixing member 740, and the lens 620 is installed in the cavity. Illustratively, one or more guide grooves 741 are formed on an outer surface of the fixture 740, the guide grooves 741 communicate with the cavity of the fixture 740, and the lenses may be fixed to the guide grooves 741, and it is understood that one lens may be fixed to at least one of the guide grooves 741, the at least one guide groove 741 being disposed along a circumferential direction of the fixture 740, for example, in fig. 86, one lens is fixed to two guide grooves 741 disposed along the circumferential direction of the fixture 740. The lens can be engaged with the internal thread 701 of the first passage 1231 of the shaft portion 122 through the guiding groove 741, and when the input device 120 is rotated, the fixing member 740 is not moved, and the lens is engaged with the internal thread 701, so that the lens can be moved along the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, or the lens can be moved toward a direction close to or away from the photosensitive element 610, so as to adjust the focal length or the focal distance of the lens 620. Illustratively, the lens may be provided with an external thread (not shown) that mates with the internal thread 701, and the lens and the stem 122 are threadedly mated such that the lens is movable along the axial direction of the stem 122 when the input device 120 is rotated.

In embodiments where lens 620 includes multiple lenses, not only the focal length of lens 620 may be adjusted by rotation of input device 120, but also the focal distance of lens 620.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 86, the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses (two lenses are shown in fig. 86), in order to adjust the focal length of the lens 620, a plurality of internal threads 701 may be disposed on the inner wall of the first passage 1231 along the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, one internal thread 701 is matched with one lens, and parameters of at least two internal threads 701 are different, such that the internal threads 701 with different parameters may cause the movement displacement or the movement direction of at least two corresponding lenses to be different, so as to adjust the focal length of the lens 620.

For convenience of description, two internal threads 701 of the multiple internal threads 701 are taken as an example for illustration.

Illustratively, the pitches of the two segments of internal threads 701 are different, so that when the input device 120 rotates, the corresponding two lenses move differently, so that the two lenses approach or move away from each other, and the distance between the two lenses changes, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the focal length of the lens 620.

Illustratively, the two segments of the internal threads 701 have different rotation directions, so that the two lenses move in opposite directions, so that the two lenses approach or move away from each other, and the distance between the two lenses changes, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the focal length of the lens 620.

In another example, in order to adjust the focus distance of the lens 620, the parameters of the multiple segments of internal threads 701 may be the same, such that the moving displacement or the moving direction of the multiple lenses is the same, so that the distance between the multiple lenses is not changed but the distance between each lens and the photosensitive element 610 is changed, so as to achieve the purpose of adjusting the focus distance of the lens 620.

In embodiments where lens 620 includes one lens, the focus distance of lens 620 may be adjusted by rotation of input device 120.

In an example, referring to fig. 87, the lens 620 includes a lens, and when the input device 120 rotates, the internal thread 701 of the shaft portion 122 cooperates with the lens to move the lens along the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, or move the lens toward a direction close to or away from the photosensitive element 610, so as to achieve the purpose of adjusting the focus distance of the lens 620.

It should be understood that, referring to fig. 88, the photosensitive element 610 may be disposed on one side of the rod portion 122 in the circumferential direction, however, an additional reflection device 710 is required to be disposed in the housing 181 at a position opposite to the rod portion 122, and the light transmitted from the lens 620 is reflected to the photosensitive element 610 by the reflection device 710 in the housing 180.

In some embodiments of the present application, the input device 120 may be driven to rotate by the driving device instead of manually touching and rotating the input device 120, so as to realize the intelligence of the input device 120.

Referring to fig. 89 to 91, the wearable device 100 further includes a driving device 730, the driving device 730 is disposed in the housing 180 and fixedly connected to the housing 180, the driving device 730 is electrically connected to the main board 111 to control the driving device 730 through the processor 110 disposed on the main board 111, and the driving device 730 is fixedly connected to the input device 120 to drive the input device 120 to rotate when the driving device 730 operates.

Illustratively, the driving device 730 includes a motor 731, the motor 731 can be electrically connected to the main board 111, and in an embodiment (as shown in fig. 90 and 91) that includes the small board 113 in the wearable device 100, the motor 731 is mounted on the small board 113, and the small board 113 is fixedly connected to the housing 181, so as to realize the fixed connection between the motor 732 and the housing 180. The driving device 730 further includes a first gear 732 sleeved on the output shaft of the motor 731, a second gear 733 is sleeved on the end portion of the rod portion 122 of the input device 120 far away from the head portion 121, the first gear 732 is meshed with the second gear 733, when the driving device 730 works, the output shaft of the motor 731 rotates to drive the first gear 732 to rotate, the first gear 732 drives the second gear 733 meshed with the first gear 732 to rotate, and the second gear 1223 drives the input device 120 to rotate. In this way, driving the rotation of the input device 120 by the driving means 730 is achieved.

In an embodiment in which some or all of the components of the camera 600 are mounted in the input device 120, the light can reach the camera 600 from the side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120, and the input device 120 is driven to rotate by the driving unit 730 to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600.

Taking the example of the reflection device 710 mounted on the side 121-B of the head 121, with reference to fig. 91, the output shaft of the motor 731 is provided with a first gear 732, the end of the rod 122 away from the head 121 is sleeved with a second gear 733, the first gear 732 is meshed with the second gear 733, the output shaft of the motor 731 rotates to drive the first gear 732 to rotate, the first gear 732 drives the second gear 733 meshed with the first gear 732 to rotate, the second gear 1223 drives the input device 120 to rotate, and the reflection device 710 fixed on the head 121 also rotates along with the input device 120, so as to adjust the view finding direction of the camera 600. The detailed descriptions of the lens 620, the photosensitive element 610 and the reflection device 710 can refer to the related descriptions in fig. 81, and are not repeated.

It should be understood that the structure shown in fig. 91 is merely an exemplary illustration, and any structure that drives the input device 120 to rotate by the driving means 730 to adjust the viewing direction may be applied to any embodiment that views from the side 121-B of the head 121.

For example, in the embodiment shown in fig. 82, the reflection device 710 is installed inside the head 121, the transparent cover 1211 is installed on the side 121-B of the head 121, the driving device 730 may also be fixedly connected to the input device 120, so as to drive the input device 120 to rotate when the output shaft of the motor 731 of the driving device 730 rotates, so that the reflection device 710 also rotates to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600, and the connection relationship between the driving device 730 and the input device 120 may refer to the description of the embodiments in fig. 89 to fig. 91, and is not repeated.

For another example, in the embodiment shown in fig. 77 in which all components of the camera 600 are disposed on the rod portion 122, the reflection device 710 extends from the side 121-B of the head portion 121 to the inside of the head portion 121, the driving device 730 may also be fixedly connected to the input apparatus 120 to drive the input apparatus 120 to rotate when the output shaft of the motor 731 of the driving device 730 rotates, so that the reflection device 710 also rotates to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600, and the connection relationship between the driving device 730 and the input apparatus 120 may refer to the description of the embodiment in fig. 89 to fig. 91, and is not repeated.

In an embodiment (such as the embodiment shown in figure 78) where the lens 620 is mounted to the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120 and is framed from the end face 121-a of the head 121, the end of the shaft 122 away from the head 121 may also be sleeved with a second gear 733 (not shown), the first gear 732 of the driving device 730 may be engaged with the second gear 733 (not shown), when the motor 731 of the driving device 730 rotates, the first gear 732 is driven to drive the second gear 733 to rotate, the second gear 733 drives the rod portion 122 to rotate, the rod portion 122 drives the lens assembly composed of the lens 620 and the lens barrel 640 to rotate, the lens barrel 640 is in threaded connection with the lens base 630, rotation of the input device 120 may be translated into movement of the lens assembly along the axial direction of the stem portion 122, so that the lens 620 is close to or far away from the photosensitive element 610, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the focus distance of the lens 620.

In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 110 may trigger the activation of the driving device 730 based on various conditions to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600 or the focus distance of the lens 620. Hereinafter, each embodiment of the processor 110 triggering the driving device 730 to start will be described by taking the adjustment of the viewing direction of the camera 600 as an example. It is understood that the method for the processor 110 to trigger the driving device 730 to start to adjust the focal distance of the lens 620 is similar to the method for adjusting the view direction of the camera 600, and will not be described in detail later.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may trigger the activation of the driving device 730 by the user's operation of the display screen 140 to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600 or the focus distance of the lens 620.

In an example, referring to (a) and (b) in fig. 92, when the wearable device 100 is in the photographing mode, the preview interface 10 may be presented on the display screen 140, the preview interface 10 includes a frame for presenting the photographed object 11, the preview interface 10 further includes a sliding control 12 and a photographing control 14, the sliding control 12 may be operated by the user to slide along a preset sliding region, the sliding region may be divided into a plurality of positions, one position corresponds to one rotation angle of the input device 120, the user can operate the sliding control 12 to slide along the preset sliding region to a target position, the processor 110 detects the target position of the sliding control 12, the control driving device 730 starts to operate (or the control driving device 730 starts), when the driving device 730 rotates to the target position of the sliding control 12, it means that the viewing direction of the camera 600 has been adjusted in place, the user can operate the photographing control 14 to take a photograph.

Illustratively, with continued reference to (a) and (b) of fig. 92, the preview interface 10 further includes a slider 13, the slider 13 is a sliding region in the shape of a bar, and the slide control 12 is slidable within the region of the slider 13 from one end of the slider 13 to the other end. The sliding range of the sliding bar 13 corresponds to the rotating range of the input device 120, the sliding bar 13 can be divided into a plurality of positions, one position corresponds to one rotation angle of the input device 120, when the sliding control 12 is slid to a certain position of the plurality of positions by the user and stops, it means that the user has selected the rotation angle of the input device 120 (i.e., has selected the viewing direction of the camera 600), when the processor 110 detects the position of the sliding control 12 on the sliding bar 13, the rotation angle of the input device 120 can be determined according to the corresponding relationship between the position and the rotation angle, the processor 110 can control the driving device 730 to start to operate, and the driving device 730 drives the input device 120 to rotate to the corresponding rotation angle to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600 (the direction of the adjusting reflection device 710) to the target direction.

For example, with continued reference to (a) and (b) in fig. 92, the sliding range of the slide bar 13 is 0 ° to 360 °, the slide bar 13 is divided into 5 positions, and from top to bottom, the rotation angle corresponding to position 1 is 0 °, the rotation angle corresponding to position 2 is 90 °, the rotation angle corresponding to position 3 is 180 °, the rotation angle corresponding to position 4 is 270 °, and the rotation angle corresponding to position 5 is 360 °. When the user slides the sliding control 12 from the position 5 to the position 3, and the processor 110 detects that the sliding control 12 slides to the position 3 of the sliding bar 13, the driving device 730 is controlled to start to operate, and the input device 120 is driven to rotate to 180 ° by the driving device 730. With continued reference to (a) and (b) of fig. 92, if the viewing direction of the rotation angle of 0 ° corresponding to position 1 and the rotation angle of 360 ° corresponding to position 5 is the self-timer angle of the user, and the camera 600 is a front camera, then the viewing direction of the rotation angle of 180 ° corresponding to position 3 is opposite to the self-timer angle, and the camera 600 is a rear camera.

Illustratively, the sliding direction of the sliding control 12 corresponds to the rotation direction of the input device 120, and when the sliding control 12 slides in a first sliding direction, the rotation direction of the input device 120 is a first rotation direction, and when the sliding control 12 slides in a second sliding direction, the rotation direction of the input device 120 is a second rotation direction, wherein the first sliding direction and the second sliding direction are opposite, and the first rotation direction and the second rotation direction are opposite. For example, with continued reference to (a) and (b) of fig. 92, sliding control 12 from position 5 to position 1 in a first sliding direction causes input device 120 to rotate in a first rotational direction, sliding control 12 from position 1 to position 5 in a second sliding direction causes input device 120 to rotate in a second rotational direction.

It should be understood that the sliding region of the sliding control 12 may have any shape, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way, and the sliding region having a bar shape shown in fig. 92 is merely a schematic illustration. For example, the sliding region of the sliding control 12 may also be in an arc shape (not shown in the figure), and the arc-shaped sliding region may be distributed at any position of the display screen 140, and similarly, the sliding region is divided into a plurality of positions, and one position corresponds to one rotation angle of the input device 120. For example, the sliding area has a circular shape that circles around the center of the display screen 140.

In another example, referring to (c) and (d) in fig. 92, when the wearable device 100 is in the photographing mode, the preview interface 10 may be presented on the display screen 140, the preview interface 10 includes a view-finding frame for presenting the subject 11, the preview interface 10 further includes a first control 15, and the user can switch between two photographing modes by clicking the first control 15, one photographing mode corresponds to one rotation angle, and the two photographing modes correspond to two different rotation angles.

Illustratively, in two photographing modes, one photographing mode is a front-facing mode, and the other photographing mode is a rear-facing mode, the front-facing mode is also called a self-photographing mode, and when the camera 600 rotates to a rotation angle (e.g., 0 °), that is, the camera 600 is oriented in the same direction as the display screen 140, and a view is taken in front of the display screen 150, the most typical scene is a self-photographing mode. The rear mode corresponds to another rotation angle (e.g., 180 °), that is, when the camera 600 is rotated to the rotation angle, the camera 600 is oriented to be opposite to the orientation of the display screen 140, and views behind the display screen 150. As shown in fig. 92 (c), the current shooting mode of the preview interface is the front mode, the self-timer lens is displayed in the view box, the user clicks the shooting mode control 15 to switch the shooting mode from the front mode to the rear mode, the processor 110 can detect the operation of switching the shooting mode by the user, and can confirm that the user needs to perform framing in the rear mode, the processor 110 can control the driving device 730 to start working (or control the driving device 730 to start), when the driving device 730 rotates by a rotation angle corresponding to the rear mode, it means that the framing direction of the camera 600 has been adjusted in place, and the user performs shooting.

In the embodiment that the photographing mode includes two photographing modes, the embodiment of the present application is not limited to switching the photographing mode by clicking the first control 15. Illustratively, the preview interface 10 may further include two controls, one for each photographing mode, and text may be marked on each control for the convenience of user distinction. For example, the two controls include a first control and a second control, the first control corresponds to the front mode, the second control corresponds to the rear mode, if the user clicks the first control, the processor 110 detects the operation of the first control by the user, and may control the driving device 730 to start working, and when the driving device 730 rotates to a rotation angle corresponding to the front mode, it means that the viewing direction of the camera 600 has been adjusted in place, and the user may take a picture.

In some embodiments of the self-timer shooting scene, the processor 110 may automatically control the driving device 730 to start to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600 according to the difference between the human face and the viewing area.

Illustratively, referring to fig. 93, the user adjusts the camera 600 to the self-timer mode (as shown in (a) of fig. 93), the preview interface 10 includes a view area on which a face is displayed, the face recognition is performed in the view area, if the face is recognized, it is determined whether the face is located at a middle position of the view area, and if the face is not located at the middle position of the view area, the processor 110 may control the driving device 730 to rotate the input device 120 according to a difference between an area where the face is located (referred to as a face area for short) and the view area, and adjust the view direction of the camera 600 so that the face area is located at the middle position of the view area (as shown in (b) of fig. 93). Illustratively, as shown in fig. 93, the entire area of the preview interface 10 may be a viewing area, and especially for wearable devices such as watches with small display screens, the entire preview interface may be set as the viewing area.

In other embodiments, the user 1 and the user 2 respectively use the wearable device 100 to perform a video call, and if the user 1 considers that the video angle of the user 2 is not appropriate, the wearable device 100 of the user 1 may interactively communicate with the wearable device 100 of the user 2, and control the driving device 730 in the wearable device 100 of the user 2 to activate to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600 of the user 2.

For convenience of description, the wearable device 100 of the user 1 is denoted as a first wearable device, and the wearable device 100 of the user 2 is denoted as a second wearable device.

In a video call scenario, the preview interface of the display screen 140 of the first wearable device includes a view frame that can present an object captured by the camera 600 of the user 2. The preview interface further includes some controls for determining a rotation angle, if the user 1 considers that the shooting angle of the user 2 is not appropriate in the video, the user 1 may operate the controls, the processor 110 determines the rotation angle indicated by the operation, in response to the operation, sends a first instruction for indicating the rotation angle to the second wearable device, the second wearable device receives the first instruction, and based on the first instruction, the driving apparatus 730 of the second wearable device is started, the driving apparatus 730 drives the input device 120 to rotate until the input device 120 rotates to the rotation angle indicated by the first instruction, which means that the viewing direction of the camera 600 of the second wearable device is adjusted in place, and the user 1 may perform a video call with the user 2.

In this embodiment, the preview interface of the display screen 140 of the first wearable device may be as shown in fig. 92. In one example, as shown in (a) and (b) of fig. 92, the preview interface includes a slide control 12 and a slider 13, in another example, as shown in (c) and (d) of fig. 92, the preview interface includes a first control 15, and in another example, the preview interface includes two controls, one control corresponding to one photographing mode.

Taking fig. 92 (c) and (d) as an example, in fig. 92 (c), what appears in the view frame of the preview interface of the first wearable device of the user 1 is an object (the avatar of the user 2) shot by the camera 600 of the second wearable device, that is, the camera 600 of the second wearable device is in the front mode, the user 1 wants to see the background behind the user 2, the viewing direction of the camera 600 of the second wearable device is not proper, and the camera 600 needs to be adjusted to the rear mode, then the user 1 clicks the first control 15, which means that the camera 600 of the second wearable device needs to be switched to the rear mode, the first wearable device detects the operation of the first control 15, determines the rotation angle corresponding to the rear mode, sends a first instruction for indicating the rotation angle to the second wearable device, and the second wearable device, based on the first instruction, the driving device 730 of the second wearable device is started, and the driving device 730 drives the input device 120 to rotate until the input device 120 rotates to the rotation angle indicated by the first instruction, which means that the viewing direction of the camera 600 of the second wearable device is adjusted in place, and the user 1 can perform a video call with the user 2.

It should be understood that the structures of the components and the connection relationships between the components in the electronic devices shown in fig. 70 to 93 are only schematic illustrations, and any alternative structures of the components that function the same as each component are within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.

It should be noted that, when the wearable device 100 can implement the recognition function through the embodiments shown in fig. 70 to 93, at least one of the following functions may be implemented at the same time: a fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100, for example, as shown in fig. 4 to 45 above, a function of the wearable device 100, for example, as shown in fig. 46 to 69 above, a function of the wearable device 100, for example, as shown in fig. 94 to 97 below, a PPG detection function of the wearable device 100, for example, as shown in fig. 98 to 99 below, a ECG detection function of the wearable device 100, for example, as shown in fig. 102 to 103 below, a gas detection function of the wearable device 100, for example, as shown in fig. 104 to 110 below, an ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100, for example, as shown in fig. 111 to 118 below, and a body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100, for example, as shown in fig. 119 to 123 below.

In the above, with reference to fig. 70 to 93, the structure of the wearable device 100 that realizes the photographing function according to the embodiment of the present application is described in detail. Hereinafter, the structure of the PPG detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail with reference to fig. 94 to 97.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 may be designed in such a way that components related to PPG detection are mounted within the input device 120, and the user touching the input device 120 may rotate, press, move, and/or tilt the input device 120 to achieve PPG detection.

The PPG sensor 130A is a core component of the PPG detection, and the PPG sensor 130A includes at least one light-transmitting unit and at least one light-receiving unit, which may be separately or together. The light transmitting unit in the PPG sensor 130A may irradiate a light beam into a human body (e.g., a blood vessel), where the light beam is reflected/refracted, and the reflected/refracted light is received by the light receiving unit in the PPG sensor 130A, resulting in a light signal. Since the light transmittance of blood changes during the fluctuation, the reflected/refracted light changes, and thus the light signal detected by the PPG sensor 130A also changes. The PPG sensor 130A may convert the received optical signal into an electrical signal, determine a heart rate corresponding to the electrical signal, and may implement detection of a human heart rate.

In the present embodiment, there are two locations of the PPG sensor 130A at the wearable device 100.

In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the input device 120.

In one implementable manner, the PPG sensor 130A may be disposed at the head 121 of the input device 120. In another implementable manner, the PPG sensor 130A may be disposed at the stem portion 122 of the input device 120.

In other embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may also be disposed within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100.

The structural design of the wearable device 100 for implementing PPG detection of each of the above embodiments is explained in detail below.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the PPG sensor 130A provided in the embodiment of the present application is disposed in the head 121 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 94 and 95.

In embodiments where the PPG sensor 130A is provided on the head 121 of the input device 120, in the event that the wearable device 100 detects that the input device 120 is operated, the PPG sensor 130A may derive an electrical signal from the reflected/refracted light signal from the head 121 to acquire the heart rate.

In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may derive a heart rate from the detected light signal. In other embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may send the detected light signal to the processor 110 to derive the heart rate through the processor 110.

For example, the wearable device 100 detecting that the input device 120 is operated may be understood as the wearable device 100 detecting that the input device 120 is rotated, pressed, moved, and the like.

The wearable device 100 may detect whether the input device 120 is operated through a corresponding detection unit, where the detection unit may be an already-provided PPG detection unit or a specially-provided corresponding detection unit, which is not limited in this application.

Fig. 94 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Hereinafter, with reference to fig. 94, a structure in which the PPG sensor 130A may be provided on the head 121 of the input device 120 is described.

Referring to fig. 94, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, a PPG sensor 130A. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the stem 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, the head 121 is disposed at one end of the stem 122, the head 121 extends outward of the housing 180, and the head 121 houses the PPG sensor 130A. The PPG sensor 130A may be electrically connected with the first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180 through the connector 200 to transmit an electrical signal converted from an optical signal detected by the PPG sensor 130A to the processor 110 mounted on the first circuit board 111.

For a description of the connector 200 for connecting the PPG sensor 130A and the processor 110, reference may be made to the description of fig. 6 to 23, and the fingerprint sensor 130C in the description of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced with the PPG sensor 130A, and other contents remain unchanged, which is not described herein again.

In this embodiment, the head 121 of the input device 120 is further provided with a fifth channel 810 for transmitting optical signals, one end of the fifth channel 810 is located on the outer surface of the head 121, and the other end is connected with the PPG sensor 130A, so that optical signals can be transmitted through the fifth channel 810.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific structure of the fifth channel 810.

Illustratively, the fifth channel 810 itself may not be transparent, as long as the fifth channel 810 may enable a corresponding optical signal to be transmitted through the fifth channel 810.

Illustratively, the fifth channel 810 itself may be transparent.

In this embodiment, as long as the fifth channel 810 can enable the optical signal sent or received by the PPG detection unit to be transmitted through the fifth channel 810.

In some embodiments, the fifth channel 810 is made of a transparent material.

In one implementation, only the fifth channel 810 of the head 121 is made of a transparent material.

In another realizable manner, the head 121 may be made of a transparent material.

In some embodiments, the fifth channel 810 may be disposed on the head 121.

In other embodiments, the fifth channel 810 may be disposed on the head 121 and the cap 1211.

The outer surface of the head 121 includes an outer end surface 121-A and a side surface 121-B connected, the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 is parallel or approximately parallel to the side surface 180-A of the housing 180, and the side surface 121-B of the head 121 is a circumferential surface of the head 121.

In some embodiments, the fifth channel 810 extends from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121 (as shown in fig. 94).

In other embodiments, the fifth channel 810 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121 (as shown in FIG. 95).

In an embodiment in which the PPG sensor 130A is arranged on the head 121 of the input device 120, in case the wearable device 100 detects a first operation of the user to switch on the measurement of the physiological parameter, the optical signal sent by the optical sending unit of the PPG sensor 130A may be transmitted to the finger of the user through the fifth channel 810, and the optical receiving unit of the PPG sensor 130A may receive the optical signal reflected/refracted by the finger of the user by the above-mentioned optical signal through the fifth channel 810. In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may send the received light signal through the connector 200 to the processor 110 disposed on the first circuit board 111 within the body, such that the processor 110 acquires the heart rate from the light signal. In other embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may acquire a heart rate from the received optical signals and send the heart rate to the processor 110 via the connector 200. The processor 110 thus provides the result of the PPG detection via an output device, such as the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, depending on the heart rate.

In one implementable manner, the first operation may be an operation of the input device 120 by a user.

Illustratively, user manipulation of the input device 120 may include at least one of: an operation of the user rotating the input device 120; operation of the user movement input device 120; an operation of the user pressing the input device 120; operation of the user touch input device 120; operation of the user double-clicking the input device 120; the user long-presses the operation of the input device 120.

In another implementable manner, the first operation may be a user's operation of a display screen, a camera, a microphone and speaker, an ultrasonic sensor, a key connected to the wearable device 100.

The structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is disposed in the stem portion 122 of the input device 120 differs from the structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is disposed in the head portion 121 of the input device 120 in that: the PPG sensor 130A is housed in the stem 122, and a fifth channel 810 extends from the outer surface of the head 121 to the PPG sensor 130A. For a description of the structure of the PPG sensor 130A disposed in the stem 122 of the input device 120, reference may be made to the above description of the structure of the PPG sensor 130A disposed in the head 121 of the input device 120, which is not repeated here. The structure in which the PPG sensor 130A provided in the embodiment of the present application is disposed in the head 121 of the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 94 and 95. Hereinafter, a structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is provided in the housing 180 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 96 and 97.

In embodiments where the PPG sensor 130A is provided in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, in the event that the wearable device 100 detects that the input device 120 is operated, the PPG sensor 130A may derive an electrical signal from the reflected/refracted light signal from the head 121 to acquire the heart rate.

In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may derive a heart rate from the detected light signal. In other embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may send the detected light signal to the processor 110 to derive the heart rate through the processor 110.

Fig. 96 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Hereinafter, with reference to fig. 96, a structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is provided within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 is described.

Referring to fig. 96, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, a PPG sensor 130A. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the head portion 121 extends outward from the housing 180, and the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181. The PPG sensor 130A is arranged within the housing 180 on a side thereof near the inner end surface 122-a of the stem portion 122. In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may be disposed on the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180.

Wherein the inner end surface 122-A of the rod portion 122 is a surface of the rod portion away from the head portion 121 and parallel or approximately parallel to the side surface 180-A of the housing 180.

In the present embodiment, the side near the inner end surface 122-A of the shaft portion 122 can be said to be located on the side of the shaft portion 122 away from the head portion 121.

For convenience of description, the PPG sensor 130A is disposed within the housing 180 and on the side of the stem 122 away from the head 121 is referred to as the PPG sensor 130A disposed within the housing 180. The side of the shaft portion 122 remote from the head portion 121 is referred to as the bottom of the shaft portion 122.

In this embodiment, the input device 110 is provided with a sixth channel 820 in the axial direction of the shaft portion 122.

The sixth channel 820 may be one or more. Hereinafter, description will be made taking the sixth channel as an example of two channels. For example, as shown in fig. 96, the sixth channel 820 includes a channel 821 and a channel 822.

In some embodiments, in the case that the main body 101 further includes a cover 1211 fixed to an end of the head 121, a part or all of the area of the cover 1211 corresponding to the channel 821 and the channel 822 is provided as a transparent area or a window, and for convenience of description, the transparent area is described below.

Wherein the channel 821 is used for transmitting the optical signal emitted by the optical transmission unit (e.g., LED) of the PPG sensor 130A to the site to be detected (e.g., the finger 30 as shown in fig. 96). The channel 822 is used for transmitting the optical signal emitted by the optical transmitting unit to the optical receiving unit of the PPG sensor 130A, and transmitting the optical signal reflected by the site to be detected to the optical receiving unit.

Passages 821 and 822 may be tubular passages. For example, the tubular passage may be a round tube passage, a square tube passage, or the like. In the embodiments of the present application, the tubular channel is described as a circular tube channel.

In some embodiments, the material of the space region formed by the channel 821 and/or the material of the space region formed by the channel 822 may be a transparent material.

In other embodiments, a plurality of holes may also be penetrated through the input device 110 in the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, the number of the holes is equal to the sum of the number of the channels 821 and the number of the channels 822, each tubular object (e.g., an optical fiber) is matched with each hole, and the optical signal sent by the optical sending unit in the PPG sensor 130A is guided to the site to be detected through the tubular object (e.g., the optical fiber), and/or the reflected optical signal is guided to the sending and receiving element in the PPG sensor 130A through the tubular object, so that interference between the sent optical signal and the received optical signal is avoided, and the accuracy of the PPG detection is improved. The length of the tubular object in the axial direction of the shaft portion 122 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A and the bottom of the stem portion 122 of the input device 110 may be oppositely disposed. The PPG sensor 130A may thus better transmit the light signal over the channel 821 and the channel 822.

In some embodiments, a corresponding lens group may be disposed in channel 821 and/or channel 822 to better transmit the light signal to a corresponding position, thereby improving the accuracy of PPG detection. The lens group may include a convex lens and may also include a concave lens, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited in any way, where the specific description of the convex lens may refer to the description in fig. 30 of the embodiment of the wearable device capable of implementing the fingerprint identification function, and the specific description of the concave lens may refer to the description in fig. 35 of the embodiment of the wearable device capable of implementing the fingerprint identification function.

In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A described above may include one or more light transmitting units, and one or more light receiving units.

One optical transmission unit may correspond to one or more channels 821, or a plurality of optical transmission units may correspond to one or more channels 821.

One light receiving unit may correspond to one or more channels 822, or a plurality of light receiving units may correspond to one or more channels 822.

The passage 821 may be one or more.

The channel 822 may be one or more.

In some embodiments, channel 821 may surround channel 822 on stem 122.

In other embodiments, channel 822 may surround channel 821.

In still other embodiments, channels 821 and 822 can be randomly arranged.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 97, a cross-sectional view of the shaft portion 122 taken along the line B-B in FIG. 96.

For example, as shown in fig. 97 (a), one passage 821 and one passage 822 are provided, and the passage 822 is surrounded outside the passage 821 on the stem portion 122.

For another example, as shown in fig. 97 (b), one passage 821 and one passage 822 are provided, and the passage 821 is surrounded by the passage 822 on the shaft portion 122.

For another example, as shown in fig. 97 (c), one passage 821 and one passage 822 are provided, and the passages 821 and 822 are randomly arranged on the shaft 122.

For another example, as shown in fig. 97 (d), there are one passage 821 and six passages 822, and the six passages 822 are surrounded outside the passage 821 on the stem portion 122.

For another example, as shown in fig. 97 (e), six passages 821 and one passage 822 are provided, and six passages 821 are surrounded by the passage 822 on the stem portion 122.

For another example, as shown in fig. 97 (f), two passages 821 and five passages 822 are provided, and two passages 821 and five passages 822 are provided at random on the stem portion 122.

In case the wearable device 100 detects a first operation of the user, the light sending unit in the PPG sensor 130A of the wearable device sends a light detection signal, the light detection signal is transmitted to the site to be detected through the channel 821, the light detection signal is reflected or refracted in the site to be detected, and a part of the reflected light detection signal is transmitted to the light receiving unit of the PPG sensor 130A through the channel 822. Because the light transmittance of the blood of the part to be detected changes in the fluctuating process, the optical signal detected by the PPG sensor 130A also changes, the PPG sensor 130A can convert the detected optical signal into an electrical signal, determine the heart rate corresponding to the electrical signal, complete the detection of the physical sign parameters (such as heart rate, blood oxygen, blood pressure, blood sugar, blood fat, hemoglobin or blood components) of the part to be detected, and improve the user experience.

In other embodiments, in addition to wearable device 100 including PPG sensor 130A in input device 110, wearable device 100 may also include other PPG sensors.

For example, one or more PPG sensors may also be provided on the back of the wearable device 100. Above-mentioned PPG sensor 130A can detect the sign parameter of the position 1 (for example, finger) that detects of user, and the PPG sensor that the back of wearable equipment 100 set up can detect the sign parameter of the position 2 (for example, wrist) that detects of user to can acquire the sign parameter of the position that detects of this user's difference, can detect the sign parameter of the position that detects of user's difference that acquires and combine, thereby improve the PPG detection precision of wearable equipment 100. Furthermore, according to the obtained physical sign parameters of different parts to be detected of the user, other physical sign parameters of the user, such as parameters of blood pressure, arm length and the like, can be calculated, so that the user experience is improved.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may further include an infrared light transmitting unit 830 and an infrared light channel 831 to improve a signal of the site to be measured. The infrared light signal sent by the infrared light sending unit 830 is transmitted to the site to be detected through the infrared light channel 831 and the transparent area in the cover plate, respectively. Therefore, the part to be detected can absorb the energy radiated by the infrared light signal, the signal quality of the skin and the blood vessel of the user is improved, and the quality of the PPG detection of the wearable device 100 is improved.

It should be noted that, when the wearable device 100 implements the function of improving the signal of the site to be measured, it may also implement at least one of the following functions: a fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 4 to 45, a function of recognizing rotation or movement of the input device of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 46 to 69, a photographing function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 70 to 93, a PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 94 to 97, a gas detection function of the wearable device 100 described below in fig. 104 to 110, an ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 described below in fig. 111 to 118, a body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100 described below in fig. 119 to 123.

In one example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 98 and 99, a fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed in the head portion 121 or the shaft portion 122 or the housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed in the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed in the shaft portion 122, with the fingerprint recognition function being implemented in the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 4-45.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 98 and 99, for example, the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with the camera 600, optionally, the head portion 121 may be further provided with the reflection device 710, optionally, the input device 120 may be further provided with a channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may be further provided with the connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the embodiments described in fig. 70 to 93 above.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 98 and 99, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 94-97 implementing PPG detection functionality.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 98 and 99, a gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 104-110 below performing the gas detection function.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 98 and 99, an ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed within the head portion 121 or the shaft portion 122 or the housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the shaft portion 122, with the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 111-118 below implementing the ambient light detection function.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 98 and 99, a temperature sensor may be disposed within the head portion 121 or the shaft portion 122 or the housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the shaft portion 122, with the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 119-123 below implementing the body temperature detection function.

In some embodiments, infrared light channel 831 extends from outer end face 121-A of head 121 to infrared light transmitting unit 830. In other embodiments, infrared light channel 831 extends from side 121-B of head portion 121 to infrared light-sending unit 830.

The infrared light passage 831 may be a tubular passage. For example, the tubular passage may be a round tube passage, a square tube passage, or the like. In the embodiments of the present application, the tubular channel is described as a circular tube channel.

Alternatively, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 may be one or more.

Alternatively, the infrared light passage 831 may be one or more.

Alternatively, the infrared light channel 831 may be the channel 821, or the infrared light channel 831 and the channel 822 may be the same channel.

Alternatively, the material of the space region formed by the infrared light passage 831 may be a transparent material. Alternatively, a hole is formed through the input device 110 in the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, and a tubular object (e.g., an optical fiber) is fitted into the hole, so that the infrared light signal transmitted by the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is guided to the portion to be detected by the tubular object, and interference of the transmitted infrared light signal is avoided.

Alternatively, the light source of the infrared light unit 810 may be provided as one or more of a near-infrared light source, a mid-infrared light source, and a far-infrared light source. Wherein, the heat radiated by the infrared light source, the middle infrared light source and/or the far infrared light source is easy to be absorbed by the human body.

Alternatively, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 may be disposed in the PPG sensor 130A, or the infrared light transmitting unit 830 may be disposed separately.

Hereinafter, the wearable device 100 including the infrared light transmitting unit 830 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 98 and 99.

In some embodiments, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is disposed in the housing 180 on a side of the shaft portion 122 away from the head portion 121. For convenience of description, it is assumed that the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is disposed in the housing 180 and that the side of the rod portion 122 away from the head portion 121 is disposed in the housing 180 as the infrared light transmitting unit 830. The side of the shaft portion 122 remote from the head portion 121 is referred to as the bottom of the shaft portion 122.

In one implementation, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is disposed opposite the bottom of the rod portion 122. That is, the light emitted from the infrared light transmitting unit 830 can be directly transmitted to the site to be detected through the infrared light passage 831. For example, a wearable device 100 as shown in fig. 98.

In another implementation, as shown in the wearable device 100 of fig. 99, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is disposed to be staggered from the bottom of the shaft portion 122. That is, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 needs to use other components to transmit the light emitted from the infrared light transmitting unit 830 to the site to be detected through the infrared light passage 831. For example, with respect to the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 98, the position of the infrared light transmission unit 830 differs in the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 99, and the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 99 further includes another component, i.e., the filter 820.

Specifically, as shown in fig. 99, the filter 840 may transmit part or all of the infrared light signal transmitted by the infrared light transmitting unit 830 into the infrared light passage 831 in the rod portion 122. The filter 840 may also be referred to as a reflector.

In case that the first parameter satisfies the first preset condition, the processor 110 may control the infrared light transmitting unit 830 to emit an infrared light signal. The first parameter may be an external environment temperature, a PPG signal quality, an Alternating Current (AC) value of the PPG signal, and/or a temperature of the measured object, among others.

The first preset condition is that the first parameter is smaller than or equal to a preset value. The first parameter satisfying the first preset condition is understood as the first parameter being less than or equal to a preset value corresponding to the first parameter.

Under the condition that the first parameter meets the first preset condition, the processor 110 may control the infrared light transmitting unit 830 to transmit an infrared light signal, and the infrared light signal transmitted from the infrared light transmitting unit 830 may be transmitted to the portion to be detected through the infrared light channel 831 and the transparent region of the cover plate, so that the cover plate and the portion to be detected may absorb the energy radiated by the infrared light signal, the signal quality of the skin and blood vessels of the user may be improved, and the quality of the PPG detection of the wearable device 100 may be improved.

In still other embodiments, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is disposed within the shaft portion 122 or within the head portion 121.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 further includes an Electrocardiogram (ECG) ECG detection unit 840. Wherein the ECG may reflect the health status of the user, e.g. the ECG may reflect a disease of the heart (such as arrhythmia) or the like.

A set of electrodes (abbreviated as electrode set) may be disposed on the wearable device 100, for example, the electrode set may include an electrode 850A and an electrode 850B. In some embodiments, the electrodes of the electrode set may be disposed on one surface of the wearable device 100. In other embodiments, the electrodes in the electrode set may be disposed on different surfaces of the wearable device 100, and the electrodes disposed on different surfaces of the wearable device 100 may facilitate the user in contacting different body parts with different electrodes.

For example, as shown in fig. 100, the electrode set may include a first electrode 850A disposed on an upper surface 1401 of the wearable device 100, and a second electrode 850B disposed on a side 180-a of the housing 180 of the wearable device 100. The user may contact a body part with one or more electrodes on wearable device 100 (such as first electrode 850A) and touch other body parts to another one or more electrodes (such as second electrode 850B). The first and second electrodes 850A, 850B may detect human electrical signals, and the processor 110 in the wearable device 100 or in another device connected to the wearable device 100, such as a cell phone, may determine a physiological parameter of the user, such as an Electrocardiogram (ECG) of the user, from the electrical signals detected by the first and second electrodes 850A, 850B. In some embodiments, the electrode set may also include more electrodes, such as a third electrode in addition to the first electrode 850A and the second electrode 850B. The third electrode may be disposed on a different surface than the first and second electrodes, such as the third electrode disposed on a surface opposite the upper surface 1401, i.e., the lower surface; alternatively, the third and first electrodes 850A are disposed at different locations on the upper surface 1401, or the third and second electrodes 850B are disposed at different locations on the side surface 180-a.

The electrode group may include a first electrode 850A disposed on the lower surface and a second electrode 850B disposed on the input device 120. In some embodiments, the second electrode 850B may be disposed on the outer end face 121-A of the input device 120, or on the side face 121-B of the input device 120. The inner end face opposite outer end face 121-a is the surface that contacts side 180-a of wearable device 100. The input device 120 may be constructed of or have a conductive surface. The conductive portion of the input device 120 may be connected to a conductive shaft 122 (e.g., a rotatable shaft), the shaft 122 extending through an opening in the housing to the interior of the housing. The electrode 850B may be connected to other internal components (such as the processor 110) through conductive portions of the input device 120 and the shaft 122. In some embodiments, a processor (e.g., processor 110) of wearable device 100 may be used to determine a physiological parameter of the user based on electrical signals detected at various electrodes (e.g., at electrodes 850A, 850B). In some embodiments, the physiological parameter may include an ECG of the user.

For example, taking the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 101 as an example, an outer surface (e.g., a lower surface) of the wearable device 100 may have a first electrode 850A and may have a second electrode 850B on the input device 120, and a user securing the wearable device 100 to their wrist may bring the first electrode 850A into contact with the skin on the user's wrist. To acquire the ECG, the user may touch the second electrode 850B on the input device 120 with a finger on their other hand. In other embodiments, more electrodes are disposed on the wearable device 100, e.g., a third electrode is included in addition to the first electrode 850A and the second electrode 850B, e.g., the third electrode may be disposed on the upper surface 1401 of the wearable device 100. In this case, in case that the user is in contact with the first electrode and the second electrode, the wearable device 100 may derive the ECG through a first electrical signal detected by the first electrode and a second electrical signal detected by the second electrode; alternatively, in the case where the user is in contact with all of the first electrode, the second electrode, and the third electrode, the wearable device 100 may derive the ECG from a first electrical signal detected by the first electrode, a second electrical signal detected by the second electrode, and a third electrical signal detected by the third electrode.

In some embodiments, raised portions 851 may also be provided on the side of at least one electrode (e.g., electrodes 850A, 850B) of the electrode sets of the ECG detection unit of wearable device 100 that is adjacent to the skin of the user. When the user performs the ECG detection, the quality of the electric signal acquired by the wearable device 100 through the electrode provided with the convex portion 851 is better, so that the accuracy of the ECG detection of the wearable device 100 is improved.

The structure of the ECG detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to fig. 102 and 103.

Fig. 102 is a schematic structural diagram of an ECG electrode 850 according to an embodiment of the present application. For example, the electrode may be a first electrode 850A, a second electrode 850B, or a third electrode (not shown in fig. 100 and 101) as shown in fig. 100 and 101.

Hereinafter, description will be made taking the electrode as the first electrode 850A as an example.

A convex portion 851 is provided on a side of the first electrode 850A close to the outer surface of the user. The convex portion 851 has a smooth surface and has a hydrophilic property. The planar portion 852 of the first electrode 850A near the outer surface of the user has hydrophobic characteristics.

Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 102, the height h of the convex portion 851 may be in the range of 10 to 200. mu.m.

Alternatively, as shown in fig. 102, the maximum span d of the convex portion 851 along the planar portion 852 of the first electrode 850A may be 10 to 200 μm.

Alternatively, the convex portion 851 may be one or more. In the case that the convex portion 851 is provided in plural, the convex portions 851 may be arranged equidistantly, or the convex portions 851 may be arranged randomly, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

The shape of the convex portion 851 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiments of the present application, the convex portion 851 is a partial sphere.

With the first electrode 850A with the convex portion 851, when the skin contacts the first electrode 850A, the contact area between the first electrode 850A and the skin is increased, the quality of the electric signal acquired by the wearable device 100 through the electrode provided with the convex portion 851 is better, and the ECG detection accuracy of the wearable device 100 is improved.

Through the convex part 851 with the hydrophilic characteristic, the water vapor condensation in the environment is facilitated, when moisture is accumulated to a certain degree, large water drops can be formed, when the diameter of the large water drops is larger than the maximum span of the convex part 851, the large water drops can be diffused or dissipated through the hydrophobic surface of the gap, the water vapor condensation on the convex part 851 is ensured, the water drops are prevented from being too large, the moisture in the environment can be locked on the surface of the first electrode 850A, the surface of the first electrode 850A can be kept moist, the impedance between the first electrode 850A and the skin is reduced, and the polarized first electrode 850A is stable. Therefore, the quality of the electric signals collected by the wearable device 100 through the electrode provided with the convex part 851 is better, and the ECG detection precision of the wearable device 100 is improved.

In some embodiments, as shown in fig. 103, a temperature control device 860 can be further disposed on a side of the first electrode 850A near the input device 120, wherein the temperature control device 860 includes a cooling piece 861 and/or an electric heating piece 862. The refrigeration sheet 861 is used for reducing the temperature of the first electrode 850A, and the electric heating sheet 862 is used for increasing the temperature of the first electrode 850A. The temperature control device 860 can be connected with a temperature control circuit board, and can realize temperature reduction through the refrigeration sheet 861 and temperature rise through the electric heating sheet 862 under the condition that a circuit on the temperature control circuit board works.

Illustratively, the cooling fins 861 may be thermoelectric cooling fins, such as semiconductor cooling fins.

Optionally, the cooling fins 861 and the electric heating fins 862 in the temperature control device 860 may be two fins or one fin.

And controlling the temperature control device to be powered on 860 under the condition that the second parameter is detected to meet the second preset condition, so as to increase the temperature of the ECG electrode 850. Wherein the second parameter may comprise at least one of: ambient temperature; the humidity of the external environment; ECG signal quality; the AC value of the ECG signal.

The second preset condition is that the second parameter is smaller than or equal to a preset value. The second parameter satisfying the second preset condition is to be understood as the second parameter being less than or equal to the preset value corresponding to the second parameter. For example, in the embodiment where the temperature control device 860 comprises the heater 862, the heater 862 is controlled to be energized to raise the temperature of the first electrode 850A in case that the second parameter is detected to satisfy the second preset condition.

In the event that the second parameter is detected not to satisfy the second predetermined condition, the temperature control device 860 is controlled to be energized, thereby reducing the temperature of the ECG electrodes 850.

And if the second parameter does not meet the second preset condition, the second parameter is understood to be larger than a preset value corresponding to the second parameter.

For example, in the embodiment where the temperature control device 860 comprises cooling fins 861, in the event that it is detected that the second parameter does not satisfy the second predetermined condition, the cooling fins 861 are controlled to be energised so as to reduce the temperature of said first electrode 850A.

In case the wearable device 100 detects that the second parameter does not satisfy the second preset condition, the ECG electrodes 850 can be kept at a low temperature continuously by the cooling fins 861 in the temperature control device 860 arranged at the side of the electrodes in the electrode set away from the user, and moisture is condensed more easily in the environment. Under the condition that the wearable device 100 detects that the second parameter meets the second preset condition, the electrodes can be heated through the electric heating sheets 862 in the temperature control device 860 arranged on the side, away from the user, of the electrodes in the electrode group, so that the impedance between the skin and the electrodes is reduced, the quality of the electric signals collected by the wearable device 100 is better, and the accuracy of the ECG detection of the wearable device 100 is improved.

In other embodiments, a temperature control device 860 can be disposed on the side of the other ECG electrodes 850 of the wearable device 100 that is close to the user. Other ECG electrode 850 configurations may be those of existing ECG electrodes 850. At this time, the description of the temperature control device 860 changing the temperature of the other ECG electrodes 850 can refer to the above description, and will not be repeated herein.

It should be noted that, when the wearable device 100 implements the ECG detection function performed by the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 102 to fig. 103, at least one of the following functions may also be implemented at the same time: a fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 4 to 45, a function of recognizing rotation or movement of the input device of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 46 to 69, a photographing function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 70 to 93, a PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 94 to 97, a function of improving a signal of a region to be measured of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 98 to 99, a gas detection function of the wearable device 100 described below in fig. 104 to 110, an ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 described below in fig. 111 to 118, and a body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100 described below in fig. 119 to 123. In one example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 102-103, a fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 4-45 implementing fingerprint recognition functionality.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 102 to 103, for example, the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with the camera 600, optionally, the head portion 121 may be further provided with the reflection device 710, optionally, the input device 120 may be further provided with a channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may be further provided with the connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the embodiments described in fig. 70 to 93 above.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 102-103, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with various embodiments described with reference to fig. 94-97 below implementing PPG detection functionality.

In yet another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 102 to 103, for example, the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with the infrared light transmission unit 830, optionally, the input device 120 may be provided with the channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may be provided with the connector 200, and the embodiments described above with reference to fig. 98 to 99 implement the function of improving the signal of the portion to be measured.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 102-103, a gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 104-110 below performing the gas detection function.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 102-103, an ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 111-118 below implementing the ambient light detection function.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 102-103, a temperature sensor may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 119-123 below implementing the body temperature detection function.

The structure of the ECG detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to fig. 102 and 103.

Hereinafter, the structure of the gas detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to fig. 104 to 110.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 may be designed such that components associated with the gas detection unit are mounted within the input device 120. The wearable device 100 can detect the type and concentration of gas by the gas detection unit.

In the present embodiment, there are two types of gas sensors 130I at the location of the wearable device 100. In some embodiments, the gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the input device 120. In other embodiments, the gas sensor 130I may also be disposed within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100.

The structural design of the wearable device 100 for implementing gas detection of each of the above embodiments is explained in detail below.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the gas detection unit is provided in the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 104 and 108.

In some embodiments, the gas sensor 130I may be disposed at the head 121 of the input device 120.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the gas sensor 130I is provided in the head portion 121 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 104 and 105.

Fig. 104 and 105 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of the wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 104 and 105, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and a gas sensor 130I. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, the head portion 121 protrudes outward from the housing 180, and the head portion 121 accommodates the gas sensor 130I. The gas sensor 130I may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180 through the connector 200 to transmit the result obtained by the gas sensor 130I to the processor 110.

For a description of the connector 200 for connecting the gas sensor 130I and the processor 110, reference may be made to the description of fig. 6 to 23, and the fingerprint sensor 130C in the description of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced with the gas sensor 130I, and other contents remain unchanged, which is not described herein again.

In this embodiment, the head portion 121 of the input device 120 is further provided with a gas hole 910 for transmitting gas, and one end of the gas hole 910 is located on the outer surface of the head portion 121 and the other end is connected with the gas sensor 130I to be able to transmit gas between the gas hole 910 and the gas sensor 130I.

In the embodiment of the present application, it is only necessary to ensure that the air holes 910 can realize the circulation of the air.

The number of the air holes 910 and the positions of the air holes 910 on the head are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

The outer surface of the head 121 includes an outer end surface 121-A and a side surface 121-B connected, the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 is parallel or approximately parallel to the side surface 180-A of the housing 180, and the side surface 121-B of the head 121 is a circumferential surface of the head 121.

In some embodiments, as shown in fig. 104 (a), the air holes 910 extend from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, and then from the inside of the head 121 to the side face 121-B of the head 121.

In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 105 (a), the air holes 910 extend through the side 121-B of the head 121.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the spacing between the plurality of air holes 910.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the gas sensor 130I.

For example, the gas sensor 130I may be a semiconductor sensor, which mainly generates an electrical reaction between the gas sensitive material and the detected gas molecules entering the gas hole 910 and reaching the gas sensor 130I, and realizes the type and/or concentration of the detected gas of the gas sensor 130I according to the change of voltage, current, resistance, etc.

For another example, the gas sensor 130I may also be a solid electrolyte gas sensor, and the gas sensor 130I detects the type and/or concentration of the gas mainly by the fact that the gas sensitive material generates ions under different gas (the detected gas entering the gas hole 910 and reaching the gas sensor 130I) environments, and the ions migrate and conduct to form a potential difference.

For another example, the gas sensor 130I may also be an optical gas sensor, and mainly utilizes the principle that different gas (the detected gas entering the gas hole 910 and reaching the gas sensor 130I) substances have different absorption spectra, for example, laser is emitted to the detected gas through the gas hole 910, and some gases absorb light with specific wavelength, so that the intensity of the reflected laser is reduced, and the gas sensor 130I can detect the type and/or concentration of the gas.

In some embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes the gas detection, the gas detection unit processes the gas detection unit to obtain a processed result, the processed result is transmitted to the processor 110 through the connection line and the connector 200, and the processor 110 presents the parameter information related to the gas detected by the gas detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100.

Illustratively, the parameter information related to the gas may include a concentration of the gas, a kind of the gas, and the like.

In other embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes the gas detection, the data to be processed is directly transmitted to the processor 110 through the connection line and the connector 200, the processor 110 obtains the detection result according to the data to be processed, and the processor 110 presents the parameter information related to the gas detected by the gas detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device. Illustratively, the data to be processed may be a change in intensity of an optical signal detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in voltage detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in current detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in impedance detected by the gas sensor 130I, and the like.

By providing the gas detection unit in the head 121 of the wearable device 100, a function of detecting gas by the wearable device 100 is realized, and a space inside the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 can be saved. In addition, the gas flows only outside the housing 180, which facilitates a waterproof design inside the housing 180.

In other embodiments, the gas sensor 130I may be disposed on the stem portion 122 of the input device 120.

The structure in which the gas sensor 130I is provided in the head 121 of the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 104 and 105. Hereinafter, a structure in which the gas sensor 130I is provided in the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 106 to 108.

Fig. 106 and 107 are schematic cross-sectional views of a local region of the wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 106 and 107, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and a gas sensor 130I. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, the gas sensor 130I is accommodated in the shaft portion 122, and the head portion 121 is extended outward from the housing 180. The gas sensor 130I is soldered to a connector 200 provided at the bottom of the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120, and the connector 200 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180 to transmit the result obtained by the gas sensor 130I to the processor 110.

In this embodiment, a seventh passage 940 for transmitting gas and a gas hole 910 communicating with the seventh passage 940 are provided in the input device 120 in the axial direction of the rod portion 122 so as to be able to transmit gas between the gas hole 910, the seventh passage 940, and the gas sensor 130I.

The description of fig. 6 to 23 may be referred to for a description of the connector 200 for connecting the gas sensor 130I and the processor 110, except that the fingerprint sensor 130C in the description of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced by the gas sensor 130I, and other contents remain unchanged, which is not described herein again.

In the embodiment of the present application, it is only necessary to ensure that the air hole 910 and the seventh channel 940 can be communicated with each other, so as to realize the circulation of the gas.

The number of the air holes 910 and the positions of the air holes 910 on the head 121 are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 106 (a), the air hole 910 extends from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, and then from the inside of the head 121 to the side face 121-B of the head 121.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 107 (a), the air hole 910 penetrates the side 121-B of the head 121.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the spacing between the plurality of air holes 910.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the gas sensor 130I.

For example, the gas sensor 130I may be a semiconductor sensor, which mainly realizes the type and/or concentration of the gas detected by the gas sensor 130I according to the change of voltage, current, resistance, etc. by the electrical reaction between the gas sensitive material and the detected gas molecules entering the seventh channel 940 through the gas hole 910 and reaching the gas sensor 130I.

For another example, the gas sensor 130I may also be a solid electrolyte gas sensor, and the gas sensor 130I detects parameter information related to the gas by generating ions mainly through the gas sensitive material under different gas (detected gas entering the seventh channel 940 through the gas hole 910 and reaching the gas sensor 130I), and the ions migrate and conduct to form a potential difference.

For another example, the gas sensor 130I may be an optical gas sensor, and in the case that the gas sensor 130I is an optical gas sensor, the seventh channel 940 may be further configured to transmit light, and a first reflection structure 950 is disposed in the head portion 121 of the input device 120, and the first reflection structure 950 is configured to reflect the laser light emitted from the gas sensor 130I through the seventh channel 940 after the detected gas entering the gas hole 910 is absorbed, to the gas sensor 130I along the seventh channel 940. For example, as shown in fig. 106 (b) and fig. 107 (b), the gas sensor 130I emits laser light to the measured gas entering the gas hole 910 through the seventh channel 940, and by using the principle that different gas substances have different absorption spectra, some gases absorb light of a specific wavelength, so that the intensity of the laser light reflected back through the first reflecting structure 950 is reduced, and thus the gas sensor 130I can detect parameter information related to the gas.

In some embodiments, where the gas sensor 130I is an optical gas sensor, the wearable device further comprises a lens group disposed in the seventh channel 940, the lens group comprising at least one lens for focusing the light signal received by the gas sensor 130I.

The number of lenses included in the lens group provided in the seventh channel 940 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

The present embodiment does not limit the kind of lenses included in the lens group provided in the seventh channel 940. Illustratively, the lens group may include a convex lens, a combination of a convex lens and a concave lens, and the like.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the lens group disposed in the seventh channel 940.

In one embodiment, a lens group may be disposed in the seventh channel 940 at a position corresponding to the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120. In another embodiment, a lens group may be disposed in the seventh channel 940 at a position corresponding to the head 121 of the input device 120. In still another embodiment, in the case where the lens group includes a plurality of lenses, a partial lens is disposed in the seventh channel 940 at a position corresponding to the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120, and the remaining partial lens is disposed in the seventh channel 940 at a position corresponding to the head portion 121 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes the gas detection, the gas detection unit processes the gas detection unit to obtain a processed result, the processed result is transmitted to the processor 110 through the connector 200, and the processor 110 presents the parameter information related to the gas detected by the gas detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100.

In other embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes the gas detection, the data to be processed is directly transmitted to the processor 110 through the connector 200, the processor 110 obtains the detection result according to the data to be processed, and the processor 110 presents the parameter information related to the gas detected by the gas detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device. Illustratively, the data to be processed may be a change in intensity of an optical signal detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in voltage detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in current detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in impedance detected by the gas sensor 130I, and the like.

By providing the gas detection unit in the head 121 of the wearable device 100, a function of detecting gas by the wearable device 100 is realized, and a space inside the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 can be saved. In addition, the gas flows only outside the housing 180, which facilitates a waterproof design inside the housing 180.

The structure in which the gas detection unit is provided in the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 104 and 108. Hereinafter, a structure in which the gas detection unit is provided in the housing 180 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 109 and 110.

Fig. 109 to 110 are schematic cross-sectional views of local regions of the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 109 to 110, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and a gas sensor 130I. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, and the head portion 121 extends outward from the housing 180. The gas sensor 130I is disposed within the housing 180 on a side thereof adjacent to the inner end surface 122-A of the stem portion 122. The gas sensor 130I may be disposed on the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180.

Wherein the inner end surface 122-A of the rod portion 122 is a surface of the rod portion away from the head portion 121 and parallel or approximately parallel to the side surface 180-A of the housing 180.

In the present embodiment, the side near the inner end surface 122-A of the shaft portion 122 can be said to be located on the side of the shaft portion 122 away from the head portion 121.

For convenience of description, the gas sensor 130I is disposed in the housing 180 and on the side of the stem portion 122 away from the head portion 121 is referred to as the gas sensor 130I disposed in the housing 180. The side of the shaft portion 122 remote from the head portion 121 is referred to as the bottom of the shaft portion 122.

In this embodiment, a seventh passage 940 and a gas hole 910 communicating with the seventh passage 940 are provided in the input device 120 in the axial direction of the shaft portion 122 to enable gas transmission between the gas hole 910, the seventh passage 940 and the gas sensor 130I.

It should be understood that one seventh channel 940 may be provided in the shaft portion 122, and a plurality of seventh channels 940 may also be provided. In an embodiment in which the plurality of seventh channels 940 is included in the stem portion 122, in an example, a part of the seventh channels 940 in the plurality of seventh channels 940 may be used to transmit gas to the gas sensor 130I, and another part of the seventh channels 940 in the plurality of seventh channels 940 may be used to transmit gas from the seventh channels 940 to the outside, and for a specific description of the plurality of seventh channels 940 in this example, reference may be made to the description related to fig. 97 of the embodiment of the wearable device that can implement the PPG detection function, and details are not repeated. In another example, each of the plurality of seventh passages 940 is not only used to transmit gas to the gas sensor 130I, but also used to transmit gas from the seventh passage 940 to the outside.

In the embodiment of the present application, it is only necessary to ensure that the gas can flow between the gas hole 910 and the seventh channel 940.

The number of the air holes 910 and the positions of the air holes 910 on the head 121 are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Illustratively, as shown in fig. 109 (a), the air hole 910 extends from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, and then from the inside of the head 121 to the side face 121-B of the head 121. Illustratively, as shown in fig. 110 (a), the air hole 910 penetrates the side 121-B of the head 121.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the spacing between the plurality of air holes 910.

In some embodiments, the gas sensor 130I and the bottom of the stem portion 122 of the input device 110 may be disposed opposite one another. So that the gas sensor 130I can better transmit gas through the seventh passage 940 and the gas hole 910.

In some embodiments, an oleophobic dustproof membrane 930 can be disposed between the gas sensor 130I and the bottom 122 of the stem portion 122. The oleophobic and dustproof film 930 is a film having waterproof and air-permeable functions, and can protect elements of the wearable device 100 from water.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 109 and (b) in fig. 110, there is wearable device 100 provided with oleophobic dustproof film 930.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the gas sensor 130I.

For example, the gas sensor 130I may be a semiconductor sensor, and the semiconductor sensor mainly generates an electrical reaction between the gas sensitive material and the detected gas molecules entering the seventh channel 940 through the gas hole 910 and reaching the gas sensor 130I, so as to realize that the gas sensor 130I detects the parameter information related to the gas according to the changes of voltage, current, resistance, and the like.

For another example, the gas sensor 130I may also be a solid electrolyte gas sensor, and the gas sensor 130I detects parameter information related to the gas by generating ions mainly through the gas sensitive material under different gas (detected gas entering the seventh channel 940 through the gas hole 910 and reaching the gas sensor 130I), and the ions migrate and conduct to form a potential difference.

For another example, the gas sensor 130I may be an optical gas sensor, and in the case that the gas sensor 130I is an optical gas sensor, the seventh channel 940 may be further configured to transmit light, and a first reflection structure 950 is disposed in the head portion 121 of the input device 120, and the first reflection structure 950 is configured to reflect the laser light emitted from the gas sensor 130I through the seventh channel 940 after the detected gas entering the gas hole 910 is absorbed, to the gas sensor 130I along the seventh channel 940. For example, as shown in fig. 109 (c) and fig. 110 (c), the gas sensor 130I emits laser light to the measured gas entering the gas hole 910 through the seventh channel 940, and by using the principle that different gas substances have different absorption spectra, some gases absorb light with specific wavelengths, so that the intensity of the laser light reflected by the first reflecting structure 950 is reduced, and thus the gas sensor 130I can detect parameter information related to the gas.

In some embodiments, where the gas sensor 130I is an optical gas sensor, the wearable device further comprises a lens group disposed in the seventh channel 940, the lens group comprising at least one lens for focusing the light signal received by the gas sensor 130I. For a description of the lens group, reference may be made to an embodiment in which the gas sensor 130I is disposed on the rod portion 122, and a description of the lens group disposed in the seventh channel 940 will not be repeated herein.

In some embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes the gas detection, the gas detection unit may process the data by itself, and transmit the processed data to the processor 110, and the processor 110 presents information of the gas detected by the gas detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100. The processed data may illustratively be parameter information related to the gas.

In other embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes the gas detection, the data to be processed is directly transmitted to the processor 110, the processor 110 obtains the detection result according to the data to be processed, and the processor 110 presents the parameter information related to the gas detected by the gas detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device. Illustratively, the data to be processed may be a change in intensity of an optical signal detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in voltage detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in current detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in impedance detected by the gas sensor 130I, and the like.

The shape of the air hole 910 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application, whether the gas detection unit is disposed in the input device 120 or the housing 180. For example, the air holes 910 may be circular holes. For another example, the air holes 910 may be polygonal holes.

In some embodiments, the pores 910 have a pore size in the range of 1.5mm to 2.5 mm.

Whether the gas detection unit is disposed in the input device 120 or the housing 180, the head 121 of the wearable device 100 may further include a gas pump 920, and the gas pump 920 may cause the gas entering the gas hole 910 of the head 121 to flow according to a preset path.

In some embodiments, the air pump 920 may be disposed within the head 121.

In one implementation, the air pump 920 may be integral with the gas sensor 130I and disposed within the head 121.

For example, with the wearable electronic device 100 shown in fig. 104 (a), the setting position of the air pump 920 is as shown in fig. 104 (b).

For another example, with the wearable device 100 described in fig. 105 (a), the setting position of the air pump 920 is as shown in fig. 105 (b).

In another implementation, the air pump 920 may be separately provided within the head 121.

For example, with the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 104 (a), the setting position of the air pump 920 is as shown in fig. 104 (c).

For another example, with the wearable device 100 described in fig. 105 (a), the setting position of the air pump 920 is as shown in fig. 105 (c).

In other embodiments, the air pump 920 may be disposed within the housing 180.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 108, the air pump 920 further includes an air nozzle 921, and the air pump 920 can perform air suction and air exhaust through the air nozzle 921.

In embodiments where the inner tube 250 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, the air tap 921 interfaces with the inner tube 250.

When the air pump 920 needs to exhaust, the air pump 920 inputs the air in the air pump 920 into the seventh passage 940 through the air nozzle 921 and the inner tube 250, respectively. When the air pump 920 needs to pump air, the air pump 920 inputs the air in the transmission passage 1223 into the air pump 920 through the inner tube 250 and the air nozzle 921, respectively.

In some embodiments, the interface of the air tap 921 and the inner tube 250 may be sealed with a rubber gasket.

In an embodiment where the outer tube 240 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, the air tap 921 interfaces with the outer tube body 241.

In some embodiments, the interface between the air tap 921 and the outer tube body 241 may be sealed with a rubber gasket.

In some embodiments, processor 110 may periodically control air pump 920 to pump and exhaust air.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may control the pump 920 to pump air before the gas detection unit is ready to perform gas detection.

The air pump 920 firstly pumps the air in the input device 121, and then performs air detection, so that the accuracy of the air detection can be improved.

When the air pump 920 needs to exhaust air, the air pump 920 inputs the air in the air pump 920 into the seventh passage 940 through the air nozzle 921 and the outer tube body 241, respectively. When the air pump 920 needs to pump air, the air pump 920 inputs the air in the transmission passage 1223 into the air pump 920 through the outer tube body 241 and the air nozzle 921, respectively.

In an implementation, the aperture of the air hole 910 is smaller in an embodiment where the head 121 includes the air pump 920 than in an embodiment where the head 121 does not include the air pump 920.

By providing the gas detection unit in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, the function of the wearable device 100 for detecting gas is achieved, the wired connection between the devices in the input device 120 and the devices in the housing 180 (e.g., devices on a motherboard) can be reduced, and the reliability of the wearable device 100, especially the reliability of the wearable device 100 when the input device 120 rotates, is improved.

In another implementation, in case the wearable device 100 detects that the air hole 910 is blocked, the wearable device 100 may alert the user by voice, vibration or display corresponding content on the screen of the wearable device 100, keeping the air hole 910 from flowing in or out.

It should be noted that, when the wearable device 100 implements the gas detection function performed by the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 104 to fig. 110, at least one of the following functions may also be implemented at the same time: a fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 4 to 45, a function of recognizing rotation or movement of the input device of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 46 to 69, a photographing function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 70 to 93, a PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 94 to 97, a function of improving a signal of a region to be measured of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 98 to 99, an ECG detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 102 to 103, and a body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100 described below in fig. 119 to 123.

In one example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 104-110, a fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 4-45 implementing fingerprint recognition functionality.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 104 to fig. 110, for example, the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with the camera 600, optionally, the head portion 121 may be further provided with the reflection device 710, optionally, the input device 120 may be further provided with a channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may be further provided with the connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the embodiments described in fig. 70 to fig. 93 above.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 104-110, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 94-97 implementing PPG detection functionality.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 104-110, a set of electrode sets may be disposed on an outer surface of the head 121 or an outer surface of the housing 180, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 102-103 implementing the ECG detection function.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 104-110, a temperature sensor may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 119-123 below implementing the body temperature detection function.

The structure of the ambient light detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to fig. 111 to 118.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 may be designed in such a way that components related to the ambient light detection unit are mounted within the input device 120. For example, the wearable device 100 may implement detection of light intensity of the external environment or determination of the external environment in which the wearable device 100 is located through the ambient light detection unit.

In the present embodiment, there are two types of the ambient light sensor 130F at the position of the wearable device 100. In some embodiments, the ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed within the input device 120. In other embodiments, the ambient light sensor 130F may also be disposed within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100.

The structural design of the wearable device 100 for realizing ambient light detection of each of the above embodiments is explained in detail below.

Hereinafter, a configuration in which the ambient light detection unit can be provided in the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 111 and 115.

In some embodiments, the ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed at the head 121 of the input device 120.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the ambient light sensor 130F is provided in the head portion 121 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 111 and 112.

Fig. 111 and 112 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of the wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 111 and 112, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and an ambient light sensor 130F. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, the head portion 121 extends outward of the housing 180, and the head portion 121 accommodates the ambient light sensor 130F. The ambient light sensor 130F may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180 through a connection line (e.g., the connection line may be a cable) and the connector 200 to transmit the result obtained by the ambient light sensor 130F to the processor 110.

In this embodiment, the head 121 of the input device 120 is further provided with an eighth channel 1010 for transmitting light signals, one end of the eighth channel 1010 being located on the outer surface of the head 121, and the other end being connected with the ambient light sensor 130F to enable transmission of light signals between the eighth channel 1010 and the ambient light sensor 130F.

In this embodiment, as long as the eighth channel 1010 can allow ambient light to be transmitted through the eighth channel 1010.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the position, shape, and size of the eighth channel 1010.

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 111, the eighth channel 1010 extends from the outer end face 121-A of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121.

In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 112, the eighth channel 1010 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121.

In some embodiments, the ambient light detection unit collects light signals of an environment where the wearable device 100 is located through the eighth channel 1010, processes the collected light signals, transmits the processed result to the connector 200 through the connection line, then the connector 200 transmits the processed result of the ambient light detection unit to the processor 110, and the processor 110 presents parameter information related to the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100.

For example, the parameter information related to the ambient light may include the light intensity of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, the coefficient of ultraviolet rays of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, and the like.

In other implementations, the ambient light detection unit collects an optical signal of an environment where the wearable device 100 is located through the eighth channel 1010, and transmits the collected optical signal to the connector 200 through the connection line, so that the connector 200 transmits the optical signal collected by the ambient light detection unit to the processor 110, the processor 110 processes the optical signal collected by the ambient light detection unit to obtain a processed result, and parameter information related to the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit is presented to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100.

By providing the ambient light detection unit in the head 121 of the wearable device 100, the function of detecting the ambient light of the wearable device 100 to the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located is realized, the space in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 can be saved, and the accuracy of detecting the ambient light of the wearable device 100 is improved.

In other embodiments, the ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed on the stem portion 122 of the input device 120.

The configuration in which the ambient light sensor 130F is provided in the head portion 121 of the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 111 and 112. Hereinafter, a structure in which the ambient light sensor 130F is provided at the lever portion 122 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 113 to 115.

Fig. 113 to 115 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of the wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 shown in (c) in fig. 113 can enable reception of more ambient light signals than the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 113.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 shown in (c) of fig. 114 may enable reception of more ambient light signals than the wearable device 100 shown in (b) of fig. 114.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 in fig. 114 and 115 may enable the reception of more ambient light signals relative to the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 113.

Referring to fig. 113 to 115, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and an ambient light sensor 130F. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is installed in the installation hole 181, the ambient light sensor 130F is accommodated in the shaft portion 122, and the head portion 121 extends out of the housing 180. The ambient light sensor 130F is soldered to the connector 200 disposed at the bottom of the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120, and the connector 200 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180 to transmit the result obtained by the ambient light sensor 130F to the processor 110.

In this embodiment, a ninth channel 1020 is provided in the input device 120 in the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, an eighth channel 1010 communicating with the ninth channel 1020 is provided on the outer surface of the head portion 121, and a second reflecting structure 1030 is provided on the head portion 121. The second reflecting structure 1030 is used for reflecting the light entering the eighth channel 1010 and transmitting the reflected light to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020.

The description of fig. 6 to 23 may be referred to for a description of the connector 200 for connecting the ambient light sensor 130F and the processor 110, except that the fingerprint sensor 130C in the description of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced by the ambient light sensor 130F, and other contents remain unchanged, which is not described herein again.

Wherein the eighth channel 1010 may be a hole filled with a transparent material.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the position, shape, and size of the eighth channel 1010.

The outer surface of the head 121 includes an outer end surface 121-A and a side surface 121-B connected, the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 is parallel or approximately parallel to the side surface 180-A of the housing 180, and the side surface 121-B of the head 121 is a circumferential surface of the head 121.

In some embodiments, the eighth channel 1010 extends from the outer end face 121-A of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121 and then from the interior of the head 121 to the side 121-B of the head 121.

In other embodiments, the eighth channel 1010 extends through the side 121-B of the head 121.

Wherein the ninth channel 1020 may be a tubular channel. For example, the tubular passage may be a round tube passage, a square tube passage, or the like. In the embodiments of the present application, the tubular channel is described as a circular tube channel.

In some embodiments, the material of the space region formed by the ninth channel 1020 may be a transparent material.

In some embodiments, a plurality of holes may also be formed through the input device 120 in the axial direction of the rod portion 122, the number of the plurality of holes is equal to the number of the ninth channels 1020, each tubular object (e.g., an optical fiber) is fitted into each hole, and the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 is transmitted to the ambient light sensor 130F through the tubular object (e.g., the optical fiber).

The light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 changes the light intensity of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, so that the light intensity of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located can be restored as much as possible through calculation and calibration.

Specifically, it is obtained according to the following formula (1): when S1> S2, P1< P2, i.e., the intensity of light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030, is increased; when S1< S2, P1> P2, i.e., the light intensity of the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030, is decreased.

Therefore, in order to facilitate the detection of the ambient light, it is preferable that S1> S2 be set such that the light receiving area of the eighth channel 1010 is larger than the area of the light sensing area of the ambient light sensor 130F.

Wherein P1 is the average optical power per unit area of the ambient light where the wearable device 100 is located; s1 is the light receiving area of the eighth channel 1010; p2 is the average optical power received per unit area by ambient light sensor 130F; s2 is the area of the photosensitive area of the ambient light sensor 130F.

The formula (1) does not take into account the loss of light during transmission.

The second reflective structure 1030 of embodiments of the present application can have a variety of configurations.

In some embodiments, the second reflecting structure 1030 may be the reflecting device 710 shown in fig. 76 to 77 in the above embodiments of the wearable device capable of performing a photographing function, that is, the second reflecting structure 1030 is transparent and may extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, and the second reflecting structure 1030 has a reflecting surface (e.g., the reflecting surface 711 in the above reflecting device 710) at one end of the head 121, and light may enter the head 121 through the second reflecting structure 1030 and be reflected to the ambient light sensor 130F through the reflecting surface. For the specific description of the reflection device 710, reference may be made to the above related description, which is not repeated, and only the above camera 600 of the wearable device needs to be replaced with the ambient light sensor 130F. In other embodiments, the second reflecting structure 1030 may be the reflecting device 710 shown in fig. 82 to 84 in the above embodiments of the wearable device capable of implementing a photographing function, and for specific description, reference may be made to the above related description, which is not repeated.

In still other embodiments, the second reflective structure 1030 comprises a planar mirror.

In other embodiments, the reflective structure comprises a curved mirror, wherein the curved mirror comprises a convex mirror and/or a concave mirror.

In still other embodiments, the second reflective structure 1030 comprises a planar mirror and a curved mirror.

The number of the reflective mirrors included in the second reflective structure 1030 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In an ideal case, the area of the planar mirror is the light receiving area S1 of the eighth channel 1010.

Hereinafter, the two examples of the second reflecting structure 1030 provided in fig. 113 to 114 will be described in detail by taking a curved mirror as an example.

In one embodiment, the second reflective structure 1030 comprises a mirror having a curvature, which may be convex or concave. As shown in fig. 113, the second reflecting structure 1030 comprises a convex mirror having a curvature.

In another embodiment, the second reflective structure 1030 is a mirror having multiple curvatures. The mirror may be a convex mirror and/or a concave mirror. As shown in fig. 114, the second reflecting structure 1030 includes a convex mirror having one curvature and a concave mirror having one curvature, as shown in fig. 114.

Illustratively, the convex mirror may be a spherical convex mirror or an ellipsoidal convex mirror.

The mirror curvature ρ of a curved surface can be obtained according to the following formula:

where d is the diameter of the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120; d is the diameter of the head 121 of the input device 120; k is more than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 4.

The curved surface is assumed to be a regular spherical surface, the height of the curved surface is h, and the surface area of a reflector of the curved surface is S-2 pi h rho^-1。

In an ideal case, the surface area S of the curved mirror is the light receiving area S1 of the eighth channel 1010 (no consideration is given to the loss of light during transmission).

In some embodiments, a plurality of holes may also be provided on the mirror comprised by the second reflective structure 1030.

The position, shape and size of the hole on the reflector are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

For example, as shown in fig. 115, a hole may be provided at a central position on the mirror. In this way, the light on the right side of the wearable device 100 can also enter the ninth channel 1020, and the ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 can receive more ambient light signals.

In some embodiments, a corresponding lens group including at least one lens 1040 may be disposed in the ninth channel 1020 to better transmit the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 to the ambient light sensor 130F, thereby improving the accuracy of the ambient light detection.

The number of lenses 1040 included in the lens group is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

The present embodiment does not limit the kind of the lens 1040 included in the lens group. Illustratively, the lens group may include a convex lens, a combination of a convex lens and a concave lens, and the like.

The position of the lens group is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

In one embodiment, a lens group may be disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 113, as shown in (b) in fig. 114, and as shown in (b) in fig. 115.

In another embodiment, a lens group may be disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the head 121 of the input device 120.

For example, as shown in (c) in fig. 113, as shown in (c) in fig. 114, and as shown in (c) in fig. 115.

In still another embodiment, in the case where the lens group includes a plurality of lenses 1040, a partial lens 1040 is disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120, and the remaining partial lens 1040 is disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the head portion 121 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the second reflecting structure 1030 reflects light entering the environment where the wearable device 100 of the eighth channel 1010 is located, and transmits the reflected light to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020, the ambient light sensor 130F may collect light signals of the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, process the collected light signals, send the processed result to the processor 110 through the connector 200, and the processor 110 presents parameter information related to the ambient light detected by the ambient light detecting unit to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100. In other implementations, the light entering the environment where the wearable device 100 of the eighth channel 1010 is located is reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030, and the reflected light is transmitted to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020, the ambient light sensor 130F can collect the light signal of the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, and send the collected light signal to the processor 110 through the connector 200, the processor 110 processes the light signal collected by the ambient light detection unit to obtain a processed result, and an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100 presents parameter information related to the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit to the user.

By providing the ambient light detection unit in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 can detect the ambient light of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, and wired connection between the devices in the input device 120 and the devices in the housing 180 (e.g., devices on a motherboard) can be reduced, thereby improving reliability of the wearable device 100, especially reliability of the wearable device 100 when the input device 120 rotates.

The configuration in which the ambient light sensor 130F is provided in the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 111 and 115. Hereinafter, a structure in which the ambient light sensor 130F is provided in the housing 180 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 116 to 118.

Fig. 116 to 118 are schematic cross-sectional views of local regions of the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application, respectively.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 shown in (c) of fig. 116 may enable the reception of more ambient light signals than the wearable device 100 shown in (b) of fig. 116.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 shown in (c) in fig. 117 can enable reception of more ambient light signals than the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 117.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 in fig. 117 and 118 may enable the reception of more ambient light signals relative to the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 116.

Referring to fig. 116-118, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and an ambient light sensor 130F. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, and the head portion 121 extends outward from the housing 180. An ambient light sensor 130F is disposed within the housing 180 on a side thereof proximate the inner end surface 122-A of the stem portion 122. The ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed on the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180.

Wherein the inner end surface 122-A of the rod portion 122 is a surface of the rod portion away from the head portion 121 and parallel or approximately parallel to the side surface 180-A of the housing 180.

In the present embodiment, the side near the inner end surface 122-A of the shaft portion 122 can be said to be located on the side of the shaft portion 122 away from the head portion 121.

For convenience of description, the ambient light sensor 130F is disposed in the housing 180 and the side of the shaft portion 122 away from the head portion 121 is referred to as the ambient light sensor 130F disposed in the housing 180. The side of the shaft portion 122 remote from the head portion 121 is referred to as the bottom of the shaft portion 122.

In this embodiment, a ninth channel 1020 is provided in the input device 120 in the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, an eighth channel 1010 communicating with the ninth channel 1020 is provided on the outer surface of the head portion 121, and a second reflecting structure 1030 is provided on the head portion 121. The second reflecting structure 1030 is used for reflecting the light entering the eighth channel 1010 and transmitting the reflected light to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020.

Wherein the eighth channel 1010 may be a hole filled with a transparent material.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the position, shape, and size of the eighth channel 1010.

In some embodiments, the eighth channel 1010 extends from the outer end face 121-A of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121 and then from the interior of the head 121 to the side 121-B of the head 121.

In other embodiments, the eighth channel 1010 extends through the side 121-B of the head 121.

Wherein the ninth channel 1020 may be a tubular channel. For example, the tubular passage may be a round tube passage, a square tube passage, or the like. In the embodiments of the present application, the tubular channel is described as a circular tube channel.

In some embodiments, the material of the space region formed by the ninth channel 1020 may be a transparent material.

In some embodiments, a plurality of holes may also be formed through the input device 120 in the axial direction of the rod portion 122, the number of the plurality of holes is equal to the number of the ninth channels 1020, each tubular object (e.g., an optical fiber) is fitted into each hole, and the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 is transmitted to the ambient light sensor 130F through the tubular object (e.g., the optical fiber).

The light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 changes the light intensity of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, so that the light intensity of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located can be restored as much as possible through calculation and calibration.

Specifically, according to the above formula (1), it is possible to obtain: when S1> S2, P1< P2, i.e., the intensity of light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030, is increased; when S1< S2, P1> P2, i.e., the light intensity of the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030, is decreased.

Therefore, in order to facilitate the detection of the ambient light, it is preferable that S1> S2 be set such that the light receiving area of the eighth channel 1010 is larger than the area of the light sensing area of the ambient light sensor 130F.

In some embodiments, the second reflective structure 1030 comprises a planar mirror. In other embodiments, the reflective structure comprises a curved mirror, wherein the curved mirror comprises a convex mirror and/or a concave mirror.

In still other embodiments, the second reflective structure 1030 comprises a planar mirror and a curved mirror.

The number of the reflective mirrors included in the second reflective structure 1030 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In an ideal case, the area of the planar mirror is the light receiving area S1 of the eighth channel 1010.

Hereinafter, the two examples of the second reflecting structure 1030 provided in fig. 116 to 117 will be described in detail as an example of a curved mirror.

In one embodiment, the second reflective structure 1030 comprises a mirror having a curvature, which may be convex or concave. As shown in fig. 116, the second reflective structure 1030 comprises a convex mirror having a curvature.

In another embodiment, the second reflective structure 1030 is a mirror having multiple curvatures. The mirror may be a convex mirror and/or a concave mirror. As shown in fig. 117, the second reflecting structure 1030 includes a convex mirror having one curvature and a concave mirror having one curvature, as shown in fig. 117.

Illustratively, the convex mirror may be a spherical convex mirror or an ellipsoidal convex mirror.

The mirror curvature ρ of a curved surface can be obtained according to the following formula:

where d is the diameter of the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120; d is the diameter of the head 121 of the input device 120; k is more than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 4.

The curved surface is a regular spherical surface, the height of the curved surface is h, and the surface area of a reflector of the curved surface is S-2 pi h rho-1.

In an ideal case, the surface area S of the curved mirror is the light receiving area S1 of the eighth channel 1010 (no consideration is given to the loss of light during transmission).

In some embodiments, a plurality of holes may also be provided on the mirror comprised by the second reflective structure 1030.

The position, shape and size of the hole on the reflector are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

For example, as shown in fig. 118, a hole may be provided at a central position on the mirror. In this way, the light on the right side of the wearable device 100 can also enter the ninth channel 1020, and the ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 can receive more ambient light signals.

In some embodiments, a corresponding lens group including at least one lens 1040 may be disposed in the ninth channel 1020 to better transmit the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 to the ambient light sensor 130F, thereby improving the accuracy of the ambient light detection.

The number of lenses 1040 included in the lens group is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

The present embodiment does not limit the kind of the lens 1040 included in the lens group. Illustratively, the lens group may include a convex lens, a combination of a convex lens and a concave lens, and the like. The position of the lens group is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

In one embodiment, a lens group may be disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 116, as shown in (b) in fig. 117, and as shown in (b) in fig. 118.

In another embodiment, a lens group may be disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the head 121 of the input device 120.

For example, as shown in (c) in fig. 116, as shown in (c) in fig. 117, and as shown in (c) in fig. 118.

In still another embodiment, in the case where the lens group includes a plurality of lenses 1040, a partial lens 1040 is disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120, and the remaining partial lens 1040 is disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the head portion 121 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the ambient light sensor 130F and the bottom of the stem portion 122 of the input device 110 may be oppositely disposed. Thus, the ambient light sensor 130F can better transmit the light signal through the eighth channel 1010, the ninth channel 1020 and the air hole 910.

In some embodiments, the second reflecting structure 1030 reflects light entering the environment where the wearable device 100 of the eighth channel 1010 is located, and transmits the reflected light to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020, the ambient light sensor 130F may collect light signals of the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, process the collected light signals, send the processed result to the processor 110 through the connector 200, and the processor 110 presents parameter information related to the ambient light detected by the ambient light detecting unit to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100.

In other implementations, the light entering the environment where the wearable device 100 of the eighth channel 1010 is located is reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030, and the reflected light is transmitted to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020, the ambient light sensor 130F can collect the light signal of the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, and send the collected light signal to the processor 110 through the connector 200, the processor 110 processes the light signal collected by the ambient light detection unit to obtain a processed result, and an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100 presents parameter information related to the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit to the user.

By providing the ambient light detection unit in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 can detect the ambient light of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, and wired connection between the devices in the input device 120 and the devices in the housing 180 (e.g., devices on a motherboard) can be reduced, thereby improving reliability of the wearable device 100, especially reliability of the wearable device 100 when the input device 120 rotates.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may, when implementing the ambient light detection function performed by the wearable device 100 as described above in fig. 111-118, also implement at least one of the following functions: a fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 4 to 45, a function of recognizing rotation or movement of the input device of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 46 to 69, a photographing function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 70 to 93, a PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 94 to 97, a function of improving a signal of a region to be measured of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 98 to 99, an ECG detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 102 to 103, a gas detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 104 to 110. In one example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 111-118, a fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 4-45 implementing fingerprint recognition functionality.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 111 to 118, for example, the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with the camera 600, optionally, the head portion 121 may be further provided with the reflection device 710, optionally, the input device 120 may be further provided with a channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may be further provided with the connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the embodiments described in fig. 70 to 93 above.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 111-118, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 94-97 implementing PPG detection functionality.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 111-118, a set of electrode sets may be disposed on an outer surface of the head 121 or an outer surface of the housing 180, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 102-103 implementing the ECG detection function.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 111-118, a gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 104-110 implementing the gas detection function.

The structure of the body temperature detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below.

In some embodiments, a temperature measurement unit may be added to the wearable device 100.

In some embodiments, the input device 120 may be designed such that components associated with the temperature measurement unit are mounted within the input device 120. For example, the wearable device 100 may implement the measurement of the object temperature through the thermo-optical measurement unit.

In some embodiments, the temperature measuring unit may include an infrared sensor 130J, the specific location of the infrared sensor 130J on the wearable device 100 may be the same as the location of the ambient light sensor 130F, and for the specific location of the infrared sensor 130J on the wearable device 100, reference may be made to the description of the above embodiment in which the ambient light detecting unit is disposed in the input device 120 and the embodiment in which the ambient light detecting unit is disposed in the housing 180, and it is only necessary to replace the ambient light sensor 130F in the above embodiments with the infrared sensor 130J, and other descriptions are not changed, and are not repeated herein.

In embodiments where a cover 1211 is provided at the end of the head 121, the cover 1211 includes a first transparent region. Infrared thermal radiation of the object under test can be transmitted through the first transparent region to the eighth channel 1010 or the ninth channel 1020.

In embodiments where the end of the head 121 is not provided with a cover 1211, the end of the head 121 includes a second transparent region. The infrared radiation of the measured object can be transmitted to the eighth channel 1010 or the ninth channel 1020 through the second transparent region.

In this embodiment, as long as the eighth channel 1010 or the ninth channel 1020 can allow infrared heat radiated by the side object to be transmitted through the eighth channel 1010 or the ninth channel 1020.

The material of the first transparent region and the second transparent region may be single crystal silicon. Therefore, the loss of energy of infrared thermal radiation of the measured object can be reduced, and the temperature measurement precision of the wearable device is improved.

In other embodiments, a Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) temperature sensor, a contact temperature sensor, a temperature patch or a thermometer probe, etc., may be disposed on an outer surface of the head 121 of the input device 120.

In one implementation, the outer surface may be an outer end surface 121-A of the head 121.

In another realizable manner, the outer surface may be the side 121-B of the head 121.

In yet another implementable manner, the outer surfaces may be an outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 and a side surface 121-B of the head 121.

In the case where the user operates the input device 110, for example, the user rotates the input device 110, the user moves the input device 110, the user presses the input device 110, or the user touches the input device 110, or the like, the temperature sensor provided on the outer surface of the head portion 121 of the input device 120 may detect the body temperature of the user.

In still other embodiments, instead of wearable device 100 providing infrared sensor 130J within input device 120, wearable device 100 may also provide other infrared sensors 130J within wearable device 100. And a third transparent region in the wearable device 100. The infrared radiation of the measured object can be transmitted to the other infrared sensor 130J through the third transparent region.

In one implementation, the third transparent region may be single crystal silicon. Therefore, the loss of energy of infrared thermal radiation of the measured object can be reduced, and the temperature measurement precision of the wearable device is improved.

Illustratively, one or more infrared sensors 130J may be provided on the front side of the wearable device 100, such that a user may make temperature measurements via the infrared sensors 130J within the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, and the user may also make temperature measurements via the infrared sensors 130J on the front side of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in fig. 119, the other infrared sensor 130J is provided on the front surface of the wearable device 100. The infrared radiation of the measured object can be transmitted to the other infrared ray sensor 130J through the third transparent region 1301.

The wearable device 100 can enable the user wearing the wearable device 100 to measure the body temperature of the user himself, and the wearable device 100 can also enable the user wearing the wearable device 100 to measure the temperature of other people or other objects.

For example, the process of the wearable device 100 to measure the temperature can be seen in fig. 120 to 123.

Fig. 120 shows a process of a set of GUI changes of a watch according to an embodiment of the present application.

As shown in (a) of fig. 120, the time is displayed on the display interface of the watch. At this time, when the watch measures that the time that the user 30 touches the input device 120 is greater than the preset value, the display interface of the watch reminds the user whether to start temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 120, the display interface displays a similar content of "whether or not to perform temperature measurement".

The display interface of the watch may also include a first control to indicate turning on a temperature measurement and a second control to indicate turning off the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 120, "yes" control and "no" control are displayed in the display interface.

When the watch detects that the user selects the "yes" control, the watch may provide the user with multiple temperature measurement modes.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 120, the temperature measurement mode includes "front measurement" and "side measurement".

When the watch detects the temperature measurement mode selected by the user, the display interface of the watch may display content prompting the user to start temperature measurement.

At this time, the content displayed by the display interface of the watch may include a measurement mode, a prompt, and a "start" control.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 120, when the watch detects that the user selects the "front measurement" option, the display interface of the watch, as shown in (d) of fig. 120, displays the contents of "front measurement", "wrist up, facing the screen, moving the face completely into the recognition area", and "start" control.

For another example, as shown in (c) of fig. 120, when the watch detects that the user selects the "front measurement" option, the display interface of the watch is as shown in (a) of fig. 122, and the prompt information includes "front contact measurement", "please contact the watch screen", and "start" control.

For another example, as shown in (c) of fig. 120, when the watch detects that the user selects the "front face measurement" option, the display interface of the watch is as shown in (b) of fig. 122, and the prompt information includes "front face close to measure", "please close to the crown side", and "start" controls.

When the watch detects that the user has clicked the "start" option, the watch makes a temperature measurement.

In some embodiments, the watch may prompt the user not to move the wearable device during the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (e) of fig. 120, the watch may display "body temperature is being measured, do not move the watch or rotate the crown".

In other embodiments, the watch may also display the location of the user's temperature measurement.

Illustratively, the site of temperature measurement may be a facial measurement, a forehead temperature measurement, or a wrist measurement, among others.

When the watch completes the temperature measurement of the user, the measured temperature of the user is presented.

In one implementation, the watch may display the measured temperature of the user on a display interface of the watch.

In another implementable manner, the watch may also output the measured temperature of the user in speech.

In some embodiments, a prompt and a "done" control may also be displayed on the display interface of the watch.

For example, as shown in (f) of fig. 120, a "spring, watch prevention" and "finish" control may also be displayed on the display interface of the watch.

Fig. 121 is a diagram illustrating another GUI change process of the wristwatch according to an embodiment of the present application.

As shown in fig. 121 (a), the time is displayed on the display interface of the watch. At this time, when the watch measures that the user 30 rotates the input device 120, the display interface of the watch reminds the user whether to start temperature measurement.

The display interface of the watch may also include a first control to indicate turning on a temperature measurement and a second control to indicate turning off the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 121, a "yes" control and a "no" control are displayed in the display interface.

When the watch detects that the user selects the "yes" control, the watch may provide the user with multiple temperature measurement modes.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 121, the temperature measurement mode includes "front measurement" and "side measurement".

When the watch detects the temperature measurement mode selected by the user, the display interface of the watch may display content prompting the user to start temperature measurement.

At this time, the content displayed by the display interface of the watch may include a measurement mode, a prompt, and a "start" control.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 121, when the watch detects that the user selects the "side measure" option, the display interface of the watch is as shown in (d) of fig. 121, and the display interface displays the contents of "side measure", "raise wrist, face up, move face completely into the recognition area", and "start" control.

For another example, as shown in (c) of fig. 121, when the wristwatch detects that the user selects the "side measurement" option, the display interface of the wristwatch is as shown in (c) of fig. 122, and the prompt information includes "side close measurement", "please close the outer end face of the crown of the wristwatch", and "start" control.

When the watch detects that the user has clicked the "start" option, the watch makes a temperature measurement.

In some embodiments, the watch may prompt the user not to move the wearable device during the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (e) of fig. 121, the wristwatch can display "body temperature is being measured, do not rotate the crown".

In other embodiments, the watch may also display the location of the user's temperature measurement.

Illustratively, the site of temperature measurement may be a facial measurement, a forehead temperature measurement, or a wrist measurement, among others.

When the watch completes the temperature measurement of the user, the measured temperature of the user is presented.

In one implementation, the watch may display the measured temperature of the user on a display interface of the watch.

In another implementable manner, the watch may also output the measured temperature of the user in speech.

In some embodiments, a prompt and a "done" control may also be displayed on the display interface of the watch.

For example, as shown in (f) of fig. 121, a "spring, watch prevention from influenza" and "finish" control may also be displayed on the display interface of the watch.

With reference to the foregoing embodiments and the related drawings, a method for measuring temperature is introduced from a user interaction level, and with reference to fig. 123, a method for measuring temperature provided by an embodiment of the present application is introduced from a software implementation policy level.

It is understood that the method may be implemented in a wearable electronic device 100 having a touch screen and infrared temperature sensor, as shown in fig. 1.

Fig. 123 is a schematic flow chart of a method of temperature measurement provided by an embodiment of the present application, and as shown in fig. 123, the method 1000 may include the following steps:

S1001, temperature measurement is started.

In some embodiments, a user may operate wearable device 100 to initiate a temperature measurement.

Illustratively, the user may initiate the temperature measurement by operating in the following manner 1 to manner 3.

Mode 1, a user may initiate a temperature measurement through input device 110.

In one implementable manner, a user may initiate a temperature measurement by operating input device 120.

Illustratively, the user may initiate the temperature measurement by moving the input device 120, pressing the input device 120, or touching the input device 120, etc.

In another implementable manner, the user may initiate temperature measurement by operating a shortcut key of input device 120.

Illustratively, the shortcut key may be set by the user himself; alternatively, the shortcut key may be factory set for the wearable device 100. The embodiment of the present application does not limit this.

Illustratively, the shortcut key may be a double-click of the input device 120, a long-press of the input device 120, or a rotation of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the input device 100 described in manner 1 may also be other input devices of the wearable device 100.

Mode 2, the user may initiate a temperature measurement through a menu on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In one implementable manner, a user may initiate a temperature measurement by operating a menu bar displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 through a touch gesture.

In another implementable manner, the user may initiate the temperature measurement by operating a menu bar displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 through a blank gesture.

For example, the wearable device 100 may detect the user's hold gesture through the camera 150 or the ultrasonic sensor. And performing corresponding operation according to the detected air separating gesture of the user.

In yet another implementable manner, the user may initiate a temperature measurement by a specific blank gesture.

Illustratively, the particular gesture may be user-set; alternatively, the specific gesture may be factory set by the wearable device 100. The embodiment of the present application does not limit this.

Illustratively, the particular clear gesture may be an "OK" gesture.

For example, wearable device 100 may detect an air gesture of the user through camera 150 or an ultrasonic sensor and initiate a temperature measurement if the detected air gesture of the user is a particular air gesture.

In yet another implementable manner, the user may initiate a temperature measurement by rotating the input device 110 (or other input device on the wearable device 100) to operate a menu bar displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

Mode 3, the user can initiate the temperature measurement by voice.

Illustratively, a user wearing the wearable device 100 initiates a temperature measurement by entering voice information with a voice assistant instructing the initiation of the temperature measurement.

For example, the user wearing the wearable device 100 may also send out a cough sound, the microphone of the wearable device 100 may acquire the cough sound of the user and send the cough sound of the user to the processor 110 of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 may perform voice recognition on the cough sound of the user, and determine to start the temperature measurement if the result of the voice recognition is the cough sound of the user.

In other embodiments, wearable device 100 may also initiate a temperature measurement if wearable device 100 detects that wearable device 100 is in a non-motion state.

In an implementation manner, the acceleration sensor 130E of the wearable device 100 may detect whether the wearable device 100 is in a motion state, and send a detection result of whether the wearable device 100 is in the motion state to the processor 110, and the processor 110 determines whether to start temperature measurement according to the detection result.

In another implementation, the acceleration sensor 130E of the wearable device 100 may detect whether the wearable device 100 is in a motion state and send an instruction to the processor 110 instructing to initiate a temperature measurement if the wearable device 100 is detected to be in a motion state.

In some embodiments, after wearable device 100 determines to initiate the temperature measurement, wearable device 100 may also display a first prompt interface on display screen 140 of wearable device 100, which may prompt the user whether to initiate the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 120, as shown in (b) in fig. 121, or as shown in (b) in fig. 122, the wearable device 100 may display a prompt of "whether to perform temperature measurement" on the display screen 140.

The first prompt interface may also include a first control to indicate to turn on a temperature measurement and a second control to indicate to turn off a temperature measurement.

Specifically, wearable device 100 may detect whether a first control is selected, in which case wearable device 100 turns on a temperature measurement. Wearable device 100 may detect whether a second control is selected, in which case wearable device 100 does not turn on the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 120, as shown in (b) of fig. 121, or as shown in (b) of fig. 122, in the event that wearable device 100 detects that the user clicks the "yes" control, wearable electronic device 100 turns on the temperature measurement.

In other embodiments, wearable device 100 may also issue a voice prompt to prompt the user whether to initiate a temperature measurement after wearable device 100 determines to initiate a temperature measurement.

S1002, determining a temperature measuring mode.

It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the temperature measurement may include different temperature measurement manners.

Illustratively, the measurement mode may include a frontal measurement, a lateral measurement, and the like.

Wherein a front measurement may be understood as a temperature measurement through the front of the wearable device 100. The front surface may be understood as a surface parallel or approximately parallel to the display of the display screen.

In some embodiments, taking a temperature measurement through the front of the wearable device 100 may be understood as a temperature measurement taken through channel 3 of the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 (e.g., a channel extending from the side of the display screen 140 that displays content to the side of the display screen 140 that does not display content).

In other embodiments, taking a temperature measurement through the front of wearable device 100 may be understood as a temperature measurement taken through channel 1 of input device 120 of wearable device 100 (e.g., a channel extending from side 121-B of head 121 to a temperature sensor).

Therein, a lateral measurement may be understood as a temperature measurement through the lateral side of the wearable device 100.

Exemplarily, a temperature measurement by a side of the wearable device 100 may be understood as a temperature measurement by the channel 2 of the input device 120 (e.g., a channel extending from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the temperature sensor).

In some embodiments, the front measurement may be further classified as a front hugging measurement, i.e. when the front hugging measurement is performed, the object to be measured and the front of the wearable device 100 need to be in contact.

For example, the user needs to make contact with the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 when making a front hug measurement.

For another example, when making a front hugging measurement, the user needs to be in contact with the side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100.

In other embodiments, the lateral measurement can be further classified as a lateral cling measurement, i.e., when the lateral cling measurement is performed, the object to be measured needs to contact the lateral side of the wearable device 100.

For example, when performing a side contact measurement, it is necessary to bring an object to be measured into contact with the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100.

In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may issue a voice prompt that may remind the user to choose the manner of temperature measurement.

The user can select the temperature measurement mode through voice input.

In other embodiments, wearable device 100 may display a second prompting interface on display screen 140 of wearable device 100 that may prompt the user to select a manner of temperature measurement.

Illustratively, the second prompt interface may include two measurement modes, namely "front measurement" and "side measurement".

And the user can select a temperature measurement mode through the second prompt interface.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 120, the temperature measurement mode selected by the user is a front measurement.

For another example, as shown in fig. 121 (c), the temperature measurement mode selected by the user is a side measurement.

In some embodiments, where the user-selected temperature measurement mode is a frontal measurement and the wearable device 100 makes a temperature measurement through the side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 may also rotate the input device 120 by a first angle to cause the infrared temperature sensor 130J to receive infrared thermal radiation of the measurand through the channel 1. Wherein the first angle is the angle of the measured object relative to the channel 1.

In some embodiments, rotation of the input device 120 by the first angle may be understood to be for the purpose of locating channel 1 on the input device 120 in a particular position.

Illustratively, the specific location may be a habitual location where the user makes temperature measurements through the input device 120.

For example, channel 1 is located at a particular location on the input device 120, the human eye is in the same location, and the angle of viewing the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 and the angle of viewing channel 1 on the input device 120 are the same or similar.

In one implementation, the particular location of the input device 120 is predetermined.

For example, various angles corresponding to various positions of the input device 120 may be preset.

The processor 110 of the wearable device 100 may detect a first angle between the current channel 1 and the channel 1 at the particular location and control the input device 110 to rotate by the first angle.

S1003, measure temperature.

In some embodiments, wearable electronic device 100 may also display a third prompt interface on the interface of wearable electronic device 100 prior to measuring the temperature. The third prompt interface prompts the user to begin measuring the temperature.

Illustratively, the third prompt interface displays content including a measurement mode, a prompt, and a "start" control.

For example, as shown in (d) of fig. 120, the prompt information includes "measure right side", "lift wrist, face up to the screen, move face completely into the recognition area", and "start" control.

For another example, as shown in fig. 121 (d), the prompt information includes "measure sideways", "lift the wrist, face the screen, move the face completely into the recognition area", and "start" controls.

For another example, as shown in fig. 122 (c), the prompt message includes "side close measurement", "please close the outer end surface of the crown", and "start" control.

The user may operate according to the prompt content displayed on the third prompt interface of wearable electronic device 100, click the "start" control, and start the temperature measurement.

In some embodiments, during the process of wearable device 100 measuring the temperature, wearable device 100 may also display a fourth prompting interface on the interface of wearable device 100. The fourth prompting interface is for prompting the user not to move the wearable device.

In other embodiments, the fourth prompt interface may also display the location of the user's temperature measurement.

Illustratively, the site of temperature measurement may be a facial measurement, a forehead temperature measurement, or a wrist measurement, among others.

For example, as shown in (e) of fig. 120, the fourth prompt interface displays the content of "temperature is being detected, do not move the watch".

For another example, as shown in (e) of fig. 121, the fourth prompt interface displays the content of "temperature is being detected, and does not move the crown".

The user may hold the wearable device 100 stationary or the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 stationary in accordance with the prompts displayed on the interface of the wearable electronic device 100.

And S1004, outputting the measurement result.

In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may display the measurement results through a display interface of wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in (f) in fig. 120 or as shown in (f) in fig. 121 as shown in fig. 122.

In this embodiment, in one implementation, a prompt and a "done" control may also be displayed on the display interface of wearable device 100.

For example, the "spring is full, watch prevent influenza" and "finish" controls as shown in (f) of diagram 120 or as shown in diagram 122 shown in (f) of diagram 121.

In other embodiments, wearable device 100 may emit a voice indicating the temperature measurement.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may implement the body temperature detection function performed by the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 119 to 123 above, and may also implement at least one of the following functions: a fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 4 to 45, a function of recognizing rotation or movement of the input device of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 46 to 69, a photographing function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 70 to 93, a PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 94 to 97, a function of improving a signal of a region to be measured of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 98 to 99, an ECG detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 102 to 103, a gas detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 104 to 110, and an ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 111 to 118. In one example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 119-123, a fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 4-45 implementing fingerprint recognition functionality.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 119 to 123, for example, the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with the camera 600, optionally, the head portion 121 may be further provided with the reflection device 710, optionally, the input device 120 may be further provided with a channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may be further provided with the connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the embodiments described in fig. 70 to 93 above.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 119-123, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 94-97 implementing PPG detection functionality.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 119-123, a set of electrode sets may be disposed on an outer surface of the head 121 or an outer surface of the housing 180, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 102-103 implementing the ECG detection function.

In yet another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 119 to 123, for example, the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with the infrared light transmission unit 830, optionally, the input device 120 may be provided with the channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may be provided with the connector 200, and the embodiments described with reference to fig. 98 to 99 above implement the function of improving the signal of the portion to be measured.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 119-123, a gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 104-110 implementing the gas detection function.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 119-123, an ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 111-118 implementing the ambient light detection function.

The wearable device with the ambient light detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to fig. 111 and 123. Hereinafter, the structure of the light-emitting illumination function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to fig. 124 to 137.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 may be designed such that components related to the light emitting unit are installed in the input device 120.

For example, in the case where the components related to the light-emitting unit are installed in the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, the user wearing the wearable device 100 can use the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 as a flashlight or a laser pen, thereby improving the user experience.

In the embodiment of the present application, there are two types of light-emitting units at the position of the wearable device 100. In some embodiments, the light emitting unit may be disposed within the input device 120. In other embodiments, the light emitting unit may also be disposed within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100.

The structural design of the wearable device 100 for realizing ambient light detection of each of the above embodiments is explained in detail below.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the light emitting unit is provided in the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 124 and 131.

In some embodiments, the light emitting unit may be disposed at the head 121 of the input device 120.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the light emitting unit is provided in the head portion 121 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 124 and 125.

Fig. 124 and 125 are schematic cross-sectional views of a local region of the wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 124 and 125, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and a light emitting unit 1100. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is installed in the installation hole 181, the head portion 121 extends outward from the housing 180, and the head portion 121 accommodates the light emitting unit 1100. The light emitting unit 1100 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180 through a connection line (e.g., the connection line may be a cable) and the connector 200, so that the processor 110 connected to the first circuit board 111 controls the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light or not to emit light.

The description of the connector 200 for connecting the light emitting unit 1100 and the processor 110 can refer to the description of fig. 6 to 23, except that the fingerprint sensor 130C in the description of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced by the light emitting unit 1100, and other contents remain unchanged, which is not repeated herein.

In this embodiment, the head 121 of the input device 120 is further provided with a light transmission structure for transmitting a light signal, so that the light signal emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light transmission structure.

In some embodiments, the optical transmission structure may include a tenth channel 1110.

Specifically, the tenth channel 1110 is provided at the head 121 of the input device 120. One end of the tenth channel 1110 is located on the outer surface of the head 121, and the other end is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, so that the light signal emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the tenth channel 1110.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the tenth channel 1110.

Illustratively, as shown in (a) and (b) in fig. 124 and 7-1, the tenth channel 1110 may extend from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121.

Illustratively, as shown in (a) and (B) of fig. 125 and 7-2, the tenth channel 1110 may extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121.

The number of the tenth channels 1110 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Exemplarily, as shown in (a) of fig. 124, the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 124 (b), the tenth channel 1110 is three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include a channel 1111, a channel 1112, and a channel 1113.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 125 (a), the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 125 (b), the tenth channel 1110 is three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include a channel 1111, a channel 1112, and a channel 1113.

In one implementation, at least two light transmission channels of the tenth plurality of channels 1110 transmit different colors of light. In another implementation, multiple tenth channels 1110 may transmit the same color of light.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 124, the channel 1111 may transmit light of red, the channel 1112 may transmit light of green, and the channel 1113 may transmit light of yellow.

Illustratively, the channel 1111, the channel 1112, and the channel 1113 shown in fig. 125 (b) may transmit yellow light.

In some embodiments, tenth channel 1110 may be a hole.

In other embodiments, tenth channel 1110 may be a hole filled with a transparent material.

The shape of the tenth channel 1110 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

For example, the cross-section of the tenth channel 1110 may be circular, square, or the like. In the embodiments of the present application, the tenth channel 1110 is described as being circular in cross section.

When the user uses the light emitting unit 1100 in the input device 120, for example, the user turns on the illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on the laser pointer mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 sends a control signal for instructing the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light to the light emitting unit 1100 through the connector 200 and the connection line. The light emitting unit 1100 emits light when receiving the control signal, and the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the tenth channel 1110.

In other embodiments, the optical transmission structure includes a fiber hole 1120 and an optical fiber 1130 disposed in the fiber hole 1120 for transmitting an optical signal.

In one realizable approach, as shown in (c) of fig. 124, the fiber holes 1120 extend from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121. The light emitting unit 1100 thus transmits light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light guide fiber 1130.

In another realizable approach, as shown in (c) of fig. 125, the fiber holes 1120 extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the side 121-B of the head 121. The light emitting unit 1100 thus transmits light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light guide fiber 1130.

In embodiments of the light emitting unit 1100 where the fiber hole 1120 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the head 121, the light transport structure may further comprise a light emitting fiber 1140 in addition to the fiber hole 1120 and the light guiding fiber 1130. The luminescent fibers 1140 are disposed in the fiber holes 1120, and the luminescent fibers 1140 are disposed on the side of the fiber holes 1120 adjacent to the side 121-B of the head 121. The light emitting unit 1100 thus transmits light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light guide fiber 1130 and the light emitting fiber 1140.

The number of the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the present embodiment.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 124 (c) and as shown in fig. 125 (c), the wearable device 100 may include 3 fiber holes 1120, the 3 fiber holes 1120 being a first fiber hole 1121, a second fiber hole 1122, and a third fiber hole 1123, respectively.

In the case where the fiber holes 1120 are plural, the positions of the respective fiber holes 1120 in a plane parallel to the outer end surface 121-a of the header 121 may be set so as not to interfere with each other. The number of the light guide fibers 1130 in the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, one optical fiber 1130 may be disposed in one fiber hole 1120.

For example, as shown in fig. 124 (c) and 125 (c), one light guide fiber 1130 is provided in each of the 3 fiber holes. Specifically, a first light guide fiber 1131 is disposed in the first fiber hole 1121, a second light guide fiber 1132 is disposed in the second fiber hole 1122, and a third light guide fiber 1133 is disposed in the third fiber hole 1123.

The number of the light emitting fibers 1140 in the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the present embodiment.

Illustratively, one luminescent fiber 1140 may be disposed in one fiber hole 1120.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 125, one luminescent fiber 1140 is disposed in each of 3 fiber holes. Specifically, a first luminescent fiber 1141 is disposed in the first fiber hole 1121, a second luminescent fiber 1142 is disposed in the second fiber hole 1122, and a third luminescent fiber 1143 is disposed in the third fiber hole 1123.

The color of the optical signal transmitted by the optical fiber 1130 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

In one implementation, at least two of the plurality of optical fibers 1130 transmit light of different colors. In another implementation, each of the plurality of light-guiding fibers 1130 may transmit light of each color. In yet another implementation, multiple optical fibers 1130 may transmit the same color of light.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 124, the first optical fiber 1131 may transmit light of red, the second optical fiber 1132 may transmit light of green, and the third optical fiber 1133 may transmit light of yellow.

The color of the optical signal transmitted by the pair of optical fibers 1130 and 1140 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

In one implementation, at least two of the pairs of light-conducting fibers 1130 and light-emitting fibers 1140 transmit light of different colors. In another realizable approach, each of the plurality of pairs of light conducting fibers 1130 and light emitting fibers 1140, 1130 and 1140 may transmit light of each color. In yet another implementation, multiple pairs of light-guiding fibers 1130 and light-emitting fibers 1140 may transmit the same color of light.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 125 (c), the first light guide fiber 1131 and the first luminescent fiber 1141 may be a pair of light guide fiber 1130 and luminescent fiber 1140. The second light guide fiber 1132 and the second luminescent fiber 1142 may be a pair of light guide fiber 1130 and luminescent fiber 1140. The third optical fiber 1133 and the third luminescent fiber 1143 may be a pair of optical fiber 1130 and luminescent fiber 1140. The first light guide fiber 1131 and the first luminescent fiber 1141, the second light guide fiber 1132 and the second luminescent fiber 1142, and the third light guide fiber 1133 and the third luminescent fiber 1143 may all transmit yellow light.

The shape of the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

The shape of the optical fiber 1130 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

The shape of the luminescent fiber 1140 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

When the user uses the light emitting unit 1100 in the input device 120, for example, the user turns on the illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on the laser pointer mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 sends a control signal for instructing the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light to the light emitting unit 1100 through the connector 200 and the connection line. The light emitting unit 1100 emits light when receiving the control signal, and the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the light guide fiber 1130 or the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the light guide fiber 1130 and the light emitting fiber 1140.

By arranging the light-emitting unit 1100 in the head 121 of the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 can be used as a flashlight or a laser pen, so that the space in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 can be saved, a user can use the lighting function or the laser pen function of the wearable device 100 conveniently, and the user experience is improved.

In other embodiments, the light emitting unit 1100 may be disposed at the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120.

The structure in which the light-emitting unit 1100 is provided in the head portion 121 of the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 124 and 125. Hereinafter, a structure in which the light emitting unit 1100 is disposed in the lever portion 122 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 126 to 131.

Fig. 126 to 131 are each a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

In contrast to fig. 126, the tenth channel 1110 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 127 is of a different form.

Compared to fig. 127, the number of tenth channels 1110 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 128 is different.

As shown in fig. 129, is a cross-sectional schematic view of the input device 120 along the C-C direction of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 128.

In comparison with fig. 128, another example of the light transmission structure in the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 130.

As shown in fig. 131, a schematic cross-sectional view of the input device 120 along the D-D direction of the wearable device 100 shown in (D) in fig. 126 or a schematic cross-sectional view of the input device 120 along the D-D direction of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 130.

Referring to fig. 126 to 131, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and an ambient light sensor 130F. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is installed in the installation hole 181, the shaft portion 122 accommodates the light emitting unit 1100, and the head portion 121 extends outward from the housing 180. The light emitting unit 1100 is soldered to the connector 200 disposed at the bottom of the lever portion 122 of the input device 120, and the connector 200 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180, so that the processor 110 connected to the first circuit board 111 controls the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light or not.

The description of the connector 200 for connecting the light emitting unit 1100 and the processor 110 can refer to the description of fig. 6 to 23, except that the fingerprint sensor 130C in the description of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced by the light emitting unit 1100, and other contents remain unchanged, which is not repeated herein.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 is further provided with a light transmission structure for transmitting a light signal, so that the light signal emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light transmission structure.

In some embodiments, the optical transmission structure may include a tenth channel 1110.

Specifically, the tenth channel 1110 extends along the outer surface of the head portion 121 of the input device 120 to the interior of the shaft portion 122. One end of the tenth channel 1110 is located on the outer surface of the head 121, and the other end is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, so that the light signal emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the tenth channel 1110.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the tenth channel 1110.

The outer surface of the head 121 includes an outer end surface 121-A and a side surface 121-B connected, the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 is parallel or approximately parallel to the side surface 180-A of the housing 180, and the side surface 121-B of the head 121 is a circumferential surface of the head 121.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 126, the tenth channel 1110 may extend from the outer end surface 121-a of the head portion 121 of the input device 120 to the light emitting unit 1100 in the shaft portion 122.

Illustratively, the tenth channel 1110 may extend from the side 121-B of the head portion 121 of the input device 120 to the light emitting unit 1100 in the shaft portion 122.

For example, as shown in fig. 127 and 7-5, the tenth channel 1110 may include a first partial light-transmitting channel provided in the shaft portion 122 in the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, the tenth channel 1110 may further include a second partial light-transmitting channel provided in the head portion 121 in the direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, and the first partial light-transmitting channel and the second partial light-transmitting channel communicate.

The number of the tenth channels 1110 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 126 (a) and 132 (b), the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in (c) of fig. 126, the tenth channels 1110 are three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include a channel 1111, a channel 1112, and a channel 1113.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 127, the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 128, the tenth channel 1110 is three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include a channel 1111, a channel 1112, and a channel 1113.

In the case where there are a plurality of the tenth channels 1110, the positions of the respective tenth channels 1110 in the plane parallel to the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 may be such that they do not interfere with each other.

For example, as shown in FIG. 129, each tenth channel 1110 is one example of a location in a plane parallel to the outer end surface 121-A of the header 121.

In one implementation, at least two light transmission channels of the tenth plurality of channels 1110 transmit different colors of light. In another implementation, multiple tenth channels 1110 may transmit the same color of light.

For example, the channel 1111 may transmit light of blue, the channel 1112 may transmit light of cyan, and the channel 1113 may transmit light of green as shown in (c) of fig. 126.

Illustratively, channel 1111, channel 1112, and channel 1113 shown in FIG. 128 may transmit green light.

In some embodiments, tenth channel 1110 may be a hole.

In other embodiments, tenth channel 1110 may be a hole filled with a transparent material.

The shape of the tenth channel 1110 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

For example, the cross-section of the tenth channel 1110 may be circular, square, or the like. In the embodiments of the present application, the tenth channel 1110 is described as being circular in cross section.

In embodiments where the tenth channel 1110 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120 to the light emitting unit 1100 in the stem 122, the wearable device 100 further comprises a third reflective structure 1150, the third reflective structure 1150 being disposed in the head 121. And the third reflecting structure 1150 is used for reflecting the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 along the tenth channel 1110 portion in the shaft portion 122 and transmitting the reflected light to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the tenth channel 1110 portion in the head portion 121.

The third reflective structure 1150 according to the embodiment of the present application may have various structures.

In some embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 may be the reflective device 710 in the wearable device capable of taking a picture, that is, the third reflective structure 1150 is transparent and may extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, one end of the third reflective structure 1150 located on the head 121 has a reflective surface (e.g., the reflective surface 711 in the reflective device 710), and light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 may be reflected to the outside of the head 121 through the reflective surface of the third reflective structure 1150. For the specific description of the reflection device 710, reference may be made to the above related description, which is not repeated, and only the camera 600 of the wearable device needs to be replaced with the light emitting unit 1100.

In other embodiments, the second reflecting structure 1030 may be the reflecting device 710 shown in fig. 82 to 84 in the above embodiments of the wearable device capable of implementing a photographing function, and for specific description, reference may be made to the above related description, which is not repeated.

In still other embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 may be a conical mirror.

Illustratively, the conical reflective surface may be a rhombus-shaped mirror, a cone-shaped mirror, a diamond-cut surface rhombus-shaped mirror, or the like.

For example, as shown in (a) in fig. 127 and as shown in (a) in fig. 128, the third reflective structure 1150 is a cone-shaped mirror.

In still other embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 may be an arc-shaped mirror.

Illustratively, the curved reflective surface may be a semi-circular mirror, an elliptical mirror, or the like.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 127 and as shown in (b) in fig. 128, the third reflective structure 1150 is an arc-shaped mirror.

In still other embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 includes a combination mirror.

Illustratively, the combined mirror may be a cone mirror and a mirror combined with each other.

Illustratively, the combination mirror may also be a mirror that is a combination of a plurality of conical mirrors.

Illustratively, the combined mirror may also be a mirror combined by a plurality of arc-shaped mirrors.

In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may also include a convex lens 1160. The convex lens 1160 is disposed in the tenth channel 1110 of the input device 120. The convex lens 1160 can converge the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100, so that the light can be better transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100.

The number of the convex lenses 1160 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the convex lens 1160 in the tenth channel 1110.

For example, as shown in fig. 126, the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 126 further includes a convex lens 1160, as compared to the wearable device 100 shown in (a) in fig. 126.

With respect to the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 126 (a), the light-emitting unit 1100 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 126 (b) can realize that more light signals emitted by the light-emitting unit 1100 are transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 along the transparent channel 710.

When the user uses the light emitting unit 1100 in the input device 120, for example, the user turns on the illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on the laser pointer mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 sends a control signal for instructing the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light to the light emitting unit 1100 through the connector 200 and the connection line. The light emitting unit 1100 emits light when receiving the control signal, and the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the tenth channel 1110.

In other embodiments, the optical transmission structure includes a fiber hole 1120 and an optical fiber 1130 disposed in the fiber hole 1120 for transmitting an optical signal.

In one realizable approach, as shown in (d) of fig. 126, the fiber holes 1120 extend from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121. The light emitting unit 1100 thus transmits light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light guide fiber 1130.

In another realizable approach, as shown in fig. 130, the fiber holes 1120 extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the side 121-B of the head 121. The light emitting unit 1100 thus transmits light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light guide fiber 1130.

In embodiments of the light emitting unit 1100 where the fiber hole 1120 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the head 121, the light transport structure may further comprise a light emitting fiber 1140 in addition to the fiber hole 1120 and the light guiding fiber 1130. The luminescent fibers 1140 are disposed in the fiber holes 1120, and the luminescent fibers 1140 are disposed on the side of the fiber holes 1120 adjacent to the side 121-B of the head 121. The light emitting unit 1100 thus transmits light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light guide fiber 1130 and the light emitting fiber 1140.

The number of the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the present embodiment.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 126 (d) and as shown in fig. 130, the wearable device 100 may include 3 fiber holes 1120, the 3 fiber holes 1120 being a first fiber hole 1121, a second fiber hole 1122, and a third fiber hole 1123, respectively.

In the case where the fiber holes 1120 are plural, the positions of the respective fiber holes 1120 in a plane parallel to the outer end surface 121-a of the header 121 may be set so as not to interfere with each other.

For example, as shown in fig. 131, the fiber holes 1120 are located at positions parallel to the plane of the outer end surface 121-a of the header 121.

The number of the light guide fibers 1130 in the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, one optical fiber 1130 may be disposed in one fiber hole 1120.

For example, as shown in fig. 126 (d) and fig. 130, one light guide fiber 1130 is provided in each of 3 fiber holes.

Specifically, a first light guide fiber 1131 is disposed in the first fiber hole 1121, a second light guide fiber 1132 is disposed in the second fiber hole 1122, and a third light guide fiber 1133 is disposed in the third fiber hole 1123.

The number of the light emitting fibers 1140 in the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the present embodiment.

Illustratively, one luminescent fiber 1140 may be disposed in one fiber hole 1120.

For example, as shown in fig. 130, one luminescent fiber 1140 is disposed in each of 3 fiber holes. Specifically, a first luminescent fiber 1141 is disposed in the first fiber hole 1121, a second luminescent fiber 1142 is disposed in the second fiber hole 1122, and a third luminescent fiber 1143 is disposed in the third fiber hole 1123.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the color of the optical signal transmitted by the pair of optical fibers 1130.

In one implementation, at least two of the plurality of optical fibers 1130 transmit light of different colors. In another implementation, each of the plurality of light-guiding fibers 1130 may transmit light of each color. In yet another implementation, multiple optical fibers 1130 may transmit the same color of light.

For example, as shown in (d) of fig. 126, the first optical fiber 1131 may transmit orange light, the second optical fiber 1132 may transmit red light, and the third optical fiber 1133 may transmit yellow light.

The color of the optical signal transmitted by the pair of optical fibers 1130 and 1140 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

In one implementation, at least two of the pairs of light-conducting fibers 1130 and light-emitting fibers 1140 transmit light of different colors. In another implementation, multiple pairs of light-guiding fibers 1130 and light-emitting fibers 1140 may transmit the same color of light. In yet another implementation, multiple pairs of light-guiding fibers 1130 and light-emitting fibers 1140 may transmit the same color of light.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 130, the first light guide fiber 1131 and the first luminescent fiber 1141 may be a pair of light guide fibers 1130 and luminescent fibers 1140. The second light guide fiber 1132 and the second luminescent fiber 1142 may be a pair of light guide fiber 1130 and luminescent fiber 1140. The third optical fiber 1133 and the third luminescent fiber 1143 may be a pair of optical fiber 1130 and luminescent fiber 1140. The first light guide fiber 1131 and the first light emitting fiber 1141, the second light guide fiber 1132 and the second light emitting fiber 1142, and the third light guide fiber 1133 and the third light emitting fiber 1143 may all transmit red light.

The shape of the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

The shape of the optical fiber 1130 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

The shape of the luminescent fiber 1140 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

When the user uses the light emitting unit 1100 in the input device 120, for example, the user turns on the illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on the laser pointer mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 sends a control signal for instructing the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light to the light emitting unit 1100 through the connector 200 and the connection line. The light emitting unit 1100 emits light when receiving the control signal, and the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the light guide fiber 1130 or the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the light guide fiber 1130 and the light emitting fiber 1140.

By arranging the light-emitting unit 1100 in the rod portion 122 of the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 can be used as a flashlight or a laser pen, so that the space in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 can be saved, a user can use the lighting function or the laser pen function of the wearable device 100 conveniently, and the user experience is improved.

The structure in which the light-emitting unit 1100 is provided in the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 124 and 131. Hereinafter, a structure in which the light emitting unit 1100 is disposed in the housing 180 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 132 to 135.

Fig. 132 to 135 are each a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

In comparison with fig. 132, the tenth channel 1110 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 133 is different in form.

Compared to fig. 133, the number of tenth channels 1110 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 134 is different.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the light-emitting unit 1100 can be provided in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 is described with reference to fig. 132 to 135.

Referring to fig. 132 to 135, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and an ambient light sensor 130F. The cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180, forming a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head portion 121 and a shaft portion 122, the shaft portion 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, and the head portion 121 extends outward from the housing 180. The light emitting unit 1100 is disposed in the housing 180 at a side close to the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 122. The light emitting unit 1100 may also be disposed on the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180 such that the processor 110 connected to the first circuit board 111 controls the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light or not.

Wherein the inner end surface 122-A of the rod portion 122 is a surface of the rod portion away from the head portion and parallel or approximately parallel to the side surface 180-A of the housing 180.

In the present embodiment, the side near the inner end surface 122-A of the shaft portion 122 can be said to be located on the side of the shaft portion 122 away from the head portion 121.

For convenience of description, the light emitting unit 1100 is disposed in the housing 180 and the side of the rod portion 122 away from the head portion 121 is referred to as the light emitting unit 1100 disposed in the housing 180. The side of the shaft portion 122 remote from the head portion 121 is referred to as the bottom of the shaft portion 122.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 is further provided with a light transmission structure for transmitting a light signal, so that the light signal emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light transmission structure.

In some embodiments, the optical transmission structure may include a tenth channel 1110.

Specifically, the tenth channel 1110 extends through the input device 120. The light signal transmitted by the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the tenth channel 1110.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the tenth channel 1110.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 132, the tenth channel 1110 may extend from the outer end surface 121-A of the head portion 121 to the bottom of the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120.

Illustratively, the tenth channel 1110 may extend from the side 121-B of the head portion 121 to the bottom of the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120.

For example, as shown in fig. 133 and 134, the tenth channel 1110 may include a first partial light-transmitting channel provided in the shaft portion 122 in the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, the tenth channel 1110 may further include a second partial light-transmitting channel provided in the head portion 121 in the direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, and the first partial light-transmitting channel and the second partial light-transmitting channel communicate.

The number of the tenth channels 1110 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 132 (a) and 132 (b), the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 132 (c), the tenth channels 1110 are three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include a channel 1111, a channel 1112, and a channel 1113.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 133, the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 134, the tenth channel 1110 is three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include a channel 1111, a channel 1112, and a channel 1113.

In the case where there are a plurality of the tenth channels 1110, the positions of the respective tenth channels 1110 in the plane parallel to the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 may be such that they do not interfere with each other.

For example, as shown in FIG. 129, each tenth channel 1110 is one example of a location in a plane parallel to the outer end surface 121-A of the header 121.

In one implementation, at least two light transmission channels of the tenth plurality of channels 1110 transmit different colors of light. In another implementation, multiple tenth channels 1110 may transmit the same color of light.

Illustratively, channel 1111 may transmit orange light, channel 1112 may transmit violet light, and channel 1113 may transmit pink light, as shown in fig. 132 (c).

Illustratively, channel 1111, channel 1112, and channel 1113 shown in FIG. 134 may transmit light in the color of purple.

In some embodiments, tenth channel 1110 may be a hole.

In other embodiments, tenth channel 1110 may be a hole filled with a transparent material.

The shape of the tenth channel 1110 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

For example, the cross-section of the tenth channel 1110 may be circular, square, or the like. In the embodiments of the present application, the tenth channel 1110 is described as being circular in cross section.

In embodiments where the tenth channel 1110 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the bottom of the stem 122 of the input device 120, the wearable device 100 further includes a third reflective structure 1150, the third reflective structure 1150 being disposed in the head 121. And the third reflecting structure 1150 is used for reflecting the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 along the tenth channel 1110 portion in the shaft portion 122 and transmitting the reflected light to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the tenth channel 1110 portion in the head portion 121.

In some embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 may be a conical mirror.

Illustratively, the conical reflective surface may be a rhombus-shaped mirror, a cone-shaped mirror, a diamond-cut surface rhombus-shaped mirror, or the like.

For example, as shown in (a) in fig. 133 and as shown in (a) in fig. 134, the third reflective structure 1150 is a cone-shaped mirror.

In other embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 may be an arc-shaped mirror.

Illustratively, the curved reflective surface may be a semi-circular mirror, an elliptical mirror, or the like.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 133 and as shown in (b) of fig. 133, the third reflective structure 1150 is an arc-shaped mirror.

In still other embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 includes a combination mirror.

Illustratively, the combined mirror may be a cone mirror and a mirror combined with each other.

Illustratively, the combination mirror may also be a mirror that is a combination of a plurality of conical mirrors.

Illustratively, the combined mirror may also be a mirror combined by a plurality of arc-shaped mirrors.

In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may also include a convex lens 1160. The lens group is disposed in the tenth channel 1110 of the input device 120. The convex lens 1160 can converge the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100, so that the light can be better transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100.

The number of the convex lenses 1160 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the convex lens 1160 in the tenth channel 1110.

For example, as shown in fig. 132, the wearable device 100 shown in (b) of fig. 132 further includes a convex lens 1160, as compared to the wearable device 100 shown in (a) of fig. 132.

With respect to the wearable device 100 shown in (a) of fig. 132, the light-emitting unit 1100 of the wearable device 100 shown in (b) of fig. 132 may enable transmission of more light signals emitted by the light-emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 along the transparent channel 710.

When the user uses the light emitting unit in the input device 120, for example, the user turns on an illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on a laser pen mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 sends a control signal for instructing the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light to the light emitting unit 1100. The light emitting unit 1100 emits light when receiving the control signal, and the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the tenth channel 1110.

In other embodiments, the optical transmission structure includes a fiber hole 1120 and an optical fiber 1130 disposed in the fiber hole 1120 for transmitting an optical signal.

In one realizable approach, as shown in (d) of fig. 132, the fiber holes 1120 extend from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121. The light emitting unit 1100 thus transmits light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light guide fiber 1130.

In another realizable approach, as shown in fig. 135, the fiber holes 1120 extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the side 121-B of the head 121. The light emitting unit 1100 thus transmits light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light guide fiber 1130.

The number of the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the present embodiment.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 132 (d) and as shown in fig. 135, the wearable device 100 may include 3 fiber holes 1120, the 3 fiber holes 1120 being a first fiber hole 1121, a second fiber hole 1122, and a third fiber hole 1123, respectively.

In the case where the fiber holes 1120 are plural, the positions of the respective fiber holes 1120 in a plane parallel to the outer end surface 121-a of the header 121 may be set so as not to interfere with each other.

The number of the light guide fibers 1130 in the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, one optical fiber 1130 may be disposed in one fiber hole 1120.

For example, as shown in fig. 132 (d) and fig. 135, one light guide fiber 1130 is provided in each of 3 fiber holes. Specifically, a first light guide fiber 1131 is disposed in the first fiber hole 1121, a second light guide fiber 1132 is disposed in the second fiber hole 1122, and a third light guide fiber 1133 is disposed in the third fiber hole 1123.

The color of the optical signal transmitted by the optical fiber 1130 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

In one implementation, at least two of the plurality of optical fibers 1130 transmit light of different colors. In another implementation, each of the plurality of light-guiding fibers 1130 may transmit light of each color. In yet another implementation, multiple optical fibers 1130 may transmit the same color of light.

For example, as shown in (d) of fig. 132, the first optical fiber 1131 may transmit orange light, the second optical fiber 1132 may transmit red light, and the third optical fiber 1133 may transmit yellow light.

The shape of the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

The shape of the optical fiber 1130 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

When the user uses the light emitting unit 1100 in the input device 120, for example, the user turns on the illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on the laser pointer mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 sends a control signal for instructing the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light to the light emitting unit 1100 through the connector 200 and the connection line. The light emitting unit 1100 emits light upon receiving the control signal, and the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the light guide fiber 1130 or the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the light guide fiber 1130.

By arranging the light-emitting unit 1100 in the rod portion 122 of the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 can be used as a flashlight or a laser pen, so that the space in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 can be saved, a user can use the lighting function or the laser pen function of the wearable device 100 conveniently, and the user experience is improved.

In the above, the position of the light-emitting unit 1100 in the housing 180 in the wearable device 100 is described with reference to fig. 132 to 135. Hereinafter, the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 provided in the housing 180 will be described with reference to the detailed drawings.

In some embodiments, the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 may be a separate light source.

The light source of the light emitting unit 1100 is an independent light source, which can be understood as the light emitting unit 1100 is a light source.

For example, the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 132 to 135 may be an independent light source.

Illustratively, the individual light sources may be three primary color (e.g., red, green, and blue) light sources.

Illustratively, the three primary light sources may be Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) or vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers (VCSELs).

The processor 110 may control whether the individual light sources are illuminated.

The processor 110 may also control the luminous intensity of the individual light sources.

The processor 110 may also implement the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 by controlling the luminous intensity of the three primary light sources of the individual light sources.

In other embodiments, the light source of the lighting unit 1100 may be a light signal in the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located.

For example, the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 of the wearable device 100 as shown in (a) in fig. 131 and (a) in fig. 132 may be a light signal in the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located.

In this embodiment, wearable device 100 may also include light guide structure 1170. The light guide structure 1170 is disposed on a side of the display screen 140 away from the display content, and the light guide structure 1170 is disposed on a side of the rod portion 122 away from the head portion 121, and is configured to transmit the optical signal passing through the display screen 140 into the tenth channel 1110.

The light guide structure 1170 includes a light guide 1172 and a reflector 1173 (or prism). The light guide 1172 is disposed on a side away from the display screen 140, and the light guide 1172 is used for transmitting the light signal passing through the display screen 140 according to a set path, that is, transmitting the light signal passing through the display screen 140 in the environment where the wearable device 100 is located according to a predetermined path. The mirror 1173 can transmit the optical signal transmitted by the light pipe 1172 into the tenth channel 1110 of the input device 120.

In an implementation, the light blocking object on the side of the display screen 140 away from the display of the wearable device 100 can be removed, and a light guide 1172 is disposed at the position of the removed light blocking object, and the light guide 1172 can transmit the light signal passing through the display screen 140 along a certain path.

In this embodiment, wearable device 100 may also include light transmissive aperture 1171. As shown in fig. 131 (a) and 132 (a), the light-transmitting hole 1171 penetrates through the display screen 140, the light-transmitting hole 1171 transmits the light signal in the environment where the wearable device 100 passing through the display screen 140 is located to the light-guiding post 1172, so that the light-guiding post 1172 transmits the light signal to the reflector 1173 according to the predetermined path, and the reflector 1173 transmits the light signal transmitted by the light-guiding post 1172 to the tenth channel 1110 of the input device 120, so as to realize the emission of the light signal from the input device 120.

The position of the light-transmitting hole 1171 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

The shape of the light guide post 1172 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, the light guide 1172 can be a cylinder, a prism, a combination of a cylinder and a prism, or the like. The number of the light guide posts 1172 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In still other embodiments, the light source of the lighting unit 1100 may be a light signal displayed by the display screen 140 in the wearable device 100.

For example, the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 131 (b) to 132 (b) may be a light signal displayed by the display screen 140 in the wearable device 100.

In this embodiment, the difference from the above-described embodiment in which the light source of the light-emitting unit 1100 may be a light signal in the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located is that the wearable device 100 only includes the light guiding structure 1170, and does not include the light-transmitting hole 1171.

For the description of the light guiding structure 1170, reference may be made to the description related to the embodiment in which the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 may be an optical signal in the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, and details are not repeated here.

As shown in fig. 131 (b) and 132 (b), the light signal displayed on the display screen 140 is transmitted to the light guide 1172, so that the light guide 1172 transmits the light signal to the reflector 1173 according to a predetermined path, and the reflector 1173 transmits the light signal transmitted by the light guide 1172 to the tenth channel 1110 of the input device 120, so as to realize the emission of the light signal from the input device 120.

For convenience of description, it is noted that the light source of the light-emitting unit 1100 is a light signal in the environment where the wearable device 100 is located and the light source of the light-emitting unit 1100 is a light signal displayed by the display screen 140 in the wearable device 100 is a light signal passing through the display screen 140.

In some embodiments, a concave lens may also be disposed on the side of the tenth channel 1110 away from the shaft portion 122. The concave lens may diverge the optical signal transmitted to the tenth channel 1110 toward the outside of the head 121.

In some embodiments, for example, as shown in (c) in fig. 136 and (c) in fig. 137, wearable device 100 further includes an optical switch 1190. The optical switch 1190 may control whether to transmit the optical signal emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the optical transmission structure.

The optical switch 1190 may be electrically coupled to the processor 110.

Illustratively, the optical switch 1190 may be a micro-electro-mechanical system (MEMS) based optical switch.

The number of the optical switches 1190 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, the optical switches 1190 may be provided as one.

For example, the number of the light switches 1190 may be the same as the number of the colors of the light emitted from the transmitting unit 700.

For example, in case the user turns on the illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on the laser pen mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 instructs the light switch 1190 to control the transmission of the light signal emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 to the light transmission structure.

In some embodiments, for example, as shown in (c) in fig. 136 and (c) in fig. 137, the wearable device 100 further includes a light mixing apparatus 1180. The upper stage of the light mixing device 1180 may be connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the lower stage of the light mixing device 1180 may be connected to the light switch 1190. The light mixing device 1180 is configured to perform light mixing processing on the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 to obtain a preset light signal.

For example, the light mixing device 1180 may mix the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 based on a light mixing and adding principle.

For example, the light mixing device 1180 may be configured to perform light mixing processing on the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 through the light mixing device 1180 based on a specific light mixing principle according to the user's requirement.

In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may, when implementing the lighting illumination function performed by wearable device 100 as described above in fig. 124-137, also implement at least one of the following functions: a fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 4 to 45, a function of recognizing rotation or movement of the input device of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 46 to 69, a photographing function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 70 to 93, a PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 94 to 97, a function of improving a signal of a region to be measured of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 98 to 99, an ECG detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 102 to 103, a gas detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 104 to 110, an ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 111 to 118, and a body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100 described above in fig. 119 to 123.

In one example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 124-137, a fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 4-45 implementing fingerprint recognition functionality.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 124 to 137, for example, the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with the camera 600, optionally, the head portion 121 may be further provided with the reflection device 710, optionally, the input device 120 may be further provided with a channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may be further provided with the connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the embodiments described in fig. 70 to 93 above.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 124-137, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 94-97 implementing PPG detection functionality.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 124-137, a set of electrode sets may be disposed on an outer surface of the head 121 or an outer surface of the housing 180, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 102-103 implementing the ECG detection function.

In yet another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 124 to 137, for example, the head portion 121 or the rod portion 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with the infrared light transmission unit 830, optionally, the input device 120 may be provided with the channel, optionally, the rod portion 122 may be provided with the connector 200, and the embodiments described with reference to fig. 98 to 99 above implement the function of improving the signal of the portion to be measured.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 119-123, a gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 104-110 implementing the gas detection function.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 119-123, an ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 111-118 implementing the ambient light detection function.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as those shown in fig. 119-123, a temperature sensor may be disposed within the head portion 121 or the shaft portion 122 or the housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may be further provided with a channel, optionally the shaft portion 122 may be further provided with a connector 200, and the body temperature detection function may be implemented with reference to the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 119-123.

In some embodiments, to enhance the user's experience, the user may adjust the angle of the light emitted by wearable device 100 through input device 120.

The angle of the light emitted by the wearable device 100 through the input device 120 can be understood as the angle of the light emitted by the light-emitting unit 1100 disposed in the wearable device 100 after passing through the input device 120.

Therefore, the embodiment of the application also provides a light ray angle adjusting method. The method includes S10 to S30.

S10, determining the angle at which the light emitted from the input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

The angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 may be understood as an angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light through a channel in the input device.

In some embodiments, the angle of the light rays may be a one-dimensional angle.

Illustratively, the angle of the light may be understood as the angle of the light in the outer end face 121-A of the head 121 of the input device 120.

The angle of the ray can be understood as the angle between the ray and the y-axis, for example. Wherein the y-axis is perpendicular to the thickness direction of the wearable device 100 and perpendicular to the axial direction of the stem portion 122 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the angle of the light rays may be a two-dimensional angle.

By way of example, the angle of the light may be understood as the angle of the light in the outer end face 121-A of the head 121 of the input device 120, and the angle of the light with the outer end face 121-A of the head 121 of the input device 120.

The angle of the light ray can be understood as the angle between the light ray and the y-axis, and the angle between the light ray and the z-axis, for example. Wherein the z-axis is along the thickness direction of the wearable device 100.

In one implementation, in the event that wearable device 100 detects that the user has turned on a function of the angle of the light emitted by input device 120, wearable device 100 determines that the angle of the light emitted by input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

In another implementable manner, in the event that the wearable device 100 detects that the user is using the light-emitting unit 1100 of the input device 120, the wearable device 100 determines that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

Exemplarily, the user may understand that the user turns on the illumination mode of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 using the light emitting unit 1100 of the input device 120.

Exemplarily, the user may understand that the user turns on the laser pointer mode of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 using the light emitting unit 1100 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, after the wearable device 100 determines that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted, the wearable device 100 may also display a first reminder window or emit a first reminder voice that reminds the user whether to adjust the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120.

For example, the first reminder window can include a reminder, a control for determining that an angle of a light ray emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted, and a control for un-adjusting the angle of the light ray emitted by the input device 120.

For example, as shown in the leftmost diagram in fig. 138, the first reminder window includes a prompt of "whether to adjust the angle of the light emitted by the crown," "yes" control, and "no" control.

In the case where it is determined that the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 needs to be adjusted, S20 is performed.

In some embodiments, the user may determine, via the first reminder window, that an adjustment to the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 is required.

For example, the wearable device 100 determines that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted in case that it is detected that the user selects a control in the first reminder window for determining that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

For example, as shown in the leftmost diagram in fig. 138, the wearable device 100 determines that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted after detecting that the user selects the "yes" control in the first reminder window.

In other embodiments, the user may also determine, using a voice assistant, that an angle of light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

For example, the wearable device 100 recognizes voice information input by the user and determines whether it is necessary to adjust the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120.

S20, the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 to be adjusted (an example of the first angle to be adjusted) is determined.

In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may display an angle adjustment interface prior to determining the angle of light emitted by input device 120 to be adjusted.

The angle adjustment interface is an adjustment interface for the angle of the light emitted by the wearable device 100 through the input device 120.

Illustratively, the angle adjustment interface includes an angle adjustment control.

For example, as shown in the middle top of fig. 138, the angle adjustment interface includes an angle adjustment control 10.

Illustratively, the angle adjustment interface includes a prompt. The prompt is used to prompt the user how to adjust the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120.

As another example, as shown in the middle lower diagram of FIG. 138, the angle adjustment interface includes a "slide adjust light angle" prompt.

In other embodiments, prior to determining the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted, the wearable device 100 may emit a voice reminding the user how to adjust the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may determine the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted according to the user's gesture.

In one implementation, the wearable device 100 may determine the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted according to the user's gesture to the angle adjustment interface.

For example, after detecting a gesture of sliding an angle adjustment control in an angle adjustment interface by a user, the wearable device 100 determines an end position of the angle adjustment control in the angle adjustment interface by the user, and determines an angle corresponding to the end position of the angle adjustment control as an angle of light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

For example, as shown in the middle upper diagram of fig. 138, after detecting that the user adjusts the position of the angle adjustment control to the a position, the wearable device 100 determines the angle corresponding to the angle adjustment control being in the a position as the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

The position of the angle adjustment control corresponds to the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120.

The correspondence between the position of the angle adjustment control and the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 may be preset.

For example, the wearable device 100 detects a sliding gesture of the user along a certain direction in the angle adjustment interface, and determines an angle corresponding to the sliding operation performed by the user as an angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

For example, as shown in the middle lower diagram of fig. 138, after detecting that the user slides along the a direction, the wearable device 100 determines the angle corresponding to the a direction as the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

The angle corresponding to the sliding operation corresponds to the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120.

The correspondence between the angle corresponding to the sliding operation and the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 may be preset.

In another implementation, the wearable device 100 may determine the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted according to a gesture in which the user's finger is pointing in a certain direction.

For example, the wearable device 100 may capture images of the user's hand wearing the wearable device 100 in real time according to a camera within the input device 120 and send the captured images of the user's hand to the processor 110 in real time. The processor 110 determines the shielding angle of the hand of the user by combining the shooting angle of the camera with respect to the bottom shell of the wearable device according to the image of the hand of the user, and the bottom shell and the wrist of the user are fitted to be regarded as a plane of the wrist of the user, so that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted is determined as the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

For example, as shown in fig. 139, when the position of the finger of the user is the position of the dotted-line finger, the light emitted by the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 is in the B direction. When the pointing direction of the user's finger changes, for example, the position of the user's finger is the position of the solid line finger, the wearable device 100 captures an image of the hand wearing the user (solid line finger image), and transmits the captured image of the user's hand to the processor 110. The processor 110 determines the shielding angle of the hand of the user according to the image of the hand of the user, and determines the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 to be adjusted as the shielding angle of the hand of the user. At this time, the shielding angle of the user's hand corresponds to the C direction.

For example, the wearable device 100 may further include a light detection unit, the light detection unit may send infrared light in real time, the infrared light reaches the hand of the user wearing the wearable device 100 and is reflected, and in combination with an angle of the infrared light relative to the bottom case of the wearable device 100, the bottom case and the wrist of the user are attached to be regarded as a wrist plane of the user, so that the light detection unit receives light reflected by the hand of the user in real time, determines a shielding angle of the hand of the user according to the reflected light, and determines an angle of the light sent by the input device 120 to be adjusted as the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

If the infrared light that light detection unit transmitted is not sheltered from by user's hand, the angle that this infrared light sent is adjusted to the light detection unit, for example adjusts to wearable device 100 drain pan plane direction, until can receive the reverberation that this infrared light reflects back through user's hand, acquires the angle of sheltering from of user's hand. If the transmission angle of the infrared light has been adjusted to a preset value and the reflected light has not been received, for example, the preset value is an extreme angle that can be reached by the inward buckle of the palm of the user, the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted may be determined as the preset angle, for example, the preset angle is parallel to the bottom shell of the wearable device.

In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may determine the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted based on the voice information input by the user.

For example, the wearable device 100 recognizes voice information input by the user and determines the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

S30, adjusting the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 to be adjusted.

The wearable device 100 adjusts the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 within the input device 120 according to the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

For example, the following describes how the input device 120 adjusts the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 by taking the mode 1 to the mode 5 as an example.

In the mode 1, the processor 110 or the light detection unit sends an angle adjustment command to the driving device 730 for driving the input device 120 to rotate, where the angle adjustment command is used to instruct the motor to rotate by an angle 1, so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

For example, as in the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 125, 127, 128, or 130, the processor 110 or the light detection unit of the wearable device 100 sends an angle adjustment instruction to the driving device 730 driving the input device 120 to rotate, where the angle adjustment instruction is used to instruct the motor to rotate by an angle 1, so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

In the mode 2, the processor 110 or the light detection unit sends an angle adjustment instruction to the light emitting fiber 1140, where the angle adjustment instruction is used to indicate that the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting fiber 1140 is angle 2, so that the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

For example, as shown in fig. 124 (c), 125 (c), 126 (d), 130, 132, or 135, in the wearable device 100, the processor 110 or the light detection unit of the wearable device 100 sends an angle adjustment instruction to the light-emitting fiber 1140, where the angle adjustment instruction is used to indicate that the angle of the light emitted by the light-emitting fiber 1140 is angle 2, so that the angle of the light emitted by the light-emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

In mode 3, the processor 110 or the light detection unit sends an angle adjustment instruction to the third reflection structure 1150, where the angle adjustment instruction is used to instruct the third reflection structure 1150 to adjust the angle of the light beam that can be reflected by the third reflection structure 1150 to be angle 3, so that the angle of the light beam emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

For example, as in the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 127 or fig. 128, the processor 110 or the light detection unit of the wearable device 100 sends an angle adjustment instruction to the third reflective structure 1150, where the angle adjustment instruction is used to instruct the third reflective structure 1150 to adjust the angle of the light that can be reflected by the third reflective structure 1150 to an angle 3, so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

In the mode 4, the processor 110 sends an angle adjustment instruction to the light emitting unit 1100, where the angle adjustment instruction is used to instruct the light emitting unit 1100 to adjust the angle of the emitted light to be the angle 4, so that the angle of the emitted light of the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

For example, as shown in (a) of fig. 124, (b) of fig. 124, (a) of fig. 125, (b) of fig. 125, (a) of fig. 126, (b) of fig. 126, (c) of fig. 126, (a) of fig. 132, (b) of fig. 132) or (c) of fig. 132, the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 sends an angle adjustment instruction to the light emitting unit 1100, the angle adjustment instruction being used for instructing the light emitting unit 1100 to adjust the angle of the emitted light to an angle of 4, so that the angle of the emitted light of the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

Mode 5, the processor 110 or the light detection unit transmits a position adjustment instruction to the driving device controlling the movement of the light emitting unit 1100, the position adjustment instruction being used for instructing the driving device to control the light emitting unit 1100 to move to the position 1, so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 at the position 1 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

For example, as in the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 125, 127, 128 or 130, the processor 110 or the light detection unit of the wearable device 100 sends a position adjustment instruction to the motor controlling the movement of the light emitting unit 1100, and the position adjustment instruction is used for instructing the motor to control the light emitting unit 1100 to move to the position 1, so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 at the position 1 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

Fig. 140 is a schematic diagram of the light before and after the user adjusts the angle of the light emitted by the wearable device 100 through the input device 120 according to the adjustment method shown in fig. 138.

The light ray corresponding to the dotted arrow is the light ray before the user adjusts the angle of the light ray emitted by the wearable device 100 through the input device 120. The solid arrow light is the light after the user's angle adjustment of the light emitted by the wearable device 100 through the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the lighting unit 1100 may output a color associated with the content currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 simultaneously.

In one implementation, the light emitted by the input device 120 synchronously presents the display color of the currently selected menu option in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 or the color of the theme displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

Here, the wearable device 100 may determine the currently selected menu of the wearable device 100 by the position on the display screen 140 where the current focus of the wearable device 100 is displayed.

In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may determine the color of the currently selected menu or current theme of wearable device 100 by the location on display screen 140 where the current focus of wearable device 100 is displayed.

For example, the display color of the menu option may be the display color of the icon corresponding to the menu option.

For example, the display color of the menu option may be the display color of the theme corresponding to the menu option.

In the following, the display color of the menu currently selected in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is presented by way of example in synchronization with the light emitted from the input device 120.

In an embodiment where the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 is an independent light source, the processor 110 may obtain a display color of a currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, where the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is one of three primary colors, and the number of the optical switches is three, the processor 110 indicates that the optical switch corresponding to the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is in an on state, and the other optical switches are in an off state, so that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100. When the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is not one of the three primary colors, the processor 110 may control the light emitting intensity of the three primary color light source in the independent light sources to realize that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in fig. 141, menu option 1, menu option 2, menu option 3, menu option 4, and menu option 5 (not shown in fig. 144) are displayed in the currently displayed page in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100. The color displayed in menu option 1 is red R, the color displayed in menu option 2 is orange O, the color displayed in menu option 3 is yellow Y, the color displayed in menu option 4 is green G, and the color displayed in menu option 5 is blue B. At this time, the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is menu option 2.

At this time, the processor 110 obtains the orange O displayed by the currently selected menu option 2 in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, and controls the light emitting intensity of the three primary color light source in the independent light sources so that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is also orange O.

In embodiments where the light source of the lighting unit 1100 is a light signal through the display screen 140, the wearable device 100 further comprises an adjustable filter. The tunable filter is disposed between the light pipe 1172 and the input device 120, and the tunable filter is coupled to the processor 110. The processor 110 may adjust the transmittance color of the tunable filter such that the light passing through the tunable filter is a light with a specific wavelength.

For example, as shown in fig. 141, the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is menu option 2, and the color displayed by the menu option 2 may be orange O. At this time, the processor 110 obtains the orange color O displayed in the currently selected menu option 2 in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, and adjusts the light transmission color of the adjustable filter, so that the light passing through the adjustable filter is only the orange color O, thereby realizing that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is also the orange color O.

In some embodiments, to enhance the user experience, when the color of a menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 or the color of a theme displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes accordingly.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner of changing the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, the user changing the color of a menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 may be the user sliding a distance up the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, rotating the input device 120, or clicking the input device 120.

In fig. 142, the manner in which the user changes the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is described by way of example in which the user slides up a distance on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In fig. 143, the manner in which the user changes the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is described by way of example of the user rotating the input device 120.

For example, as shown in fig. 142 and 143, when the color of the menu displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes accordingly. As shown in the left diagram of fig. 142, the content displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 includes a "blood saturation" option, an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, and a "heart rate" option. The color of the subject corresponding to the blood saturation option is red R, the color of the subject corresponding to the activity recording option is orange O, the color of the subject corresponding to the sleep option is yellow Y, and the color of the subject corresponding to the heart rate option is green G. At this point, the "activity record" option is the currently selected option. The color of the light emitted by the input device 120 remains synchronized with the color corresponding to the "active recording" option. I.e. the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 is orange O. As shown in the left diagram of fig. 142, when the user slides up a distance on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves up, so that the "blood saturation" option does not display and the "motion" option displays. At this point, the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 change. As shown in the right diagram of fig. 142, the menu options displayed on display screen 140 of wearable device 100 include an "activity record" option, a "sleep" option, a "heart rate" option, and a "sports" option. At this point, the currently selected option on display screen 140 of wearable device 100 changes from the "activity record" option to the "sleep" option. At this point, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 remains synchronized with the color corresponding to the "sleep" option. I.e., the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 is yellow Y.

Fig. 143 and 142 differ in the way in which the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the control wearable device 100 changes.

As shown in the left diagram in fig. 143, when the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 by a certain angle, the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves upward, so that the "blood saturation" option does not display and the "motion" option displays. At this point, the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 change.

The description of the other parts in fig. 143 can refer to the corresponding description in fig. 142, and will not be repeated here.

In another implementable manner, the light emitted by the input device 120 synchronously presents the display colors of the various menu options in the currently displayed page in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In an embodiment where the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 is an independent light source, the processor 110 may acquire display colors of a plurality of menus including a display color of a currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100. The number of display colors of the menu that the processor 110 needs to obtain may be related to the number of colors of the light that the light transmission structure can independently transmit. Wherein, the display colors of the plurality of menus may include, in addition to the display color of the currently selected menu, the display colors of menus that may also include the display colors of menus adjacent to the currently selected menu. In the case where one of the three primary colors exists in the display colors of the plurality of menus in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 and the number of the optical switches is three, the processor 110 indicates that the optical switch corresponding to the display color of the menu that is one of the three primary colors among the display colors of the plurality of menus is in the on state and the other optical switches are in the off state, so as to emit light from the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure. When the display color of the menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is not one of the three primary colors, the processor 110 may control the luminous intensity of the three primary light sources of the independent light sources to emit light out of the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure. Thereby realizing that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is the display color of the plurality of menus.

In embodiments where the light source of the lighting unit 1100 is a light signal through the display screen 140, the wearable device 100 further comprises a plurality of tunable filters. The number of the adjustable filter segments may be related to the number of colors of the light that can be independently transmitted by the light transmission structure. Each tunable filter is disposed between light pipe 1172 and a light transmitting structure that independently transmits light, and each tunable filter is coupled to processor 110. The processor 110 may adjust the color of each tunable filter such that the light passing through each tunable filter is of a particular wavelength. Thereby realizing that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is the display color of the plurality of menus.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may obtain the display color of each menu option in the current display page in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 respectively according to the order in which the display colors of the menu options are displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, resulting in the color sequence. Processor 110 transmits light out of input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structures in the order of the colors in the color sequence. Thereby enabling the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be displayed in the order in which the display colors of the various menu options are displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

Here, the light transmission structure may be a light transmission structure of the wearable device 100 in which the light emitting unit 1100 is disposed in the input device 120, and the light transmission structure may also be a light transmission structure of the wearable device 100 in which the light emitting unit 1100 is disposed in the housing 180.

For example, as shown in fig. 144, menu option 1, menu option 2, menu option 3, menu option 4, and menu option 5 (not shown in fig. 144) are displayed in the currently displayed page in display screen 140 of wearable device 100. The color displayed in menu option 1 is red R, the color displayed in menu option 2 is orange O, the color displayed in menu option 3 is yellow Y, the color displayed in menu option 4 is green G, and the color displayed in menu option 5 is blue B.

At this time, the processor 110 may obtain the display color of the menu option 1, the display color of the menu option 2, the display color of the menu option 3, the display color of the menu option 4, and the display color of the menu option 5 according to the order in which the menu options are displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, respectively, to obtain the color sequence of the menu options.

For example, the color sequence of the menu option is { display color of menu option 1, display color of menu option 2, display color of menu option 3, display color of menu option 4, display color of menu option 5 }.

It should be understood that the color sequence of the menu options referred to in the embodiments of the present application is a color sequence with a fixed position relative to the wearable device 100 as a starting point. For example, the position of the first menu option displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is taken as the starting point of the color sequence of the menu option. As another example, a position on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 that is substantially flush with the boundary of the input device 120 is taken as a starting point of the color sequence of the menu option.

The processor 110 sequentially transmits light from the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structures according to the sequence of the colors in the color sequence, so that the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 is displayed according to the sequence of the display color of the menu option 1, the display color of the menu option 2, the display color of the menu option 3, the display color of the menu option 4 and the display color of the menu option 5. That is, the head 121 of the input device 120 is displayed in red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, and blue B, respectively.

In some embodiments, the light emitted by the head 121 of the input device 120 may also highlight the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in fig. 144, the currently selected menu in display screen 140 of wearable device 100 is menu option 2. At this time, the light of the same color as the display color (orange O) of the menu option 2 emitted by the head portion 121 of the input device 120 may be a widened display.

In some embodiments, to enhance the user experience, when the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes accordingly.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 145, when the color of a menu displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes accordingly.

As shown in the left diagram of fig. 145, display screen 140 of wearable device 100 displays a current display page that includes a "blood saturation" option, an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, and a "heart rate" option. The color corresponding to the blood saturation option is red R, the color corresponding to the activity recording option is orange O, the color corresponding to the sleep option is yellow Y, and the color corresponding to the heart rate option is green G.

In addition, the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 displays a current display page that includes options that are not displayed.

For example, the options not shown may include a "body temperature" option, a "blood oxygen" option, an "exercise" option, and a "blood pressure" option. The "blood oxygen" option may be in the previous column of the "blood saturation" option, the "body temperature" option may be in the previous column of the "blood oxygen" option, and the "sports" option may be in the next column of the "heart rate" option. The "blood pressure" option may be in the next column of the "sports" option.

Wherein the color corresponding to the "body temperature" option is purple P. The color corresponding to "blood oxygen" is pink M. The color corresponding to "motion" is blue B. The color corresponding to the "blood pressure" option is blue-violet S.

At this time, the head 121 of the input device 120 is sequentially displayed according to the color corresponding to the "body temperature" option, the color corresponding to the "blood oxygen" option, the color corresponding to the "blood saturation" option, the color corresponding to the "activity record" option, the color corresponding to the "sleep" option, the color corresponding to the "heart rate" option, and the color corresponding to the "exercise" option. That is, the head 121 of the input device 120 sequentially displays purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue-violet S (the left side of fig. 145 is not shown).

As shown in the left diagram in fig. 145, when the user slides up a distance on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves up, so that the "blood saturation" option does not display and the "motion" option displays. At this point, the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 change. As shown in the right diagram of fig. 145, the menu options displayed on display screen 140 of wearable device 100 include an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, a "heart rate" option, and a "sports" option.

In addition, the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 displays a current display page that includes options that are not displayed.

For example, the options not shown may include a "blood pressure" option. The "blood pressure" option may be in the next column of the "sports" option.

At this time, the head 121 of the input device 120 is sequentially displayed according to the color corresponding to the "blood oxygen" option, the color corresponding to the "blood saturation" option, the color corresponding to the "activity recording" option, the color corresponding to the "sleep" option, the color corresponding to the "heart rate" option, the color corresponding to the "exercise" option, and the color corresponding to the "blood pressure" option. That is, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue violet S are sequentially displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120.

In the above, there is a correspondence relationship between the distance that the user slides upward on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 and the number of columns in which the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves upward. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the correspondence between the distance that the user slides upward on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 and the number of columns that the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves upward.

In fig. 142 and 145, when the user slides upward on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 for a certain distance, the position of each item displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves upward, which is described by taking as an example that the position of each item displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves upward by one column.

In other embodiments, to enhance the user experience, the sequence of colors of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes as the input device 120 is rotated, and the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes accordingly.

In the following, taking case 1 and case 2 as examples, how to adjust the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is described.

In case 1, when the user needs to adjust the display color of the currently selected menu option of the wearable device 100, the user may adjust the wearable device 100 to a mode of adjusting the display color of the currently selected menu option of the wearable device 100 through a corresponding operation, and the user adjusts the display color of the currently selected menu option in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 by changing the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the way in which the user changes the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120.

For example, the manner in which the user changes the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 may be to rotate the input device 120 or to click the input device 120.

In fig. 146, the manner in which the user changes the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 is described by way of example of the user rotating the input device 120.

It should be understood that the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 related to the embodiment of the present application is a color sequence with a fixed position relative to the wearable device 100 as a starting point. For example, a plane of the input device 120 approximately parallel to a plane of the display screen 140 on which information is displayed serves as a starting point of the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120. As another example, a location on the input device 120 that is substantially flush with the boundary of the display screen 140 may be used as a starting point for a color sequence of light emitted by the input device 120. As another example, a position on the input device 120 that is substantially flush with the position of the first menu option displayed in the display screen 140 may be used as a starting point for the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120.

Wherein, the mth light color in the color sequence of the lights emitted by the input device 120 may be predefined as the display color of the currently selected menu option in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, M may be a preset value. As another example, the mth light emitted by the input device 120 appears on the input device with a surface approximately parallel to a surface of the wearable device 100 on which the display is displayed.

For example, as shown in (a) of fig. 146, when the user rotates the input device 120, the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes, and the color corresponding to the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes accordingly.

As shown in the diagram on the left side of (a) in fig. 146, the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 displays a current display page including a "blood saturation" option, an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, and a "heart rate" option. The color corresponding to the blood saturation option is red R, the color corresponding to the activity recording option is orange O, the color corresponding to the sleep option is yellow Y, and the color corresponding to the heart rate option is green G.

In addition, the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 displays a current display page that includes options that are not displayed.

At this time, on the head 121 of the input device 120, purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue-violet S are sequentially displayed (not shown in the left side of (a) in fig. 146).

As shown in the diagram on the left side of (a) in fig. 146, when the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 by a certain angle, the color sequence displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120 changes. As shown in the right side of fig. 146 (a), pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y (the color of the mth light), green G, blue B, and blue violet S are sequentially displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120.

Meanwhile, as shown in the diagram on the right side of (a) in fig. 146, the display color of the currently selected menu option in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is adjusted to the color of the mth light, i.e., Y.

In case 2, the user makes corresponding adjustments to the menu options displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 by changing the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120.

For example, after the wearable device 100 detects that the input device 120 is rotated, the wearable device 100 detects a color sequence of light emitted by the input device 120, and displays menu options having display colors corresponding to the color of light emitted by the input device 120 in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 according to the color sequence of light emitted by the input device 120.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 146, when the user rotates the input device 120, the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes, and the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes accordingly.

As shown in the diagram on the left side of (b) in fig. 146, the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 displays a current display page including a "blood saturation" option, an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, and a "heart rate" option. The color corresponding to the blood saturation option is red R, the color corresponding to the activity recording option is orange O, the color corresponding to the sleep option is yellow Y, and the color corresponding to the heart rate option is green G.

In addition, the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 displays a current display page that includes options that are not displayed.

For example, the options not shown may include a "body temperature" option, a "blood oxygen" option, an "exercise" option, and a "blood pressure" option. The "blood oxygen" option may be in the previous column of the "blood saturation" option, the "body temperature" option may be in the previous column of the "blood oxygen" option, and the "sports" option may be in the next column of the "heart rate" option. The "blood pressure" option may be in the next column of the "sports" option.

Wherein the color corresponding to the "body temperature" option is purple P. The color corresponding to "blood oxygen" is pink M. The color corresponding to "motion" is blue B. The color corresponding to the "blood pressure" option is blue-violet S.

At this time, purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue-violet S are sequentially displayed on the head portion 121 of the input device 120, respectively (the left side of fig. 146 (B) is not shown).

As shown in the diagram on the left side of (b) in fig. 146, when the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 by a certain angle, the color sequence displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120 changes. As shown in the right side of fig. 146 (B), pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue-violet S are sequentially displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120.

At the same time, the order of the colors of the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is displayed in the sequence of colors displayed by the input device 120 at that time.

Optionally, the wearable device 100 may also deselect an option in the original menu option that displays the color Y according to the color (Y) of the mth light.

Optionally, at this time, the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 may be moved. For example, as shown in the diagram on the right side of (b) in fig. 146, the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 include an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, a "heart rate" option, and a "sports" option. So that the "blood saturation" option is not displayed and the "motion" option is displayed.

In addition, the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 displays a current display page that includes options that are not displayed. For example, the options not shown may include a "blood pressure" option. The "blood pressure" option may be in the next column of the "sports" option.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the correspondence relationship between the angle of the user rotating the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 and the number of columns of the user moving the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 upward.

In yet another implementable manner, the light emitted by the input device 120 represents the display color of all themes of the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In embodiments where the light sources of the light emitting unit 1100 are independent light sources, the processor 110 may obtain the display colors of multiple subjects including the display color of the current subject of the wearable device 100. The number of display colors of the theme to be acquired by the processor 110 may be related to the number of colors of the light that can be independently transmitted by the light transmission structure. Wherein the display colors of the plurality of themes may include, in addition to the display color of the current theme, the display colors of the plurality of menus, the display colors of themes adjacent to the current theme in the theme color list. In the case where there is one of the three primary colors in the display colors of the plurality of themes of the wearable device 100 and the number of the light switches is three, the processor 110 indicates that the light switch corresponding to the display color of the theme that is one of the three primary colors in the display colors of the plurality of themes is in the on state and the other light switches are in the off state, thereby sending light out of the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure. When the presence of a display color of the theme of wearable device 100 is not one of the three primary colors, processor 110 may control the luminous intensity of the three primary light sources of the independent light sources to emit light out of input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure. Thereby realizing that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is a display color of a plurality of subjects.

In embodiments where the light source of the lighting unit 1100 is a light signal through the display screen 140, the wearable device 100 further comprises a plurality of tunable filters. The number of the adjustable filter segments may be related to the number of colors of the light that can be independently transmitted by the light transmission structure. Each tunable filter is disposed between light pipe 1172 and a light transmitting structure that independently transmits light, and each tunable filter is coupled to processor 110. The processor 110 may adjust the color of each tunable filter such that the light passing through each tunable filter is of a particular wavelength. Thereby realizing that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is a display color of a plurality of subjects.

In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may determine the current theme of wearable device 100 by the location on display screen 140 where the current focus of wearable device 100 is displayed.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may obtain the display colors of the plurality of themes including the display color of the current theme of the wearable device 100 respectively according to the order in which the display colors of the respective themes are displayed in the theme color list, so as to obtain the theme color sequence. The processor 110 sequentially transmits light from the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structures in the order of the colors in the subject color sequence. Thereby realizing that the colors of the light emitted from the input device 120 are displayed in the order in which the respective themes are displayed in the theme color list.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may obtain the display color of each theme respectively according to the order in which the display colors of the respective themes are displayed in the theme color list, so as to obtain the theme color sequence. The processor 110 sequentially transmits light from the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structures in the order of the colors in the subject color sequence. Thereby realizing that the colors of the light emitted from the input device 120 are displayed in the order in which the respective themes are displayed in the theme color list.

For example, as shown in fig. 147, the colors in the theme color list of the wearable device 100 are purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue-violet S in sequence. The theme color of current wearable devices is orange O.

At this time, the processor 110 may obtain the current theme color and 3 theme colors before and after the current theme color according to the color sequence in the theme color list of the wearable device 100, so as to obtain a theme color sequence.

For example, the subject color sequence is { purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B }.

The processor 110 sequentially transmits the light from the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structures according to the theme color sequence, so that the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 is displayed according to purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, and blue B. That is, the head 121 of the input device 120 is displayed with purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, and blue B, respectively.

In some embodiments, the light emitted by the head 121 of the input device 120 may also highlight the display color of the current theme of the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in fig. 147 and 148, the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is orange O. At this time, the light of the same color as the display color (orange O) of the current subject emitted from the head portion 121 of the input device 120 may be a widened display.

In some embodiments, to enhance the user experience, when the color of the theme displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes accordingly.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner of changing the color of the theme displayed on the display screen 140.

For example, the user may change the color of a theme displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 by sliding or clicking upward on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In fig. 147, the manner in which the user changes the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 is described by way of example in which the user slides up the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in fig. 147, when the color sequence of the theme displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes accordingly.

As shown in the left diagram in fig. 147, the color of the theme currently displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is orange O. The colors displayed by the input device 120 are purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, and blue B in sequence.

When the user slides up on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes. For example, as shown in the right diagram in fig. 147, the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is yellow.

At this time, the color displayed by the input device 120 may also change. For example, as shown in the right diagram of fig. 147, the colors displayed by the input device 120 are purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue-violet S in this order.

In the above, there is a correspondence relationship between the distance that the user slides up on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 (or the number of times the user clicks on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100) and the number of times the color of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the correspondence between the distance that the user slides upward on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 (or the number of times the user clicks on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100) and the number of times the color of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes.

In fig. 147, when the user slides upward on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 for a certain distance (or the user clicks on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100), the color change of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is described by taking the color change of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 as an example.

In other embodiments, to enhance the user experience, when the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes, the color of the theme displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes accordingly.

When the user needs to adjust the display color of the current theme of the wearable device 100, the user may adjust the wearable device 100 to a mode of adjusting the display color of the current theme of the wearable device 100 through a corresponding operation, and the user adjusts the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 by changing the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120.

Wherein, the color of the mth light in the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 may be predefined as the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, M may be a preset value. As another example, the mth light emitted by the input device 120 appears on the input device with a surface approximately parallel to a surface of the wearable device 100 on which the display is displayed.

In fig. 148, the manner in which the user changes the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 is described by way of example as the user rotating the input device 120.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 148, when the user rotates the input device 120, the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes, and the color of the theme displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes accordingly.

As shown in the left diagram in fig. 148, the color of the theme currently displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is orange O. The colors displayed by the input device 120 are purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, and blue B in sequence.

As the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, the color displayed by the input device 120 changes. For example, as shown in the right-hand diagram of fig. 148, the colors displayed by the input device 120 are pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue-violet S, in that order.

At this time, the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 may change. For example, as shown in the right diagram in fig. 147, the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is yellow.

Optionally, after changing the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120, a color palette corresponding to the mth light color may be displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100, or the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 may be adjusted to the color by selecting the mth light color on the color palette and using the same color.

In fig. 148, when the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 by a certain angle, the color change of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is described by taking the color change of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 as an example.

In some embodiments, the input device 120 remains stationary, i.e., the input device 120 does not rotate, move, or be pressed, etc. In other embodiments, the input device 120 may be rotated, moved, pressed, or the like. When the user uses the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 101 for ECG detection, the finger on one hand of the user needs to touch the second electrode 850B on the input device 120, and if the rotation detection module detects that the input device 120 is rotated or the pressure sensor detects that the input device 120 is pressed or moved, there is unstable contact between the finger of the user and the second electrode 850B on the input device 120, which results in poor ECG detection. Or, when the user uses the wearable device 100 to perform PPG detection, the user's finger needs to touch the outer end surface 121-a on the input device 120, and if the rotation detection module detects that the input device 120 rotates, and the input device 120 is pressed or moved by methods such as a capacitance sensor, an optical sensor, and/or an impedance measurement, the user's finger and the input device 120 may be in unstable contact, thereby causing poor PPG detection effect.

Therefore, the embodiment of the present application further provides a locking mechanism 1200, and the locking mechanism 1200 can keep the input device 120 stable. Thereby improving the accuracy of ECG detection or PPG detection of the wearable device 100.

When the sixth operation is detected, the input device 120 is fixed by the locking mechanism 1200 so that the input device 120 is immovable and/or non-rotatable.

Wherein the sixth operation includes, but is not limited to, at least one of: turning on operation of the PPG detection function of input device 120; the operation of the ECG detection function of the input device 120 is turned on.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 149, the deadlocking mechanism 1200 may include a motor 1210, a solenoid 1220, a brake 1230, and a gear 1240. Wherein the inner bore of the gear 1240 is cooperatively engaged with the shaft 122 of the input device 120, the gear 1240 may be an integral component with the shaft 122, or the gear 1240 may be a fixedly attached two-component with the shaft 122. The shaft 8311 of the motor 1210 is coupled to the hole of the first circuit board 111, the solenoid valve 1220 is coupled to the shaft 8311 of the motor 1210, the brake pad 1230 and the motor 1210 are disposed on both sides of the first circuit board 111 along the axial direction (for example, the x direction shown in fig. 149) of the shaft 8311 of the motor 1210, the brake pad 1230 is disposed adjacent to one side of the gear 1240, the side of the brake pad 1230 is provided with teeth that can be engaged with the gear 1240, and the brake pad 1230 is a magnet. Securing the input device 120 by the deadlocking mechanism 1200 includes: the PPG sensor 130A or the ECG detection unit 840 sends a command to the processor 110 instructing the processor 110 to control the motor 1210 to de-energize, and the processor 110 receives the command and de-energizes the motor 1210 so that the magnetic field between the solenoid valve 1220 and the brake pad 1230 disappears, the brake pad 1230 moves toward the gear 1240 on the stem portion 122 of the input device 120, and the brake pad 1230 catches the gear 1240 so that the gear 1240 is not rotating, thereby fixing the input device 110.

When the seventh operation is detected, the deadlocking mechanism 1200 is disabled so that the input device 120 is movable and/or rotatable.

Wherein the seventh operation includes, but is not limited to, at least one of: turning off operation of the PPG detection function of input device 120; the operation of the ECG detection function of the input device 120 is turned off.

When the seventh operation is detected while the input device 120 is not being fixed, the locking mechanism 1200 may be kept in the original state.

When the seventh operation is detected while the input device 120 is in the fixed state, the input device 120 needs to be released by the lock mechanism 1200.

In one implementation, the deadlocking mechanism 1200 releasing the input device 120 includes: the PPG sensor 130A or the ECG detection unit 840 sends a command to the processor 110 instructing the processor 110 to control the motor 1210 to energize, and upon receiving the command, the processor 110 energizes the motor 1210 such that a magnetic field exists between the solenoid valve 1220 and the brake pad 1230, the solenoid valve 1220 and the brake pad 1230 attract each other, and the brake pad 1230 and the gear 1240 are at a first distance in the axial direction of the motor 1210 to release the input device. For example, as shown in (a) of fig. 149, it is a partial three-dimensional schematic view of the wearable device 100 including the locking mechanism 1200 in a case where the motor 1210 is in an energized state.

In the case where the motor 1210 is in operation, a magnetic field exists between the solenoid valve 1220 and the brake pad 1230, and the solenoid valve 1220 and the brake pad 1230 attract each other, so that the brake pad 1230 and the gear 1240 are spaced in a direction along the axis of the shaft 8311 of the motor 1210 (e.g., in the x-direction as shown in fig. 149).

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 149, the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 including the locking mechanism 1200 is a partially three-dimensional schematic diagram of being locked.

FIG. 150 shows a process for a set of Graphical User Interface (GUI) changes.

For example, as shown in (a) of fig. 150, the time is displayed on the display interface of the watch. At this time, when the watch detects that the user 30 operates the input device 110, for example, the user presses or double-clicks the input device 120 for a long time, the watch may display an interface as shown in (b) in fig. 150.

As shown in (b) of fig. 150, the watch reminds the user whether to cancel the lock-up function through the display interface. The display interface displays similar contents of 'whether the crown/input key is locked and the locking function is cancelled'. The user can determine whether to cancel the lock-up function of the crown/input key by selecting "yes" or "no".

When the user clicks "yes," the watch may alert the user that the deadlocking function of the crown/enter key has been cancelled.

For example, as shown in (c) in fig. 150, the watch displays "the crown/enter key is operable" on the display interface of the watch.

When the user clicks "no," the watch may alert the user that the crown/input keys have been locked.

For example, as shown in (d) in fig. 150, the watch displays "the crown/input key is locked" on the display interface of the watch. At this time, the watch may also display a schematic diagram on the display interface of the watch in which the crown/input key cannot be operated.

When the user wearing the wearable device 100 uses the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 to complete some functions, for example, the user turns on the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 to take a picture, the ambient light detection unit of the wearable device 100 detects the light intensity of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, or the user turns on the light emitting mode of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, if the input device 120 is hidden by other objects (for example, the sleeves of the user), then some functions of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 are not used well. It is desirable to enable the telescoping of the input device 120.

In the embodiment of the present application, the photographing mode of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 may be understood as a photographing function implemented by the structure of the wearable device described above in fig. 70 to 93.

In the present embodiment, the light-emitting pattern of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 may be understood as the light-emitting illumination function realized by the structure of the wearable device described above in fig. 124 to 137. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application further provides a telescopic mechanism 1300, where the telescopic mechanism 1300 can realize that the input device 120 is telescopic in the mounting hole 181, so as to improve user experience.

Fig. 151 is a wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application. Fig. 151 (a) is a schematic three-dimensional structure diagram of the wearable device 100. Fig. 151 (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of a local region of the wearable device 100.

As shown in fig. 151, the telescoping mechanism 1300 includes a motor 1310, a gear 1320, and a nut 1330. Wherein, the inner hole of the nut 1330 is matched and connected with the rod part 122 of the input device 120, the inner thread of the nut 1330 is in threaded connection with the outer thread on the rod part 122 of the input device 120, and the side of the nut 1330 far away from the head part 121 of the input device 120 is provided with teeth which can be meshed with the gear 1320. The shaft of the motor 1310 is mated with the hole in the first circuit board 111 and the inner bore of the gear 1320 is mated with the shaft of the motor 1310.

As shown in fig. 149 (a), is a partial three-dimensional schematic view of wearable device 100 including locking mechanism 1200 by default.

In the case that the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 detects that the wearable device 100 satisfies the third preset condition, the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 may control the telescoping mechanism 1300 to move the input device 120 along the axial direction of the rod portion 122. Specifically, the processor 110 may control the motor 1310 to be powered on, the motor 1310 drives the gear 1320 on the shaft of the motor 1310 to rotate, the gear 1320 is engaged with the teeth on the nut 1330, so that the nut 1330 rotates, and since the internal thread of the nut 1330 is threadedly connected with the external thread on the rod portion 122 of the input device 120, the rod portion 122 of the input device 120 moves along the axial direction of the rod portion 122 of the input device 120, so as to achieve the extension and contraction of the input device 120 in the mounting hole 181.

The third preset condition may be a seventh operation of the user, the seventh operation including, but not limited to, at least one of: the operation of the input device 120 in the photographing mode is turned on; an operation of turning on a light-emitting mode of the input device 120; the operation of the ambient light detection mode of the input device 120 is turned on.

In the present embodiment, the ambient light detection mode of the input device 120 may be understood as the ambient light detection function realized by the structure of the wearable device as described above in fig. 111 and 123.

The third preset condition further includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: the ambient light detection unit detects that the light intensity of the environment where the wearable device 100 is located is smaller than a preset value; the wearable device 100 detects that the user wearing the wearable device 100 is in motion.

For example, the light intensity of the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit of the wearable device 100 is less than the threshold, at this time, the processor 110 may control the motor 1310 to rotate, the input device 120 extends out of the wearable device 100 by a certain distance, the wearable device 100 may complete re-measurement of the light intensity of the ambient light, and compare the light intensity of the ambient light measured before and after, when the difference value between the light intensity of the ambient light measured before and after is greater than the preset value of the light intensity, the wearable device 100 may determine that the light intensity of the ambient light measured before is inaccurate, the wearable device 100 may discard the light intensity of the ambient light measured before, thereby improving the accuracy of the ambient light detection of the wearable device 100.

For example, the difference between the light intensities of the ambient light measured before and after the wearable device 100 is greater than the preset light intensity value may be understood as that the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 may be blocked by other objects. For example, the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 is obscured by a sleeve of the user wearing the wearable device 100.

For example, the difference between the light intensities of the ambient light measured back and forth is greater than the preset light intensity value, which may be understood as the user wearing the wearable device 100 may be in motion.

For another example, the light intensity of the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit of the wearable device 100 is less than the threshold, and at this time, the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 may control the motor 1310 to rotate for different numbers of turns, extend the input device 120 for different distances from the wearable device 100, and implement measurement of multiple sets of parameters of the ambient light of the wearable device 100, so that the wearable device 100 may determine a final result of detection of the parameters of the ambient light according to the multiple sets of parameters of the ambient light, thereby improving accuracy of ambient light detection of the wearable device 100.

For another example, when the user turns on the photographing mode of the input device 120 or selects the specific photographing scene mode of the input device 120, the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 may control the motor 1310 to rotate for different turns to extend the input device 120 for different distances from the wearable device 100, so that the wearable device 100 may capture multiple sets of photos of the user, and thus the wearable device 100 may determine the distance from the wearable device 100 to the input device 120 corresponding to the best photographing effect according to the multiple sets of photos of the user, and thus when the user turns on the photographing mode of the input device 120 or selects the specific photographing scene mode of the input device 120, the input device 120 is extended for a certain distance from the wearable device 100 (the distance from the wearable device 100 to the input device 120 corresponding to the best photographing effect) to complete the photographing function of the user, so that the photographing effect of the wearable device 100 is better, the user experience is improved.

For another example, when the user turns on the illumination mode of the input device 120, the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 may control the motor 1310 to rotate to extend the input device 120 a certain distance out of the wearable device 100, thereby increasing the illumination area of the wearable device 100 and improving the user experience.

With the wearable device 100 including the telescoping mechanism 1300, when the user uses some functions of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, the input device 120 can be extended out of the wearable device 100 through the telescoping mechanism 1300, so that the effect of using some functions of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 is improved, and the user experience is improved.

It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the terms "connected," "fixedly connected," "rotatably connected," and "in contact" are to be construed broadly unless otherwise specifically stated or limited. Specific meanings of the above-mentioned various terms in the embodiments of the present application can be understood by those skilled in the art according to specific situations.

For example, the "connection" may be various connection manners such as fixed connection, rotational connection, flexible connection, movable connection, integral molding, electrical connection, and the like; may be directly connected to one another or may be indirectly connected to one another through intervening media, or may be interconnected within two elements or in an interactive relationship between the two elements.

By way of example, with respect to "fixedly attached," it is possible that one element may be directly or indirectly fixedly attached to another element; the fixed connection may include mechanical connection, welding, bonding, and the like, wherein the mechanical connection may include riveting, bolting, screwing, keying, snapping, latching, plugging, and the like, and the bonding may include adhesive bonding, solvent bonding, and the like.

By way of example, with "rotationally coupled", it is understood that two elements may rotate relative to each other, and the angle of relative rotation between particular elements is not intended to be limiting. For example, the rotational connection may include a hinge or the like.

For example, the explanation of "contact" may be that one element is in direct contact or indirect contact with another element, and furthermore, the contact between two elements described in the embodiments of the present application may be understood as a contact within an allowable range of mounting error, and there may be a small gap due to the mounting error.

It should also be understood that "parallel" or "perpendicular" as described in the embodiments of the present application may be understood as "approximately parallel" or "approximately perpendicular".

It will be further understood that the terms "central," "longitudinal," "lateral," "length," "width," "thickness," "upper," "lower," "front," "rear," "left," "right," "vertical," "horizontal," "top," "bottom," "inner," "outer," and the like are used in an orientation or positional relationship indicated in the drawings for convenience in describing the present application and for simplicity in description, and do not indicate or imply that the referenced devices or elements must have a particular orientation, be constructed and operated in a particular orientation, and are therefore not to be considered limiting.

It should be noted that the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be construed as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of technical features indicated. The features defined as "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features.

In the embodiments of the present application, "at least one" means one or more, "a plurality" means two or more. "at least a portion of an element" means a part or all of an element. "and/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, meaning that there may be three relationships, e.g., a and/or B, which may mean: a alone, both A and B, and B alone, where A, B may be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the former and latter associated objects are in an "or" relationship.

The above description is only for the specific embodiments of the present application, but the scope of the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily conceive of the changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present application, and shall be covered by the scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (35)

1. A wearable device, characterized in that the wearable device comprises:

a housing (180) including a mounting hole (181);

the input device (120) comprises a rod part (122) and a head part (121) which are connected, the rod part (122) is arranged on the shell (180) through the mounting hole (181), the head part (121) is arranged at one end of the rod part (122), and the head part (121) is positioned at the outer side of the mounting hole (181);

a circuit board (111) disposed within the housing (180);

a processor (110) and a light emitting unit (1100), wherein the processor (110) and the light emitting unit (1100) are both connected with the circuit board (111), the processor (110) is arranged in the shell (180), the processor (110) is used for controlling the light emitting unit (1100) to emit light signals, and the light emitting unit (1100) is arranged in the rod part (122) or the head part (121);

A channel disposed within the input device (120) and extending from an outer surface of the head (121) to the light emitting unit (1100), the channel for transmitting a light signal emitted by the light emitting unit (1100) to an outside of the head (121).

2. The wearable device according to claim 1, further comprising a connector (200), at least a portion of the connector (200) being disposed within the shaft portion (122), the connector (200) being disposed between the circuit board (111) and the light emitting unit (1100), both ends of the connector (200) being connected with the circuit board (111) and the light emitting unit (1100), respectively.

3. Wearable device according to claim 2, wherein the light emitting unit (1100) is fixedly connected within the shaft (122) or the head (121) to bring the light emitting unit (1100) to rotate when the input device (120) is rotated, wherein,

the connector (200) comprises a first connecting piece (210) and a second connecting piece (220), the second connecting piece (220) and the first connecting piece (210) can rotate relatively,

the second connection (220) is connected to the lighting unit (1100), the first connection (210) is connected to the processor (110), or,

The first connector (210) is connected with the light emitting unit (1100), and the second connector (220) is connected with the processor (110).

4. The wearable device of claim 3,

the second connecting member (220) is disposed in the rod portion (122) and includes a plurality of second electrodes (221) disposed at intervals in an axial direction of the rod portion (122), the second electrodes (221) are connected to the light emitting unit (1100),

the first connecting piece (210) is arranged in the shell (180) and positioned on one side, away from the head (121), of the rod part (122), and comprises a plurality of first electrodes (211), the first electrodes (211) are connected with the processor (110), the first electrodes (211) are in an annular structure, one first electrode (211) of any two first electrodes (211) surrounds the other first electrode (211), wherein the first electrodes (211) correspond to the second electrodes (221) one by one,

when the input device (120) is rotated and drives the light emitting unit (1100) to rotate, the second electrode (221) can rotate on the corresponding first electrode (211) to be in contact with the corresponding first electrode (211) so as to maintain the connection between the first connecting piece (210) and the second connecting piece (220).

5. The wearable device according to claim 4, wherein the second electrode (221) comprises a metal strip (2211) and an elastic piece (2212), the metal strip (2211) and the elastic piece (2212) are connected, the metal strip (2211) is in contact with the first electrode (211), and the elastic piece (2212) is connected with the light emitting unit (1100).

6. The wearable device of claim 3,

the first connecting piece (210) is arranged in the rod part (122) and has a gap with the rod part (122), and comprises a first body (241) and at least one first metal piece (242) fixed on the first body (241), the first body (241) is in a cylindrical structure, the first metal piece (242) comprises a first connecting section (2422) and a first contact section (2421) which are connected, one end of the first connecting section (2422) is connected with the processor (110), and the first contact section (2421) is exposed in the first body (241),

the second connecting piece (220) is sleeved in the first body (241), is rotatably connected with the first connecting piece (210), and comprises a second body (251) and at least one second metal piece (252) fixed on the second body (251), the second body (251) is in a cylindrical structure, the second metal piece (252) comprises a second connecting section (2522) and a second contact section (2521) which are connected, one end of the second connecting section (2522) is connected with the light-emitting unit (1100), the second contact section (2521) is sleeved on the second body (251), wherein at least one first metal piece (242) corresponds to at least one second metal piece (252) one to one,

When the input device (120) is rotated and drives the light emitting unit (1100) to rotate, the second connecting piece (220) rotates and the first connecting piece (210) does not rotate, and the second contact section (2521) of the second metal piece (252) can be in contact with the first contact section (2421) of the corresponding first metal piece (242) to maintain the connection between the first connecting piece (210) and the second connecting piece (220).

7. The wearable device according to claim 6, wherein a first groove (2412) corresponding to the first metal piece (242) is provided on an outer wall of the first body (241), the first groove (2412) extends from the outer wall of the first body (241) to an end of the first body (241), an opening (2412-1) is provided on the first groove (2412), the first metal piece (242) is inserted into the first groove (2412) to be fixed on the first body (241), and the first contact section (2421) is located on the opening (2412-1).

8. The wearable device according to claim 7, wherein the first groove (2412) includes a first groove section (2412-A) and a second groove section (2412-B), the first groove section (2141-A) being provided along a circumferential direction of the first body (241) and connected to the opening hole (2412-1), the second groove section (2141-B) being provided along an axial direction of the first body (241), and,

The first connecting section (2422) comprises a ring-shaped section (2422-A) and an extending section (2422-B) which are connected, the ring-shaped section (2422-A) is inserted into the first groove section (2412-A), the extending section (2422-B) is inserted into the second groove section (2412-B), and one end, which protrudes out of the first body (241), of the extending section (2422-B) is connected with the processor (110).

9. Wearable device according to any of claims 6 to 8,

the second body (251) is provided with a through hole (2511) corresponding to the second metal piece (252), the second connecting section (2522) penetrates through the through hole (2511) to extend into the second body (251) and extends along the axial direction of the second body (251), and one end, extending out of the second body (251), of the second connecting section (2522) is connected with the light-emitting unit (1100).

10. Wearable device according to any of claims 6 to 9, characterized in that the first metal piece (242) is elastic.

11. The wearable device of claim 3,

the first connecting piece (210) is arranged in the rod part (122) and comprises a first body (241) and at least one first metal piece (242) fixed on the first body (241), the first body (241) is of a cylindrical structure, the first metal piece (242) comprises a first connecting section (2422) and a first contact section (2421) which are connected, one end of the first connecting section (2422) is connected with the light-emitting unit, and the first contact section (2421) is exposed out of the first body (241),

The second connecting piece (220) is sleeved in the first body (241) and comprises a second body (251) and at least one second metal piece (252) fixed on the second body (251), the second body (251) is in a cylindrical structure, the second metal piece (252) comprises a second connecting section (2522) and a second contact section (2521) which are connected, one end of the second connecting section (2522) is connected with the processor (110), the second contact section (2521) is sleeved on the second body (251), wherein at least one first metal piece (242) corresponds to at least one second metal piece (252) one to one,

when the input device (120) is rotated and drives the light emitting unit to rotate, the first connecting piece (210) rotates and the second connecting piece (220) does not rotate, and the first contact section (2421) of the first metal piece (242) can be in contact with the second contact section (2521) of the corresponding second metal piece (252) to maintain the connection between the first connecting piece (210) and the second connecting piece (220).

12. The wearable device according to any of claims 6 to 11, further comprising a sensor (1301) for detecting a rotation or movement of the input device (120), the sensor (1301) being connected to the processor (110) and protruding into the cavity (2501) of the second body (251).

13. The wearable device of claim 2, wherein the light emitting unit has a gap with the input device (120), wherein the connector (200) is nested within the shaft (122) and has a gap with the shaft (122), and wherein the light emitting unit and the connector (200) do not rotate when the input device (120) is rotated.

14. The wearable device according to any of claims 1-13, wherein the channel extends from an outer end face (121-a) of the head (121) to the light emitting unit (1100).

15. The wearable device according to any of claims 1-13, wherein the channel extends from a side (121-B) of the head (121) to the light emitting unit (1100).

16. The wearable device of claim 15, further comprising, with the light emitting unit (1100) disposed within the stem (122):

a third reflective structure (1150) disposed in the head (121), the third reflective structure (1150) being used to transmit the optical signal emitted by the light emitting unit (1100) to the outside of the head (121).

17. The wearable device of claim 16, wherein the third reflective structure (1150) comprises a conical mirror or the third reflective structure (1150) comprises an arc-shaped mirror.

18. A wearable device, characterized in that the wearable device comprises:

a housing (180) including a mounting hole (181);

the input device (120) comprises a rod part (122) and a head part (121) which are connected, the rod part (122) is arranged on the shell (180) through the mounting hole (181), the head part (121) is arranged at one end of the rod part (122), and the head part (121) is positioned at the outer side of the mounting hole (181);

a circuit board (111) disposed within the housing (180);

a processor (110) and a light emitting unit (1100), wherein the processor (110) and the light emitting unit (1100) are both connected with the circuit board (111), the processor (110) is arranged in the housing (180), the processor (110) is used for controlling the light emitting unit (1100) to emit light signals, and the light emitting unit (1100) is arranged in the housing (180) and close to one side of the inner end surface (122-A) of the rod part (122);

a channel disposed within the input device (120) and extending from an outer surface of the head (121) to an inner end surface (122-A) of the stem (122), the channel for transmitting the light signal emitted by the light emitting unit (1100) to an outside of the head (121).

19. The wearable device according to claim 18, further comprising a concave lens disposed on a side of the channel remote from the stem (122), the concave lens configured to diverge the light signal emitted by the light emitting unit (1100) towards the exterior of the head (121).

20. The wearable device of claim 18 or 19, further comprising: a convex lens (1160) disposed in the channel, the convex lens (1160) being used for converging the optical signal emitted by the light emitting unit (1100).

21. The wearable device according to any of claims 18-20, further comprising:

a display screen (140);

and the light guide structure (1170) is arranged on one side, far away from display content, of the display screen (140), and the light guide structure (1170) is arranged on one side, far away from the head part (121), of the rod part (122) and used for transmitting the optical signal passing through the display screen (140) to the channel.

22. The wearable apparatus of claim 21, wherein the light guiding structure (1170) comprises:

the light guide column (1172) is arranged on one side far away from the display content of the display screen (140), and the light guide column (1172) is used for transmitting the light signal passing through the display screen (140) according to a set path;

the reflector (1173) is arranged on one side, far away from the display content of the display screen (140), of the light guide column (1172), and the reflector (1173) is used for transmitting the optical signals transmitted by the light guide column (1172) into the channel.

23. The wearable device according to claim 22, wherein a light hole (1171) is further provided on the display screen (140) through the display screen (140), the light hole (1171) being configured to transmit light signals passing through the display screen (140) to the light guide (1172).

24. The wearable device according to any of claims 18-23, further comprising:

and the light mixing device (1180) is arranged on one side of the light emitting unit (1100) far away from the rod part (122) and is used for mixing light rays emitted by the light emitting unit (1100) to obtain a preset light signal.

25. The wearable device according to any of claims 18-24, further comprising:

the light switch (1190) is arranged on one side, away from the rod part (122), of the light-emitting unit (1100), and the light switch (1190) is used for controlling whether the light signals emitted by the light-emitting unit (1100) are transmitted into the channel or not.

26. The wearable device according to any of claims 18-25, wherein the wearable device comprises N of the channels, wherein N is greater than or equal to 1, wherein N is a positive integer;

In case said N is greater than 1, said channel is used for transmitting a light signal of one color to the outside of said head (121).

27. The wearable device according to any of claims 18 to 26, wherein the channel extends from an outer end face (121-a) of the head (121) to the light emitting unit (1100), or wherein the channel extends from a side face (121-B) of the head (121) to the light emitting unit (1100).

28. The wearable device according to any of claims 18-27, further comprising:

a light guide fiber (1130), the light guide fiber (1130) being disposed in the channel so that the light signal emitted from the light emitting unit (1100) can be transmitted to the outside of the head (121) through the light guide fiber (1130).

29. The wearable device according to any of claims 18-27, further comprising, with the channel extending from a side of the head (121) to the light emitting unit (1100):

a third reflective structure (1150) disposed in the head (121), the third reflective structure (1150) being used to transmit the optical signal emitted by the light emitting unit (1100) to the outside of the head (121).

30. Wearable device according to any of claims 1-29, further comprising a telescoping mechanism (1300), the telescoping mechanism (1300) being connected to the processor (110), the input device (120) respectively,

when a seventh operation is detected, the processor (110) controls the telescoping mechanism (1300) to drive the input device (120) to move along the axial direction of the rod part (122).

31. The wearable device of claim 30, wherein the seventh operation comprises at least one of:

an operation of turning on a light-emitting mode of the input device (120);

an operation of turning on a photographing mode of the input device (120);

turning on operation of an ambient light detection mode of the input device (120).

32. Wearable device according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the stem (122) is provided with an external thread, the telescopic mechanism (1300) comprising: a motor (1310), a gear (1320) and a nut (1330), wherein the nut (1330) is connected with the rod part (122) in a matching way, the outer side of the nut (1330) is provided with teeth meshed with the gear (1320), the inner thread of the nut (1330) is matched with the outer thread of the rod part (122), the gear (1320) is connected with the shaft of the motor (1310) in a matching way,

When the seventh operation is detected, the processor (110) controls the telescopic mechanism (1300) to drive the input device (120) to move along the axial direction of the rod part (122), and the method includes:

after detecting the seventh operation, the processor (110) controls the motor (1310) to be powered on, so that the motor (1310) rotates the gear (1320), the gear (1320) rotates the nut (1330), and the nut (1330) moves the input device (120) along the axial direction of the rod (122).

33. A wearable device, characterized in that the wearable device comprises a processor (110), an input device (120) and a telescoping mechanism (1300), the telescoping mechanism (1300) is connected with the processor (110) and the input device (120) respectively,

when a seventh operation is detected, the processor (110) controls the telescoping mechanism (1300) to drive the input device (120) to move along the axial direction of the rod part (122).

34. The wearable device of claim 33, wherein the seventh operation comprises at least one of:

an operation of turning on a light-emitting mode of the input device (120);

an operation of turning on a photographing mode of the input device (120);

Operation of an ambient light detection mode of the input device (120) is turned on.

35. Wearable device according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the stem (122) is provided with an external thread, the telescopic mechanism (1300) comprising: a motor (1310), a gear (1320) and a nut (1330), wherein the nut (1330) is connected with the rod part (122) in a matching way, the outer side of the nut (1330) is provided with teeth meshed with the gear (1320), the inner thread of the nut (1330) is matched with the outer thread of the rod part (122), the gear (1320) is connected with the shaft of the motor (1310) in a matching way,

when the seventh operation is detected, the processor (110) controls the telescopic mechanism (1300) to drive the input device (120) to move along the axial direction of the rod part (122), and the method includes:

after detecting the seventh operation, the processor (110) controls the motor (1310) to be powered on, so that the motor (1310) rotates the gear (1320), the gear (1320) rotates the nut (1330), and the nut (1330) moves the input device (120) along the axial direction of the rod (122).

Images